PRODUCT BRIEF
19-5785; Rev 2; 3/11
DS3170
DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
FEATURES
The DS3170 combines a DS3/E3 framer and an LIU
(single-chip transceiver) to interface to a DS3/E3
physical copper line.
APPLICATIONS
Access Concentrators
Routers and Switches
Multiservice Access
Platforms (MSAPs)
SONET/SDH ADM
SONET/SDH Muxes
Multiservice Protocol
Platform (MSPPs)
PBXs
Test Equipment
PDH Multiplexer/
Demultiplexer
Digital Cross Connect
Integrated-Access Device
(IAD)
ORDERING INFORMATION
PART
DS3170
DS3170+
DS3170N
DS3170N+
TEMP RANGE
0°C to +70°C
0°C to +70°C
-40°C to +85°C
-40°C to +85°C
PIN-PACKAGE
100 CSBGA
100 CSBGA
100 CSBGA
100 CSBGA
+Denotes a lead(Pb)-free/RoHS compliant package.
FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAM
DS3/E3 LINE
DS3/
E3
LIU
DS3/E3
FRAMER/
FORMATTER
DS3170
SYSTEM
BACKPLANE
Single-Chip Transceiver for DS3 and E3
Performs Receive Clock/Data Recovery and
Transmit Waveshaping for DS3 and E3
Jitter Attenuator can be Placed Either in the
Receive or Transmit Path
Interfaces to 75Ω Coaxial Cable at Lengths Up to
380 Meters or 1246 Feet (DS3), or 440 Meters or
1443 Feet (E3)
Uses 1:2 Transformers on Both Tx and Rx
On-Chip DS3 (M23 or C-Bit) and E3 (G.751 or
G.832) Framer
Built-In HDLC Controller with 256-Byte FIFO for
the Insertion/Extraction of DS3 PMDL, G.751 Sn
Bit, and G.832 NR/GC Bytes
On-Chip BERT for PRBS and Repetitive Pattern
Generation, Detection and Analysis
Large Performance-Monitoring Counters for
Accumulation Intervals of At Least 1 Second
Flexible Overhead Insertion/Extraction Port for
DS3, E3 Framers
Loopbacks Include Line, Diagnostic, Framer,
Payload, and Analog with Capabilities to Insert
AIS in the Directions Away from Loopback
Directions
Integrated Clock Rate Adapter to Generate the
Remaining Internally Required 44.736MHz (DS3)
and 34.368MHz (E3) from a Single-Clock
Reference Source
CLAD Reference Clock can be 44.736MHz,
34.368MHz, 77.76MHz, 51.84MHz, or 19.44MHz
Software Compatible with DS3171–DS3174 SCT
Product Family
8-/16-Bit Parallel and Slave SPI Serial ( ≤ 10Mbps)
Microprocessor Interface
Low-Power (0.5W) 3.3V Operation (5V Tolerant
I/O)
100-Pin Small 11mm x 11mm (1mm) CSBGA
Industrial Temperature Operation: -40°C to +85°C
IEEE 1149.1 JTAG Test Port
Note: Some revisions of this device may incorporate deviations from published specifications known as errata. Multiple revisions of any device
may be simultaneously available through various sales channels. For information about device errata, click here: www.maxim-ic.com/errata.
1 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
10
2
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
10
3
4
APPLICATIONS
FEATURE DETAILS
12
13
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.10
4.11
4.12
4.13
4.14
4.15
5
6
7
STANDARDS COMPLIANCE
ACRONYMS AND GLOSSARY
16
17
MAJOR OPERATIONAL MODES
18
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
8
GLOBAL FEATURES .................................................................................................................................. 13
RECEIVE DS3/E3 LIU FEATURES .............................................................................................................. 13
JITTER ATTENUATOR FEATURES ................................................................................................................ 13
RECEIVE DS3/E3 FRAMER FEATURES ....................................................................................................... 13
TRANSMIT DS3/E3 FORMATTER FEATURES ................................................................................................ 14
TRANSMIT DS3/E3 LIU FEATURES ............................................................................................................ 14
CLOCK RATE ADAPTER FEATURES............................................................................................................. 14
HDLC CONTROLLER FEATURES ................................................................................................................ 14
FEAC CONTROLLER FEATURES ................................................................................................................ 14
TRAIL TRACE BUFFER FEATURES .............................................................................................................. 15
BIT ERROR-RATE TESTER (BERT) FEATURES ............................................................................................ 15
LOOPBACK FEATURES .............................................................................................................................. 15
MICROPROCESSOR INTERFACE FEATURES ................................................................................................. 15
SLAVE SERIAL PERIPHERAL INTERFACE (SPI) FEATURES ............................................................................. 15
TEST FEATURES ...................................................................................................................................... 15
DS3/E3 FRAMED LIU MODE ..................................................................................................................... 18
DS3/E3 UNFRAMED LIU MODE ................................................................................................................. 20
DS3/E3 FRAMED POS/NEG MODE........................................................................................................... 21
DS3/E3 UNFRAMED POS/NEG MODE ...................................................................................................... 22
DS3/E3 FRAMED UNI MODE .................................................................................................................... 23
DS3/E3 UNFRAMED UNI MODE ................................................................................................................ 24
PIN DESCRIPTIONS
25
8.1 SHORT PIN DESCRIPTIONS........................................................................................................................ 25
8.2 DETAILED PIN DESCRIPTIONS .................................................................................................................... 27
8.3 PIN FUNCTIONAL TIMING ........................................................................................................................... 37
8.3.1 Line IO ............................................................................................................................................ 37
8.3.2 DS3/E3 Framing Overhead Functional Timing ................................................................................. 40
8.3.3 DS3/E3 Serial Data Interface .......................................................................................................... 41
8.3.4 Microprocessor Interface Functional Timing .................................................................................... 43
8.3.5 JTAG Functional Timing .................................................................................................................. 50
9
INITIALIZATION AND CONFIGURATION
9.1
10
51
MONITORING AND DEBUGGING .................................................................................................................. 52
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
53
10.1 PROCESSOR BUS INTERFACE .................................................................................................................... 53
10.1.1 SPI Serial Port Mode....................................................................................................................... 53
10.1.2 8/16 Bit Bus Widths......................................................................................................................... 53
10.1.3 Ready Signal (RDY) ........................................................................................................................ 53
10.1.4 Byte Swap Modes ........................................................................................................................... 53
10.1.5 Read-Write/Data Strobe Modes....................................................................................................... 53
10.1.6 Clear on Read/Clear on Write Modes .............................................................................................. 53
10.1.7 Interrupt and Pin Modes .................................................................................................................. 54
10.1.8 Interrupt Structure ........................................................................................................................... 54
10.2 CLOCKS .................................................................................................................................................. 55
10.2.1 Line Clock Modes ........................................................................................................................... 55
10.2.2 Sources of Clock Output Pin Signals ............................................................................................... 57
2 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
10.2.3 Line IO Pin Timing Source Selection ............................................................................................... 59
10.2.4 Clock Structures On Signal IO Pins ................................................................................................. 62
10.2.5 Gapped Clocks ............................................................................................................................... 63
10.3 RESET AND POWER-DOWN ....................................................................................................................... 63
10.4 GLOBAL RESOURCES ............................................................................................................................... 66
10.4.1 Clock Rate Adapter (CLAD) ............................................................................................................ 66
10.4.2 8 kHz Reference Generation ........................................................................................................... 66
10.4.3 One Second Reference Generation................................................................................................. 67
10.4.4 General-Purpose IO Pins ................................................................................................................ 68
10.4.5 Performance Monitor Counter Update Details ................................................................................. 69
10.4.6 Transmit Manual Error Insertion ...................................................................................................... 70
10.5 PORT RESOURCES ................................................................................................................................... 71
10.5.1 Loopbacks ...................................................................................................................................... 71
10.5.2 Loss Of Signal Propagation ............................................................................................................. 73
10.5.3 AIS Logic ........................................................................................................................................ 73
10.5.4 Loop Timing Mode .......................................................................................................................... 75
10.5.5 HDLC Overhead Controller ............................................................................................................. 75
10.5.6 Trail Trace ...................................................................................................................................... 75
10.5.7 BERT .............................................................................................................................................. 75
10.5.8 System Port Pins ............................................................................................................................ 76
10.5.9 Framing Modes ............................................................................................................................... 77
10.5.10 Line Interface Modes....................................................................................................................... 77
10.6 DS3/E3 FRAMER / FORMATTER................................................................................................................. 79
10.6.1 General Description ........................................................................................................................ 79
10.6.2 Features ......................................................................................................................................... 79
10.6.3 Transmit Formatter ......................................................................................................................... 80
10.6.4 Receive Framer .............................................................................................................................. 80
10.6.5 C-bit DS3 Framer/Formatter ............................................................................................................ 84
10.6.6 M23 DS3 Framer/Formatter ............................................................................................................ 87
10.6.7 G.751 E3 Framer/Formatter ............................................................................................................ 89
10.6.8 G.832 E3 Framer/Formatter ............................................................................................................ 91
10.7 HDLC OVERHEAD CONTROLLER ............................................................................................................... 96
10.7.1 General Description ........................................................................................................................ 96
10.7.2 Features ......................................................................................................................................... 97
10.7.3 Transmit FIFO................................................................................................................................. 97
10.7.4 Transmit HDLC Overhead Processor .............................................................................................. 98
10.7.5 Receive HDLC Overhead Processor ............................................................................................... 98
10.7.6 Receive FIFO.................................................................................................................................. 99
10.8 TRAIL TRACE CONTROLLER....................................................................................................................... 99
10.8.1 General Description ........................................................................................................................ 99
10.8.2 Features ....................................................................................................................................... 100
10.8.3 Functional Description................................................................................................................... 100
10.8.4 Transmit Data Storage .................................................................................................................. 101
10.8.5 Transmit Trace ID Processor......................................................................................................... 101
10.8.6 Transmit Trail Trace Processing .................................................................................................... 101
10.8.7 Receive Trace ID Processor.......................................................................................................... 101
10.8.8 Receive Trail Trace Processing ..................................................................................................... 101
10.8.9 Receive Data Storage ................................................................................................................... 102
10.9 FEAC CONTROLLER .............................................................................................................................. 102
10.9.1 General Description ...................................................................................................................... 102
10.9.2 Features ....................................................................................................................................... 103
10.9.3 Functional Description................................................................................................................... 103
10.10 LINE ENCODER/DECODER ....................................................................................................................... 104
10.10.1 General Description ...................................................................................................................... 104
10.10.2 Features ....................................................................................................................................... 105
10.10.3 B3ZS/HDB3 Encoder .................................................................................................................... 105
10.10.4 Transmit Line Interface ................................................................................................................. 105
10.10.5 Receive Line Interface .................................................................................................................. 106
10.10.6 B3ZS/HDB3 Decoder .................................................................................................................... 106
3 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
10.11 BERT .................................................................................................................................................. 108
10.11.1 General Description ...................................................................................................................... 108
10.11.2 Features ....................................................................................................................................... 108
10.11.3 Configuration and Monitoring ........................................................................................................ 108
10.11.4 Receive Pattern Detection............................................................................................................. 109
10.11.5 Transmit Pattern Generation ......................................................................................................... 111
10.12 LIU – LINE INTERFACE UNIT .................................................................................................................... 112
10.12.1 General Description ...................................................................................................................... 112
10.12.2 Features ....................................................................................................................................... 112
10.12.3 Detailed Description ...................................................................................................................... 112
10.12.4 Transmitter ................................................................................................................................... 113
10.12.5 Receiver ....................................................................................................................................... 114
11
OVERALL REGISTER MAP
117
12
REGISTER MAPS AND DESCRIPTIONS
119
12.1 REGISTERS BIT MAPS ............................................................................................................................ 119
12.1.1 Global Register Bit Map ................................................................................................................ 119
12.1.2 HDLC Register Bit Map ................................................................................................................. 121
12.1.3 T3 Register Bit Map ...................................................................................................................... 123
12.1.4 E3 G.751 Register Bit Map............................................................................................................ 124
12.1.5 E3 G.832 Register Bit Map............................................................................................................ 125
12.2 GLOBAL REGISTERS ............................................................................................................................... 126
12.2.1 Register Bit Descriptions ............................................................................................................... 126
12.3 PORT REGISTER .................................................................................................................................... 133
12.3.1 Register Bit Descriptions ............................................................................................................... 133
12.4 BERT .................................................................................................................................................. 144
12.4.1 BERT Register Map ...................................................................................................................... 144
12.4.2 BERT Register Bit Descriptions ..................................................................................................... 144
12.5 B3ZS/HDB3 LINE ENCODER/DECODER ................................................................................................... 151
12.5.1 Transmit Side Line Encoder/Decoder Register Map ...................................................................... 151
12.5.2 Receive Side Line Encoder/Decoder Register Map ....................................................................... 152
12.6 HDLC .................................................................................................................................................. 156
12.6.1 HDLC Transmit Side Register Map................................................................................................ 156
12.6.2 HDLC Receive Side Register Map ................................................................................................ 159
12.7 FEAC CONTROLLER .............................................................................................................................. 163
12.7.1 FEAC Transmit Side Register Map................................................................................................ 163
12.7.2 FEAC Receive Side Register Map................................................................................................. 165
12.8 TRAIL TRACE ......................................................................................................................................... 168
12.8.1 Trail Trace Transmit Side .............................................................................................................. 168
12.8.2 Trail Trace Receive Side Register Map ......................................................................................... 169
12.9 DS3/E3 FRAMER ................................................................................................................................... 174
12.9.1 Transmit DS3 ................................................................................................................................ 174
12.9.2 Receive DS3 Register Map ........................................................................................................... 176
12.9.3 Transmit G.751 E3 ........................................................................................................................ 183
12.9.4 Receive G.751 E3 Register Map ................................................................................................... 186
12.9.5 Transmit G.832 E3 Register Map .................................................................................................. 191
12.9.6 Receive G.832 E3 Register Map ................................................................................................... 194
13
JTAG INFORMATION
13.1
13.2
13.3
13.4
13.5
13.6
202
JTAG DESCRIPTION............................................................................................................................... 202
JTAG TAP CONTROLLER STATE MACHINE DESCRIPTION .......................................................................... 203
JTAG INSTRUCTION REGISTER AND INSTRUCTIONS ................................................................................... 205
JTAG ID CODES ................................................................................................................................... 206
JTAG FUNCTIONAL TIMING ..................................................................................................................... 207
IO PINS ................................................................................................................................................ 207
14
15
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
DC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
208
211
16
AC TIMING CHARACTERISTICS
213
4 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
16.1 FRAMER DATA PATH AC CHARACTERISTICS ............................................................................................. 215
16.2 OVERHEAD PORT AC CHARACTERISTICS.................................................................................................. 216
16.3 MICRO INTERFACE AC CHARACTERISTICS ................................................................................................ 217
16.3.1 SPI Bus Mode ............................................................................................................................... 217
16.3.2 Parallel Bus Mode ......................................................................................................................... 219
16.4 CLAD JITTER CHARACTERISTICS ............................................................................................................ 222
16.5 LIU INTERFACE AC CHARACTERISTICS..................................................................................................... 222
16.5.1 Waveform Templates .................................................................................................................... 222
16.5.2 LIU Input/Output Characteristics.................................................................................................... 225
16.6 JTAG INTERFACE AC CHARACTERISTICS ................................................................................................. 227
17
PACKAGE INFORMATION
228
18
19
THERMAL INFORMATION
REVISION HISTORY
229
230
5 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 2-1. LIU External Connections for the DS3/E3 Port of DS3170 .................................................................. 10
Figure 2-2. Block Diagram ................................................................................................................................... 11
Figure 3-1. DS3/E3 Line Card .............................................................................................................................. 12
Figure 7-1. DS3/E3 Framed LIU Mode ................................................................................................................. 19
Figure 7-2. DS3/E3 Unframed LIU Mode .............................................................................................................. 20
Figure 7-3. DS3/E3 Framed POS/NEG Mode ....................................................................................................... 21
Figure 7-4. DS3/E3 Unframed POS/NEG Mode ................................................................................................... 22
Figure 7-5. DS3/E3 Framed UNI Mode................................................................................................................. 23
Figure 7-6. DS3/E3 Unframed UNI Mode ............................................................................................................. 24
Figure 8-1. Tx Line IO B3ZS Functional Timing Diagram ...................................................................................... 37
Figure 8-2. Tx Line IO HDB3 Functional Timing Diagram ..................................................................................... 38
Figure 8-3. Rx Line IO B3ZS Functional Timing Diagram...................................................................................... 38
Figure 8-4. Rx Line IO HDB3 Functional Timing Diagram ..................................................................................... 39
Figure 8-5. Tx Line IO UNI Functional Timing Diagram......................................................................................... 39
Figure 8-6. Rx Line IO UNI Functional Timing Diagram ........................................................................................ 40
Figure 8-7. DS3 Framing Receive Overhead Port Timing ..................................................................................... 40
Figure 8-8. E3 G.751 Framing Receive Overhead Port Timing ............................................................................. 40
Figure 8-9. E3 G.832 Framing Receive Overhead Port Timing ............................................................................. 40
Figure 8-10. DS3 Framing Transmit Overhead Port Timing .................................................................................. 41
Figure 8-11. E3 G.751 Framing Transmit Overhead Port Timing .......................................................................... 41
Figure 8-12. E3 G.832 Framing Transmit Overhead Port Timing .......................................................................... 41
Figure 8-13. DS3 Framed Mode Transmit Serial Interface Pin Timing................................................................... 42
Figure 8-14. E3 G.751 Framed Mode Transmit Serial Interface Pin Timing ........................................................... 42
Figure 8-15. E3 G.832 Framed Mode Transmit Serial Interface Pin Timing ........................................................... 42
Figure 8-16. DS3 Framed Mode Receive Serial Interface Pin Timing.................................................................... 43
Figure 8-17. E3 G.751 Framed Mode Receive Serial Interface Pin Timing............................................................ 43
Figure 8-18. E3 G.832 Framed Mode Receive Serial Interface Pin Timing............................................................ 43
Figure 8-19. SPI Serial Port Access For Read Mode, SPI_CPOL=0, SPI_CPHA = 0 ............................................ 44
Figure 8-20. SPI Serial Port Access For Read Mode, SPI_CPOL = 1, SPI_CPHA = 0 .......................................... 44
Figure 8-21. SPI Serial Port Access For Read Mode, SPI_CPOL = 0, SPI_CPHA = 1 .......................................... 44
Figure 8-22. SPI Serial Port Access For Read Mode, SPI_CPOL = 1, SPI_CPHA = 1 .......................................... 44
Figure 8-23. SPI Serial Port Access For Write Mode, SPI_CPOL = 0, SPI_CPHA = 0........................................... 45
Figure 8-24. SPI Serial Port Access For Write Mode, SPI_CPOL = 1, SPI_CPHA = 0........................................... 45
Figure 8-25. SPI Serial Port Access For Write Mode, SPI_CPOL = 0, SPI_CPHA = 1........................................... 45
Figure 8-26. SPI Serial Port Access For Write Mode, SPI_CPOL = 1, SPI_CPHA = 1........................................... 45
Figure 8-27. 16-Bit Mode Write ............................................................................................................................ 46
Figure 8-28. 16-Bit Mode Read ............................................................................................................................ 46
Figure 8-29. 8-Bit Mode Write .............................................................................................................................. 47
Figure 8-30. 8-Bit Mode Read .............................................................................................................................. 47
Figure 8-31. 16-Bit Mode without Byte Swap ........................................................................................................ 48
Figure 8-32. 16-Bit Mode with Byte Swap ............................................................................................................. 48
Figure 8-33. Clear Status Latched Register on Read ............................................................................................ 49
Figure 8-34. Clear Status Latched Register on Write ............................................................................................ 49
Figure 8-35. RDY Signal Functional Timing Write ................................................................................................. 50
Figure 8-36. RDY Signal Functional Timing Read ................................................................................................. 50
Figure 10-1. Interrupt Structure ............................................................................................................................ 55
Figure 10-2. Internal Tx Clock .............................................................................................................................. 58
Figure 10-3. Internal Rx Clock.............................................................................................................................. 59
Figure 10-4. Example IO Pin Clock Muxing .......................................................................................................... 63
Figure 10-5. Reset Sources ................................................................................................................................. 64
Figure 10-6. 8KREF Logic.................................................................................................................................... 67
Figure 10-7. Performance Monitor Update Logic .................................................................................................. 70
Figure 10-8. Transmit Error Insert Logic ............................................................................................................... 71
Figure 10-9. Loopback Modes.............................................................................................................................. 72
Figure 10-10. ALB Mux ........................................................................................................................................ 72
Figure 10-11. AIS Signal Flow.............................................................................................................................. 74
Figure 10-12. Framer Detailed Block Diagram ...................................................................................................... 79
6 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Figure 10-13. DS3 Frame Format ........................................................................................................................ 81
Figure 10-14. DS3 Subframe Framer State Diagram ............................................................................................ 81
Figure 10-15. DS3 Multiframe Framer State Diagram ........................................................................................... 82
Figure 10-16. G.751 E3 Frame Format................................................................................................................. 89
Figure 10-17. G.832 E3 Frame Format................................................................................................................. 92
Figure 10-18. MA Byte Format ............................................................................................................................. 92
Figure 10-19. HDLC Controller Block Diagram ..................................................................................................... 97
Figure 10-20. Trail Trace Controller Block Diagram ............................................................................................ 100
Figure 10-21. Trail Trace Byte (DT = Trail Trace Data) ....................................................................................... 102
Figure 10-22. FEAC Controller Block Diagram ................................................................................................... 103
Figure 10-23. FEAC Codeword Format .............................................................................................................. 104
Figure 10-24. Line Encoder/Decoder Block Diagram .......................................................................................... 105
Figure 10-25. B3ZS Signatures .......................................................................................................................... 107
Figure 10-26. HDB3 Signatures ......................................................................................................................... 107
Figure 10-27. BERT Block Diagram ................................................................................................................... 108
Figure 10-28. PRBS Synchronization State Diagram .......................................................................................... 110
Figure 10-29. Repetitive Pattern Synchronization State Diagram ........................................................................ 111
Figure 10-30. LIU Functional Diagram ................................................................................................................ 112
Figure 10-31. DS3/E3 LIU Block Diagram .......................................................................................................... 113
Figure 10-32. Receiver Jitter Tolerance.............................................................................................................. 116
Figure 13-1. JTAG Block Diagram ...................................................................................................................... 202
Figure 13-2. JTAG TAP Controller State Machine .............................................................................................. 203
Figure 13-3. JTAG Functional Timing ................................................................................................................. 207
Figure 14-1. DS3170 Pin Assignments—100-Ball CSBGA (Top View) ................................................................ 210
Figure 16-1. Clock Period and Duty Cycle Definitions ......................................................................................... 213
Figure 16-2. Rise Time, Fall Time, and Jitter Definitions ..................................................................................... 213
Figure 16-3. Hold, Setup, and Delay Definitions (Rising Clock Edge).................................................................. 213
Figure 16-4. Hold, Setup, and Delay Definitions (Falling Clock Edge) ................................................................. 214
Figure 16-5. To/From Hi Z Delay Definitions (Rising Clock Edge) ....................................................................... 214
Figure 16-6. To/From Hi Z Delay Definitions (Falling Clock Edge) ...................................................................... 214
Figure 16-7. SPI Interface Timing Diagram......................................................................................................... 218
Figure 16-8. Micro Interface Nonmultiplexed Read/Write Cycle .......................................................................... 220
Figure 16-9. Micro Interface Multiplexed Read Cycle.......................................................................................... 221
Figure 16-10. DS3 Pulse Mask Template ........................................................................................................... 223
Figure 16-11. E3 Waveform Template................................................................................................................ 224
7 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
LIST OF TABLES
Table 5-1. Standards Compliance ........................................................................................................................ 16
Table 8-1. DS3170 Short Pin Descriptions ........................................................................................................... 25
Table 8-2. Detailed Pin Descriptions .................................................................................................................... 27
Table 9-1. Configuration of Port Register Settings ................................................................................................ 52
Table 10-1. LIU Enable Table .............................................................................................................................. 57
Table 10-2. All Possible Clock Sources Based on Mode and Loopback ................................................................ 57
Table 10-3. Source Selection of TLCLK Clock Signal ........................................................................................... 58
Table 10-4. Source Selection of TCLKO (Internal Tx Clock) ................................................................................. 59
Table 10-5. Source Selection of RCLKO Clock Signal (Internal Rx Clock) ............................................................ 59
Table 10-6. Transmit Line Interface Signal Pin Valid Timing Source Select........................................................... 60
Table 10-7. Transmit Framer Pin Signal Timing Source Select ............................................................................. 61
Table 10-8. Receive Line Interface Pin Signal Timing Source Select .................................................................... 61
Table 10-9. Receive Framer Pin Signal Timing Source Select .............................................................................. 62
Table 10-10. Reset and Power-Down Sources ..................................................................................................... 65
Table 10-11. CLAD Clock Source Settings ........................................................................................................... 66
Table 10-12. Global 8 kHz Reference Source Table ............................................................................................. 67
Table 10-13. Port 8 kHz Reference Source Table................................................................................................. 67
Table 10-14. GPIO Global Signals ....................................................................................................................... 68
Table 10-15. GPIO Pin Global Mode Select Bits................................................................................................... 68
Table 10-16. GPIO Port Alarm Monitor Select ...................................................................................................... 69
Table 10-17. Loopback Mode Selections.............................................................................................................. 71
Table 10-18. Line AIS Enable Modes ................................................................................................................... 75
Table 10-19. Payload (Downstream) AIS Enable Modes ...................................................................................... 75
Table 10-20. TSOFI Input Pin Functions .............................................................................................................. 76
Table 10-21. TSOFO/TDEN/Output Pin Functions................................................................................................ 76
Table 10-22 TCLKO/TGCLK Output Pin Functions ............................................................................................... 76
Table 10-23. RSOFO/RDEN Output Pin Functions ............................................................................................... 77
Table 10-24. RCLKO/RGCLK Output Pin Functions ............................................................................................. 77
Table 10-25. Framing Mode Select Bits FM[2:0] ................................................................................................... 77
Table 10-26. Line Mode Select Bits LM[2:0] ......................................................................................................... 78
Table 10-27. C-Bit DS3 Frame Overhead Bit Definitions....................................................................................... 85
Table 10-28. M23 DS3 Frame Overhead Bit Definitions ....................................................................................... 87
Table 10-29. G.832 E3 Frame Overhead Bit Definitions ....................................................................................... 92
Table 10-30. Payload Label Match Status ............................................................................................................ 96
Table 10-31. Pseudo-Random Pattern Generation ............................................................................................. 109
Table 10-32. Repetitive Pattern Generation........................................................................................................ 109
Table 10-33. Transformer Characteristics........................................................................................................... 114
Table 10-34. Recommended Transformers ........................................................................................................ 115
Table 11-1. Register Address Map ..................................................................................................................... 117
Table 12-1. Global Register Bit Map................................................................................................................... 119
Table 12-2. Port Register Bit Map ...................................................................................................................... 119
Table 12-3. BERT Register Bit Map ................................................................................................................... 120
Table 12-4. Line Register Bit Map ..................................................................................................................... 121
Table 12-5. HDLC Register Bit Map ................................................................................................................... 121
Table 12-6. FEAC Register Bit Map ................................................................................................................... 122
Table 12-7. Trail Trace Register Bit Map ............................................................................................................ 123
Table 12-8. T3 Register Bit Map......................................................................................................................... 123
Table 12-9. E3 G.751 Register Bit Map .............................................................................................................. 124
Table 12-10. E3 G.832 Register Bit Map ............................................................................................................ 125
Table 12-11. Global Register Map...................................................................................................................... 126
Table 12-12. Port Register Map ......................................................................................................................... 133
Table 12-13. BERT Register Map ...................................................................................................................... 144
Table 12-14. Transmit Side B3ZS/HDB3 Line Encoder/Decoder Register Map ................................................... 151
Table 12-15. Receive Side B3ZS/HDB3 Line Encoder/Decoder Register Map .................................................... 152
Table 12-16. Transmit Side HDLC Register Map ................................................................................................ 156
Table 12-17. Receive Side HDLC Register Map ................................................................................................. 159
Table 12-18. FEAC Transmit Side Register Map ................................................................................................ 163
8 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Table 12-19. FEAC Receive Side Register Map ................................................................................................. 165
Table 12-20. Transmit Side Trail Trace Register Map ......................................................................................... 168
Table 12-21. Trail Trace Receive Side Register Map.......................................................................................... 169
Table 12-22. Transmit DS3 Framer Register Map .............................................................................................. 174
Table 12-23. Receive DS3 Framer Register Map ............................................................................................... 176
Table 12-24. Transmit G.751 E3 Framer Register Map ...................................................................................... 183
Table 12-25. Receive G.751 E3 Framer Register Map ....................................................................................... 186
Table 12-26. Transmit G.832 E3 Framer Register Map ...................................................................................... 191
Table 12-27. Receive G.832 E3 Framer Register Map ....................................................................................... 194
Table 13-1. JTAG Instruction Codes .................................................................................................................. 205
Table 13-2. JTAG ID Codes ............................................................................................................................... 206
Table 14-1. DS3170 Pin Assignments for 100-Ball CSBGA (Sorted by Signal Name) ......................................... 208
Table 14-2. DS3170 Pin Assignments for 100-Ball CSBGA (Sorted by Ball #) .................................................... 209
Table 15-1. Recommended DC Operating Conditions ........................................................................................ 211
Table 15-2. DC Electrical Characteristics ........................................................................................................... 211
Table 15-3. Output Pin Drive .............................................................................................................................. 212
Table 16-1. Framer Interface Timing .................................................................................................................. 215
Table 16-2. System Port Interface Timing........................................................................................................... 215
Table 16-3. Misc Timing ..................................................................................................................................... 216
Table 16-4. Overhead Port Timing ..................................................................................................................... 216
Table 16-5. SPI Bus Mode Timing...................................................................................................................... 217
Table 16-6. Micro Interface Timing ..................................................................................................................... 219
Table 16-7. DS3 Waveform Template ................................................................................................................ 222
Table 16-8. DS3 Waveform Test Parameters and Limits .................................................................................... 222
Table 16-9. E3 Waveform Test Parameters and Limits ....................................................................................... 223
Table 16-10. Receiver Input Characteristics—DS3 Mode ................................................................................... 225
Table 16-11. Receiver Input Characteristics—E3 Mode...................................................................................... 225
Table 16-12. Transmitter Output Characteristics—DS3 Modes ........................................................................... 226
Table 16-13. Transmitter Output Characteristics—E3 Mode ............................................................................... 226
Table 16-14. JTAG Interface Timing................................................................................................................... 227
Table 18-1. Thermal Information ........................................................................................................................ 229
9 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
1 DETAILED DESCRIPTION
The DS3170 is a software-configured, DS3/E3, single-chip transceiver (SCT). The line interface unit (LIU) has
independent receive and transmit paths. The receiver LIU block performs clock and data recovery from a B3ZS- or
HDB3-coded AMI signal and monitors for loss of the incoming signal, and can be bypassed for direct clock and
data input. The receiver LIU block optionally performs B3ZS/HDB3 decoding. The transmitter LIU drives standard
pulse-shape waveforms onto 75Ω coaxial cable and can be bypassed for direct clock and data output. The jitter
attenuator can be put in the transmit or receive data path when the LIU is enabled. Built-in DS3/E3 framers transmit
and receive data in properly formatted C-bit DS3, M23 DS3, G.751 E3 or G.832 E3 data streams. Functions not
used are powered down to reduce system power requirements. The DS3170 conforms to the telecommunications
standards listed in Table 5-1.
2 BLOCK DIAGRAMS
Figure 2-1 shows the external components required at the LIU interface for proper operation. Figure 2-2 shows the
functional block diagram of the one channel DS3/E3 SCT.
Figure 2-1. LIU External Connections for the DS3/E3 Port of DS3170
DS3/E3 LIU Interface
Transmit
TXP
330Ω
(1%)
VDD
0.01uF
0.1uF
1uF
VDD
0.01uF
0.1uF
1uF
0.01uF
0.1uF
1uF
TXN
VDD
RXP
VSS
1:2ct
3.3V
Power
Plane
Receive
330Ω
(1%)
VSS
RXN
1:2ct
10 of 230
VSS
Ground
Plane
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
TAIS
DS3170
TUA1
TPOS/TDAT
TNEG
TLCLK
TXP
TXN
TCLKO/TGCLK
TSOFO/TDEN
DS3 / E3
Transmit
Formatter
B3ZS/
HDB3
Encoder
DS3/E3
Transmit
LIU
TOH
TOHCLK
TOHSOF
TOHEN
Figure 2-2. Block Diagram
TCLKI
TSER
TSOFI
Serial Interface Mode:
SPI (SCLK, MOSI, and MISO)
11 of 230
ROH
ROHCLK
ROHSOF
RDY
MODE
WIDTH
INT
GPIO[8:1]
CS
RD/DS
WR/ R/W
A[0]/BSWAP
A[8:1]
ALE
D[15:0]
RSER
RCLKO/RGCLK
RSOFO/RDEN
UA1
GEN
Serial or Parallel
uP Inteface
RST
SPI
RX
BERT
DS3 / E3
Receive
Framer
B3ZS/
HDB3
Decoder
Clock Rate
Adapter
REFCLK
HDLC
IEEE P1149.1
JTAG Test
Access Port
JTRST
JTCLK
JTMS
JTDI
JTDO
DS3/E3
Receive
LIU
Trail
FEAC Trace
Buffer
PLB
RPOS/RDAT
RNEG/RCLV
RLCLK
RXP
RXN
DLB
LLB
ALB
TX
BERT
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
3 APPLICATIONS
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Access Concentrators
Multiservice Access Platforms
ATM and Frame Relay Equipment
Routers and Switches
SONET/SDH ADM
SONET/SDH Muxes
PBXs
Digital Cross Connect
PDH Multiplexer/Demultiplexer
Test Equipment
Integrated Access Device (IAD)
Figure 3-1 show s a DS3170 application.
Figure 3-1. DS3/E3 Line Card
T3/E3 Line Card (#1)
DS3/E3
Line
T3/E3
Transformers
DS3/E3
Backplane
Signals
Digital Cross
Connect (DCS)
T3/E3
Transformers
T3/E3 Line Card (#n+1)
DS3170
DS3/E3
SCT
DS3170
DS3/E3
SCT
DS3/E3
Backplane
Singals
T3/E3 Line Card (#n)
DS3/E3
Line
DS3/E3
Backplane
Signals
T3/E3 Line Card (#n+n)
DS3170
DS3/E3
SCT
DS3170
DS3/E3
SCT
12 of 230
T3/E3
Transformers
T3/E3
Transformers
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
4 FEATURE DETAILS
The following sections describe the features provided by the DS3170 SCT.
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
Global Features
Supports the following transmission formats:
C-Bit DS3
M23 DS3
G.751 E3
G.832 E3
All controls and status fields are software accessible over either an 8/16-bit microprocessor port or a slave
serial bus communication port up to 10 Mbps (SPI)
On-chip clock rate adapter incorporates two separate internal PLLs to generate the necessary DS3 or E3 clock
used internally from an input clock reference (DS3, E3, 51.84 MHz, 77.76 MHz, or 19.44 MHz)
Optional transmit loop timed clock mode using the receive clock
Optional transmit clock mode using references generated by the internal Clock Rate Adapter (CLAD)
Clock, data and control signals can be inverted to allow a glueless interface to other devices
Detection of loss of transmit clock and loss of receive clock
Supports gapped 52 MHz clock rates for signals embedded in SONET/SDH
Jitter attenuator can be placed in either transmit or receive path when the LIU is enabled.
Automatic one-second, external or manual update of performance monitoring counters
Framing and line code error insertion available
Receive DS3/E3 LIU Features
Performs equalization, gain control, and clock and data recovery for incoming DS3 and E3 signals
AGC/Equalizer block handles from 0 dB to 15 dB of cable loss
Interfaces directly to a DSX-3 monitor signal (20 dB flat loss) using built-in pre-amp
Digital and analog Loss of Signal (LOS) detectors (ANSI T1.231 and ITU G.775)
Loss-of-lock status indication for internal phase-locked loop
Jitter Attenuator Features
Fully integrated, requires no external components
Standards-compliant jitter attenuation/jitter transfer
Can be inserted into the receive path or the transmit path
16-bit buffer depth
Receive DS3/E3 Framer Features
B3ZS/HDB3 decoding
Frame synchronization for M23 and C-bit Parity DS3, G.751 E3 and G.832 E3
Detection of RAI, AIS, DS3 idle signal, loss of signal (LOS), severely errored framing event (SEFE), change of
frame alignment (COFA), receipt of B3ZS/HDB3 codewords, DS3 application ID bit, DS3 M23/C-bit format
mismatch, G.751 national bit, and G.832 RDI (FERF), payload type, and timing marker bits
Detection and accumulation of bipolar violations (BPV), code violations (CV), excessive zeroes occurrences
(EXZ), F-bit errors, M-bit errors, FAS errors, LOF occurrences, P-bit parity errors, CP-bit parity errors, BIP-8
errors, and far end block errors (FEBE)
Manual or automatic one-second update of performance monitoring counters
The E3 national bit (Sn) is forwarded to a status register bit, the HDLC controller or the FEAC controller
HDLC controller with 256 byte FIFO for DS3 path maintenance data link (PMDL), G.751 national bit, or G.832
NR or GC channels
FEAC controller with four-codeword FIFO for DS3 FEAC channel
16-byte Trail Trace Buffer compares and stores G.832 trail access point identifier
DS3 M23 C-bits configurable as payload or overhead, stored in registers for software inspection
Most framing overhead fields presented on the receive overhead port
Framer pass-through mode for clear-channel applications and externally defined frame formats
13 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
Transmit DS3/E3 Formatter Features
Frame insertion for M23 and C-bit parity DS3, G.751 E3 and G.832 E3
B3ZS/HDB3 encoding
Formatter pass-through mode for clear channel applications and externally defined frame formats
Generation of RAI, AIS, DS3 idle signal, and G.832-E3 RDI
Automatic or manual insertion of bipolar violations (BPVs), excessive zeroes (EXZ) occurrences, F-bit errors,
M-bit errors, FAS errors, P-bit parity errors, CP-bit parity errors, BIP-8 errors, and far end block errors (FEBE)
The E3 national bit (Sn) can be sourced from a control register, from the HDLC controller, or from the FEAC
controller
Most framing overhead fields can be sourced from transmit overhead port
HDLC controller with 256 byte FIFO for DS3 path maintenance data link (PMDL), G.751 national bit, or G.832
NR or GC channels
FEAC controller for DS3 FEAC channel can be configured to send one codeword, one codeword continuously,
or two different codewords back-to-back to send DS3 Line Loopback commands
16-byte Trail Trace Buffer sources the G.832 trail access point identifier
Insertion of G.832 payload type, and timing marker bits from registers
DS3 M23 C-bits configurable as payload or overhead; as overhead they can be controlled from registers or the
transmit overhead port
Transmit DS3/E3 LIU Features
Drives standards-compliant DS3 and E3 waveshapes onto 75Ω coaxial cable
Waveshape template compliance over all cable lengths without LBO adjustment
Tri-state line driver outputs support protection switching applications
Line driver monitor circuit and alarm output
Wide 50±20% transmit clock duty cycle
Line Build-Out (LBO) control
Output driver monitor
Clock Rate Adapter Features
Generation of the internally needed DS3 (44.736 MHz) and E3 (34.368 MHz) clocks a from single input
reference clock
Input reference clock can be 77.76 MHz, 51.84 MHz, 44.736MHz, 34.368 MHz, or 19.44 MHz
Internally derived clock can be used as references for LIU and jitter attenuator
Derived clock can be transmitted off-chip for external system use through TCLKO pin
Standards-compliant jitter and wander requirements
HDLC Controller Features
Designed to handle multiple LAPD messages without Host intervention
256 byte receive and transmit FIFOs are large enough to handle the three DS3 PMDL messages (Path ID, Idle
Signal ID, and Test Signal ID) that are sent and received once per second
Handles all of the normal Layer 2 tasks including zero stuffing/destuffing, FCS generation/checking, abort
generation/checking, flag generation/detection, and byte alignment
Programmable high or low water marks for the transmit and receive FIFOs
Terminates the Path Maintenance Data Link in DS3 C-bit Parity mode or the G.751 Sn bit or the G.832 NR or
GC channels
FEAC Controller Features
Designed to handle multiple FEAC codewords without Host intervention
Receive FEAC automatically validates incoming codewords and stores them in a 4-codeword FIFO
Transmit FEAC can be configured to send one codeword, one codeword continuously, or two different
codewords back-to-back to send DS3 Line Loopback commands
Terminates the FEAC channel in DS3 C-Bit Parity mode or the Sn bit in E3 mode
14 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
4.10 Trail Trace Buffer Features
Extraction and storage of the incoming G.832 trail access point identifier in a 16-byte receive register
Insertion of the outgoing trail access point identifier from a 16-byte transmit register
Receive trace identifier unstable status indication
4.11 Bit Error-Rate Tester (BERT) Features
Generates and detects pseudo-random patterns and repetitive patterns from 1 to 32 bits in length
Supports pattern insertion/extraction in DS3/E3 payload, or entire data stream
Large 24-bit error counter allows testing to proceed for long periods without host intervention
Errors can be inserted in the generated BERT patterns for diagnostic purposes (single bit errors or specific biterror rates)
Off-line monitoring on the Receive BERT
4.12 Loopback Features
LIU terminal loopback (transmit to receive) - ALB
Line facility loopback (receive to transmit) with optionally transmitting unframed all-one payload toward
system/trunk interface - LLB
Framer diagnostic loopback (transmit to receive) with optionally transmitting unframed all-one signal toward
line/tributary interface - DLB
Simultaneous line facility loopback (LLB) and framer diagnostic loopback (DLB)
Framer payload loopback (receive to transmit) with optionally transmitting unframed all-one payload toward
system/trunk interface - PLB
4.13 Microprocessor Interface Features
Multiplexed or nonmultiplexed 8- or 16-bit control port
Intel and Motorola bus compatible
Global reset input pin
Global interrupt output pin
Eight programmable I/O pins (GPIOx)
4.14 Slave Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) Features
Three-wire synchronous serial data link operating in full duplex slave mode up to 10 Mbps
Glueless connection and fully compliant to Motorola popular communication processors such as MPC8260 and
microcontrollers such as M68HC11
Software provision ability for active phase of the serial clock (i.e. rising edge versus falling edge), bit ordering of
the serial data (most significant first versus least significant bit first)
4.15 Test Features
Five pin JTAG port
All functional pins are inout pins in JTAG mode
Standard JTAG instructions: SAMPLE/PRELOAD, BYPASS, EXTEST, CLAMP, HIGHZ, IDCODE
Custom JTAG instructions to use RAM BIST
RAM BIST on all internal RAM
HIZ pin to force all digital output and inout pins into HIZ
TEST pin for manufacturing scan test modes
15 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
5 STANDARDS COMPLIANCE
Table 5-1. Standards Compliance
SPECIFICATION
ANSI
T1.102-1993
T1.107-1995
T1.231-1997
T1.404-1994
T1.646-1995
ATM Forum
af-phy-0034.000
af-phy-0054.000
ETSI
ETS 300 686
TBR 24
ETS EN 300 689
ETS 300 689
IETF
RFC 2496
ISO
ISO 3309:1993
SPECIFICATION TITLE
Digital Hierarchy – Electrical Interfaces
Digital Hierarchy – Formats Specification
Digital Hierarchy – Layer 1 In-Service Digital Transmission Performance Monitoring
Network-to-Customer Installation – DS3 Metallic Interface Specification
Broadband ISDN – Physical Layer Specification for User-Network Interfaces Including
DS1/ATM
E3 Public UNI, August, 1995
DS3 Physical Layer Interface Specification, January, 1996
Business TeleCommunications; 34Mbps and 140Mbits/s digital leased lines (D34U, D34S,
D140U and D140S); Network interface presentation, 1996
Business TeleCommunications; 34Mbit/s digital unstructured and structured lease lines;
attachment requirements for terminal equipment interface, 1997
Access and Terminals (AT); 34Mbps Digital Leased Lines (D34U and D34S); Terminal
equipment interface, July 2001
Business TeleCommunications (BTC); 34 Mbps digital leased lines (D34U and D34S),
Terminal equipment interface, V 1.2.1, 2001-07
Definition of Managed Objects for the DS3/E3 Interface Type, January, 1999
Information Technology – Telecommunications & information exchange between systems –
High Level Data Link Control (HDLC) procedures – Frame structure, Fifth Edition, 1993
ITU-T
G.703
G.704
G.751
G.775
G.823
G.824
G.832
I.432
O.151
Q.921
TELCORDIA
GR-499-CORE
GR-820-CORE
IEEE
IEEE Std 11491990
Physical/Electrical Characteristics of Hierarchical Digital Interfaces, 1991
Synchronous Frame Structures Used at 1544, 6312, 2048, 8488 and 44 736 kbit/s
Hierarchical Levels, July, 1995
Digital Multiplex Equipment Operating at the Third Order Bit Rate of 34,368 kbit/s and the
Fourth Order bit Rate of 139,264 kbit/s and Using Positive Justification, 1993
Loss Of Signal (LOS) and Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) Defect Detection and Clearance
Criteria, November, 1994
The Control of Jitter and Wander Within Digital Networks Which are Based on the 2048
kbit/s Hierarchy, 1993
The Control of Jitter and Wander within Digital Networks that are Based on the 1544kbps
Hierarchy, 1993
Transport of SDH Elements on PDH Networks – Frame and Multiplexing Structures,
November, 1995
B-ISDN User-Network Interface – Physical Layer Specification, March, 1993
Error Performance Measuring Equipment Operating at the Primary Rate and Above,
October, 1992
ISDN User-Network Interface – Data Link Layer Specification, March 1993
Transport Systems Generic Requirements (TSGR): Common Requirements, Issue 2,
December 1998
Generic Digital Transmission Surveillance, Issue 1, November 1994
IEEE Standard Test Access Port and Boundary-Scan Architecture, (Includes IEEE Std
1149-1993) October 21, 1993
16 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
6 ACRONYMS AND GLOSSARY
Definition of the terms used in this data sheet:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
CCM—Clear-Channel Mode
CLAD—Clock Rate Adapter
Clear Channel—A Datastream with no framing included, also known as Unframed
FRM—Frame Mode
FSCT—Framer Single-Chip Transceiver Mode
HDLC—High-Level Data-Link Control
Packet—HDLC Packet
SCT—Single-Chip Transceiver (Framer and LIU)
SCT Mode—DS3/E3 Framer and LIU
Unchannelized—See Clear Channel
17 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
7
MAJOR OPERATIONAL MODES
The major operational modes are determined by the FM[2:0] framer mode bits, as well as a few other control bits.
Unused features are powered down and the data paths are held in reset. The configuration registers of the unused
features can be written to and read from. Some of the IO pins change functions in different operational modes. The
line interface operational modes are determined by the LM[2:0] bits.
7.1
DS3/E3 Framed LIU Mode
FRAME MODE
FM[2:0]
DS3 C-bit Framed
000
DS3 M23 Framed
001
E3 G.751 Framed
010
E3 G.832 Framed
011
JA Off, B3ZS or HDB3
001
0
TLEN
PORT.CR2
0
JA RX, B3ZS or HDB3
010
0
0
JA TX, B3ZS or HDB3
011
0
0
JA Off, AMI
001
1
0
JA RX, AMI
010
1
0
JA TX, AMI
011
1
0
LIU MODE
LM[2:0]
TZSD & RZSD
18 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
TOH
TOHCLK
TOHSOF
TOHEN
Figure 7-1. DS3/E3 Framed LIU Mode
TAIS
TUA1
TPOS/TDAT
TNEG
TLCLK
TXP
TXN
DS3 / E3
Transmit
Formatter
B3ZS/
HDB3
Encoder
DS3/E3
Transmit
LIU
TCLKO/TGCLK
TSOFO/TDEN
TCLKI
TSER
TSOFI
Serial Interface Mode:
SPI (SCLK, MOSI, and MISO)
19 of 230
ROH
ROHCLK
ROHSOF
RDY
MODE
WIDTH
INT
GPIO[8:1]
CS
RD/DS
WR/ R/W
A[0]/BSWAP
A[8:1]
ALE
D[15:0]
RSER
RCLKO/RGCLK
RSOFO/RDEN
UA1
GEN
Serial or Parallel
uP Inteface
RST
SPI
RX
BERT
DS3 / E3
Receive
Framer
B3ZS/
HDB3
Decoder
Clock Rate
Adapter
REFCLK
HDLC
IEEE P1149.1
JTAG Test
Access Port
JTRST
JTCLK
JTMS
JTDI
JTDO
DS3/E3
Receive
LIU
Trail
FEAC Trace
Buffer
PLB
RPOS/RDAT
RNEG/RCLV
RLCLK
RXP
RXN
DLB
LLB
ALB
TX
BERT
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
7.2
DS3/E3 Unframed LIU Mode
The frame mode determines the CLAD clock rate, LIU mode and selects B3ZS or HDB3.
FRAME MODE
FM[2:0]
DS3 Unframed
100
E3 Unframed
110
JA Off, B3ZS or HDB3
001
0
TLEN
PORT.CR2
0
JA RX, B3ZS or HDB3
010
0
0
JA TX, B3ZS or HDB3
011
0
0
JA Off, AMI
001
1
0
JA RX, AMI
010
1
0
JA TX, AMI
011
1
0
LIU MODE
LM[2:0]
TZSD & RZSD
Figure 7-2. DS3/E3 Unframed LIU Mode
TAIS
TUA1
TPOS
TNEG
TLCLK
TXP
TXN
TCLKO
TDEN
TCLKI
TSER
B3ZS/
HDB3
Encoder
DS3/E3
Transmit
LIU
DS3/E3
Receive
LIU
PLB
RPOS
RNEG
RLCLK
RX
BERT
B3ZS/
HDB3
Decoder
RSER
RCLKO
RDEN
UA1
GEN
RDY
MODE
WIDTH
INT
GPIO[8:1]
CS
RD/DS
WR/ R/W
A[0]/BSWAP
A[8:1]
ALE
D[15:0]
RST
SPI
Serial or Parallel
uP Inteface
Serial Interface Mode:
SPI (SCLK, MOSI, and MISO)
20 of 230
IEEE P1149.1
JTAG Test
Access Port
JTRST
JTCLK
JTMS
JTDI
JTDO
Clock Rate
Adapter
REFCLK
RXP
RXN
DLB
LLB
ALB
TX
BERT
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
7.3
DS3/E3 Framed POS/NEG Mode
FRAME MODE
FM[2:0]
DS3 C-bit Framed
000
DS3 M23 Framed
001
E3 G.751 Framed
010
E3 G.832 Framed
011
LIU Off, B3ZS or HDB3
000
0
TLEN
PORT.CR2
1
LIU Off, AMI
000
1
1
LIU MODE
LM[2:0]
TZSD & RZSD
TOH
TOHCLK
TOHSOF
TOHEN
Figure 7-3. DS3/E3 Framed POS/NEG Mode
TAIS
TUA1
DS3 / E3
Transmit
Formatter
B3ZS/
HDB3
Encoder
TPOS
TNEG
TLCLK
TCLKO/TGCLK
TSOFO/TDEN
TCLKI
TSER
TSOFI
DLB
Serial Interface Mode:
SPI (SCLK, MOSI, and MISO)
21 of 230
ROH
ROHCLK
ROHSOF
RDY
MODE
WIDTH
INT
GPIO[8:1]
CS
RD/DS
WR/ R/W
A[0]/BSWAP
A[8:1]
ALE
D[15:0]
RSER
RCLKO/RGCLK
RSOFO/RDEN
UA1
GEN
Serial or Parallel
uP Inteface
RST
SPI
RX
BERT
IEEE P1149.1
JTAG Test
Access Port
JTRST
JTCLK
JTMS
JTDI
JTDO
Clock Rate
Adapter
REFCLK
HDLC
DS3 / E3
Receive
Framer
B3ZS/
HDB3
Decoder
RPOS
RNEG
RLCLK
Trail
FEAC Trace
Buffer
PLB
LLB
ALB
TX
BERT
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
7.4
DS3/E3 Unframed POS/NEG Mode
The frame mode determines the CLAD clock rate if used as the transmit clock and selects B3ZS or HDB3.
FRAME MODE
FM[2:0]
DS3 Unframed
100
E3 Unframed
110
LIU Off, B3ZS or HDB3
000
0
TLEN
PORT.CR2
1
LIU Off, AMI
000
1
1
LIU MODE
LM[2:0]
TZSD & RZSD
Figure 7-4. DS3/E3 Unframed POS/NEG Mode
TAIS
TUA1
TCLKO
TDEN
TCLKI
TSER
B3ZS/
HDB3
Encoder
TPOS
TNEG
TLCLK
DLB
PLB
LLB
ALB
TX
BERT
RX
BERT
B3ZS/
HDB3
Decoder
UA1
GEN
RDY
MODE
WIDTH
INT
GPIO[8:1]
CS
RD/DS
WR/ R/W
A[8:1]
A[0]/BSWAP
ALE
D[15:0]
Serial or Parallel
uP Inteface
RST
SPI
REFCLK
Clock Rate
Adapter
RSER
RCLKO
RDEN
Serial Interface Mode:
SPI (SCLK, MOSI, and MISO)
22 of 230
IEEE P1149.1
JTAG Test
Access Port
JTRST
JTCLK
JTMS
JTDI
JTDO
RPOS
RNEG
RLCLK
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
7.5
DS3/E3 Framed UNI Mode
FRAME MODE
FM[2:0]
DS3 C-bit Framed
000
DS3 M23 Framed
001
E3 G.751 Framed
010
E3 G.832 Framed
011
LIU MODE
LM[2:0]
Unipolar Mode
TLEN
PORT.CR2
1
TZSD & RZSD
1XX
X
TOH
TOHCLK
TOHSOF
TOHEN
Figure 7-5. DS3/E3 Framed UNI Mode
TAIS
TUA1
TCLKO/TGCLK
TSOFO/TDEN
DS3 / E3
Transmit
Formatter
TDAT
TCLKI
TSER
TSOFI
TLCLK
DLB
Trail
FEAC Trace
Buffer
HDLC
PLB
LLB
ALB
TX
BERT
RX
BERT
DS3 / E3
Receive
Framer
UA1
GEN
Serial Interface Mode:
SPI (SCLK, MOSI, and MISO)
23 of 230
ROH
ROHCLK
ROHSOF
RDY
MODE
WIDTH
INT
GPIO[8:1]
CS
RD/DS
WR/ R/W
A[8:1]
A[0]/BSWAP
ALE
D[15:0]
Serial or Parallel
uP Inteface
RST
SPI
REFCLK
Clock Rate
Adapter
RSER
RCLKO/RGCLK
RSOFO/RDEN
IEEE P1149.1
JTAG Test
Access Port
JTRST
JTCLK
JTMS
JTDI
JTDO
RDAT
RLCV
RLCLK
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
7.6
DS3/E3 Unframed UNI Mode
The frame mode determines the CLAD clock rate if used as the transmit clock.
FRAME MODE
FM[2:0]
DS3 Unframed
100
E3 Unframed
110
LIU MODE
LM[2:0]
Unipolar Mode
TZSD & RZSD
1XX
X
TLEN
PORT.CR2
1
Figure 7-6. DS3/E3 Unframed UNI Mode
TAIS
TUA1
TCLKO
TDEN
TCLKI
TSER
TDAT
TLCLK
PLB
DLB
LLB
ALB
TX
BERT
RX
BERT
RSER
RCLKO
RDEN
RDAT
RLCV
RLCLK
RDY
MODE
WIDTH
INT
GPIO[8:1]
CS
RD/DS
WR/ R/W
A[0]/BSWAP
A[8:1]
ALE
D[15:0]
Serial Interface Mode:
SPI (SCLK, MOSI, and MISO)
24 of 230
IEEE P1149.1
JTAG Test
Access Port
JTRST
JTCLK
JTMS
JTDI
JTDO
UA1
GEN
Serial or Parallel
uP Inteface
RST
SPI
REFCLK
Clock Rate
Adapter
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
8 PIN DESCRIPTIONS
Note: In JTAG mode, all digital pins are bidirectional to increase the effectiveness of board level ATPG patterns for
isolation of interconnect failures.
8.1
Short Pin Descriptions
Table 8-1. DS3170 Short Pin Descriptions
Ipu (input with pullup), Oz (output tri-stateable), Oa (Analog output), Ia (analog input), IO (Bidirectional in/out)
NAME
PIN
LINE I/O
TLCLK
B7
TPOS/TDAT
E9
TNEG
D9
TXP
E1, E2
TXN
F1, F2
RLCLK
A8
RXP
A4
RXN
A3
RPOS/RDAT
F10
RNEG/RLCV
F9
DS3/E3 OVERHEAD INTERFACE
TOH
C7
TOHEN
E10
TOHCLK
D7
TOHSOF
G9
ROH
B6
ROHCLK
C9
ROHSOF
F8
DS3/E3 SERIAL DATA
TCLKI
C10
TSOFI
A9
TSER
B10
TCLKO/TGCLK
B9
TSOFO/TDEN
C8
RSER
C6
RCLKO/RGCLK
A6
RSOFO/RDEN
B8
MICROPROCESSOR INTERFACE
D[15]
G8
D[14]
H10
D[13]
H9
D[12]
H8
D[11]
J10
D[10]
J9
D[9]
G6
TYPE
FUNCTION
O
O
O
Oa
Oa
I
Ia
Ia
Ia
Ia
Transmit Line Clock Output
Transmit Positive AMI/Data
Transmit Negative AMI
Transmit Positive analog
Transmit Negative analog
Receive Clock Input
Receive Positive Analog
Receive Negative Analog
Positive AMI/Data
Negative AMI/Line Code Violation
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
Transmit Overhead
Transmit Overhead Enable
Transmit Overhead Clock
Transmit Overhead Start Of Frame
Receive Overhead
Receive Overhead Clock
Receive Overhead Start Of Frame
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
Transmit Line Clock Input
Transmit Start Of Frame Input
Transmit Serial Data
Transmit Clock Output/Gapped Clock
Transmit Framer Start Of Frame/Data Enable
Receive Serial Data
Receive/Clock Output/Gapped Clock
Receive Framer Start Of Frame/Data Enable
IO
IO
IO
IO
IO
IO
IO
Data [15]
Data [14]
Data [13]
Data [12]
Data [11]
Data [10]
Data [9]
25 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
NAME
PIN
TYPE
D[8]
D[7]/SPI_CPOL
D[6]/SPI_CPHA
D[5]/SPI_SWAP
D[4]
D[3]
D[2]/SPI_SCLK
D[1]/SPI_MOSI
D[0]SPI_MISO
J8
K8
H7
J7
K7
H6
J6
K9
J5
H5, J4,
H4, K3,
J3, H3,
K2, J2
K5
G4
A1
B2
C2
J1
D8
F3
H2
C3
IO
IO
IO
IO
IO
IO
IO
IO
IO
A[8:1]
A[0]/BSWAP
ALE
CS
RD/DS
WR/R/W
RDY
INT
MODE
WIDTH
SPI
MISC I/O
I
Data [8]
Data [7]/SPI Interface Clock Polarity
Data [6]/SPI Interface Clock Phase
Data [5:3]/SPI Bit Order Swap
Data [4]
Data [3]
Data [2]/SPI Serial Interface Clock < 10 MHz
Data [1] SPI Serial Interface Data Master Out-Slave In
Data [0]/SPI Serial Interface Data Master In-Slave Out
Address [8:1]
I
I
I
I
Oz
O
I
I
I
Address [0]/Byte Swap mode
Address Latch Enable
Chip Select (active low)
Read Strobe (Active Low) / Data Strobe (Active Low)
Write Strobe (Active Low)/R/W Select
Ready Handshake (Active Low)
Interrupt (Open Drain Active Low)
Mode Select (RD/WR or DS Strobe Mode)
Width Select (8- or 16-Bit Interface)
SPI Serial Bus Mode
IO
General-Purpose IO [8:1]
TEST
HIZ
RST
D4, D3,
G5, F6,
G7, F7,
E7, E8
F5
B4
E6
JTCLK
JTMS
JTDI
JTDO
JTRST
A5
B3
C4
D5
E5
I
Ipu
Ipu
Oz
Ipu
H1
I
GPIO[8:0|
FUNCTION
I
I
I
Test Enable (Active Low)
High-Impedance Test Enable (Active Low)
Reset (Active Low)
JTAG
JTAG Clock
JTAG Mode Select (with Pullup)
JTAG Data Input (with Pullup)
JTAG Data Output
JTAG Reset (Active Low with Pullup)
CLAD
REFCLK
POWER
VSS
VDD
AVDDR
AVDDT
C1, K1,
K6, G10,
A10, A2
B1, D1,
K4, K10,
D10, A7
C5
F4
Reference Clock
PWR
Ground, 0V Potential
PWR
Digital 3.3V
PWR
PWR
Analog 3.3V for Receive LIU
Analog 3.3V for Transmit LIU
26 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
NAME
AVDDJ
AVDDC
AVSSR
AVSST
AVSSJ
AVSSC
UNUSED
UNUSED1
UNUSED2
8.2
PIN
TYPE
E3
G3
B5
E4
D2
G1
PWR
PWR
PWR
PWR
PWR
PWR
D6
G2
N/A
N/A
FUNCTION
Analog 3.3V for Jitter Attenuator
Analog 3.3V for CLAD
Analog Ground for Receive LIU
Analog Ground for Transmit LIU
Analog Ground for Jitter Attenuator
Analog Ground for CLAD
Unused
Unused
Detailed Pin Descriptions
Table 8-2. Detailed Pin Descriptions
Ipu (input with pullup), Oz (output tri-stateable), Oa (Analog output), Ia (analog input), IO (Bidirectional inout)
PIN NAME
TYPE
TLCLK
O
TPOS /
TDAT
O
PIN DESCRIPTION
Line IO
Transmit Line Clock Output
TLCLK: This signal is available when the transmit line interface pins are enabled
(PORT.CR2.TLEN). This clock is typically used as the clock reference for the TDAT
and TNEG signals, but can also be used as the reference for the TSOFI, TSER, and
TSOFO / TDEN signals.
This output signal can be inverted.
o DS3: 44.736 MHz +20 ppm
o E3: 34.368 MHz +20 ppm
Transmit Positive AMI / Data Output
TPOS: When the port line interface is configured for B3ZS, HDB3 or AMI mode and
the transmit line interface pins are enabled (PORT.CR2.TLEN), a high on this pin
indicates that a positive pulse should be transmitted on the line. The signal is updated
on the positive clock edge of the referenced clock pin if the clock pin signal is not
inverted, otherwise it is updated on the falling edge of the clock. The signal is typically
referenced to the TLCLK line clock output pins, but it can be referenced to the
TCLKO, TCLKI, RLCLK or RCLKO pins. This output signal can be disabled when the
TX LIU is enabled.
This output signal can be inverted.
TDAT: When the port line interface is configured for UNI mode and the transmit line
interface pins are enabled (PORT.CR2.TLEN), the un-encoded transmit signal is
output on this pin. The signal is updated on the positive clock edge of the referenced
clock pin if the clock pin signal is not inverted, otherwise it is updated on the falling
edge of the clock. The signal is typically referenced to the TLCLK line clock output
pins, but it can be referenced to the TCLKO, TCLKI, RLCLK or RCLKO pins
This output signal can be inverted.
o DS3: 44.736 Mbps +20ppm
o E3: 34.368 Mbps +20ppm
27 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
PIN NAME
TNEG
TYPE
O
TXP
Oa
TXN
Oa
RXP
Ia
RXN
Ia
RLCLK
I
PIN DESCRIPTION
Transmit Negative AMI / Line OH Mask
TNEG: When the port line is configured for B3ZS, HDB3 or AMI mode and the
transmit line interface pins are enabled (PORT.CR2.TLEN), a high on this pin
indicates that a negative pulse should be transmitted on the line. The signal is
updated on the positive clock edge of the referenced clock pin if the clock pin signal is
not inverted, otherwise it is updated on the falling edge of the clock. The signal is
typically referenced to the TLCLK line clock output pins, but it can be referenced to
the TCLKO, TCLKI, RLCLK or RCLKO pins.
This output signal can be inverted.
o DS3: 44.736 Mbps +20ppm
o E3: 34.368 Mbps +20ppm
Transmit Positive Analog
TXP: This pin and the TXN pin form a differential AMI output which is coupled to the
outbound 75Ω coaxial cable through a 2:1 step-down transformer (Figure 2-1). This
output is enabled when the TX LIU is enabled and the output is enabled to be driven.
When it is not enabled, it is in a high impedance state.
o DS3: 44.736 Mbps +20ppm
o E3: 34.368 Mbps +20ppm
Transmit Negative Analog
TXN: This pin and the TXP pin form a differential AMI output which is coupled to the
outbound 75Ω coaxial cable through a 2:1 step-down transformer (Figure 2-1). This
output is enabled when the TX LIU is enabled and the output is enabled to be driven.
When it is not enabled, it is in a high impedance state.
o DS3: 44.736 Mbps +20ppm
o E3: 34.368 Mbps +20ppm
Receive Positive analog
RXP: This pin and the RXN pin form a differential AMI input which is coupled to the
outbound 75Ω coaxial cable through a 2:1 step-up transformer (Figure 2-1). This input
is used when the RX LIU is enabled and is ignored when the LIU is disabled.
o DS3: 44.736 Mbps +20ppm
o E3: 34.368 Mbps +20ppm
Receive Negative analog
RXN: This pin and the RXP pin form a differential AMI input which is coupled to the
outbound 75Ω coaxial cable through a 2:1 step-up transformer (Figure 2-1). This input
is used when the LIU is enabled and is ignored when the LIU is disabled.
o DS3: 44.736 Mbps +20ppm
o E3: 34.368 Mbps +20ppm
Receive Line Clock Input
RLCLK: This clock is typically used for the reference clock for the RPOS / RDAT,
RNEG / RLCV signals but can also be used as the reference clock for the RSER,
RSOFO / RDEN, TSOFI, TSER, TSOFO / TDEN, TPOS / TDAT and TNEG signals.
This input is ignored when the LIU is enabled.
This input signal can be inverted.
o DS3: 44.736 MHz +20 ppm
o E3: 34.368 MHz +20 ppm
28 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
PIN NAME
RPOS /
RDAT
RNEG /
RLCV
TYPE
Iad
Iad
TOH
I
TOHEN
I
PIN DESCRIPTION
Receive Positive AMI / Data
RPOS: When the port line is configured for B3ZS, HDB3 or AMI mode and the LIU is
disabled, a high on this pin indicates that a positive pulse has been detected using an
external LIU. The signal is sampled on the positive clock edge of the referenced clock
pin if the clock pin signal is not inverted, otherwise it is sampled on the falling edge of
the clock. The signal is typically referenced to the RLCLK line clock input pins, but it
can be referenced to the RCLKO output pins.
This input signal can be inverted.
RDAT: When the port line interface is configured for UNI mode, the un-encoded
receive signal is input on this pin. The signal is sampled on the positive clock edge of
the referenced clock pin if the clock pin signal is not inverted, otherwise it is sampled
on the falling edge of the clock. The signal is typically referenced to the RLCLK line
clock input pins, but it can be referenced to the RCLK output pins.
This input signal can be inverted.
o DS3: 44.736 Mbps +20ppm
o E3: 34.368 Mbps +20ppm
Receive Negative AMI / Line Code Violation / Line OH Mask input
RNEG: When the port line is configured for B3ZS, HDB3 or AMI mode and the LIU is
disabled, a high on this pin indicates that a negative pulse has been detected using
an external LIU. The signal is sampled on the positive clock edge of the referenced
clock pin if the clock pin signal is not inverted, otherwise it is sampled on the falling
edge of the clock. The signal is typically referenced to the RLCLK line clock input
pins, but it can be referenced to the RCLKO output pins.
This input signal can be inverted.
o DS3: 44.736 Mbps +20ppm
o E3: 34.368 Mbps +20ppm
RLCV: When the port line interface is configured for UNI mode, the BPV counter in
the encoder/decoder block is incremented each clock when this signal is high. The
signal is sampled on the positive clock edge of the referenced clock pin if the clock
pin signal is not inverted, otherwise it is sampled on the falling edge of the clock. The
signal is typically referenced to the RLCLK line clock input pins, but it can be
referenced to the RCLKO output pins.
This input signal can be inverted.
DS3/E3 Overhead Interface
Transmit Overhead
TOH: When the port framer is configured for one of the DS3 or E3 framing modes,
this signal will be used to over-write the DS3 or E3 framing overhead bits when
TOHEN is active. In T3 mode, the X-bits, P-bits, M-bits, F-bits, and C-bits are input. In
G.751 E3 mode, all of the FAS, RAI, and National Use bits are input. In G.832 E3
mode, all of the FA1, FA2, EM, TR, MA, NR, and GC bytes are input. The TOHSOF
signal marks the start of the framing bit sequence. This signal is sampled at the same
time as the TOHCLK signal transitions high to low.
This signal can be inverted.
Transmit Overhead Enable / Start Of Frame Input
TOHEN: When the port framer is configured for one of the DS3 or E3 framing modes,
this signal will be used the determine which DS3 or E3 framing overhead bits to overwrite with the signal on the TOH pin. The TOHSOF signal marks the start of the
framing bit sequence. This signal is sampled at the same time as the TOHCLK signal
transitions high to low.
This signal can be inverted.
29 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
PIN NAME
TOHCLK
TYPE
O
TOHSOF
O
ROH
O
ROHCLK
O
ROHSOF
O
TCLKI
I
PIN DESCRIPTION
Transmit Overhead Clock
TOHCLK: When the port framer is configured for one of the DS3 or E3 framing
modes, this clock is used for the transmit overhead port signals TOH, TOHEN and
TOHSOF. The TOHSOF output signal is updated and the TOH and TOHEN input
signals are sampled at the same time this clock signal transitions from high to low.
The external logic is expected to sample TOHSOF signal and update the TOH and
TOHEN signals on the rising edge of this clock signal. This clock is a low frequency
clock.
This signal can be inverted.
Transmit Overhead Start Of Frame
TOHSOF: When the port framer is configured for one of the DS3 or E3 framing
modes, this signal is used to mark the start of a DS3 or E3 overhead sequence on the
TOH pin. In T3 mode, the first X-bit is marked. In G.751 E3 mode, the first bit of the
FAS word is marked. In G.832 E3 mode, the first bit of the FA1 byte is marked. The
sequence starts on the same high to low transition of the TOHCLK clock that this
signal is high. This signal is updated at the same time as the TOHCLK signal
transitions high to low.
This signal can be inverted.
Receive Overhead
ROH: When the port framer is configured for one of the DS3 or E3 framing modes,
this signal outputs the value of the receive overhead bits. The ROHSOF signal marks
the start of the framing bit sequence. In T3 mode, the X-bits, P-bits, M-bits, F-bits,
and C-bits are output (Note: In M23 mode, the C-bits are extracted even though they
are marked as data at the payload interface). In G.751 E3 mode, all of the FAS, RAI,
and National Use bits are output. In G.832 E3 mode, all of the FA1, FA2, EM, TR,
MA, NR, and GC bytes are output.
This signal is updated at the same time as the ROHCLK signal transitions high to low.
This signal can be inverted.
Receive Overhead Clock
ROHCLK: When the port framer is configured for one of the DS3 or E3 framing
modes, this clock is used for the receive overhead port signals ROH and ROHSOF.
The ROHSOF and ROH output signals are updated at the same time this clock signal
transitions from high to low. The external logic is expected to sample ROHSOF and
ROH signal on the rising edge of this clock signal. This clock is a low frequency clock.
This signal can be inverted.
Receive Overhead Start Of Frame
ROHSOF: When the port framer is configured for one of the DS3 or E3 framing
modes this signal is used to mark the start of a DS3 or E3 overhead sequence on the
ROH pins. In T3 mode, the first X-bit is marked. In G.751 E3 mode, the first bit of the
FAS word is marked. In G.832 E3 mode, the first bit of the FA1 byte is marked. The
sequence starts on the same high to low transition of the ROHCLK clock that this
signal is high. This signal is updated at the same time as the ROHCLK signal
transitions high to low.
This signal can be inverted.
DS3/E3 Serial Data Overhead Interface
Transmit Line Clock Input
TCLKI: This clock is typically used for the reference clock for the TSOFI, TSER, and
TSOFO / TDEN signals but can also be used as the reference for the TPOS / TDAT
and TNEG signals. This clock is not used when the part is in loop time mode or the
CLAD clocks are used as the transmit clock source. (PORT.CR3.CLADC)
This input signal can be inverted.
o DS3: 44.736 MHz +20 ppm
o E3: 34.368 MHz +20 ppm
30 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
PIN NAME
TSOFI
TYPE
I
TSER
I
TCLKO /
TGCLK
O
PIN DESCRIPTION
Transmit Start Of Frame Input
See Table 10-20.
TSOFI: This signal can be used to align the start of the DS3 or E3 frames on the
TSER pin to an external signal. In framed modes, the TSOFI signal can be used to
align the start of frame signal position on the TSER/TOH pin to the rising edge of a
signal on this pin. The signal edge does not need to occur on every frame and can be
tied high or low. The signal is sampled on the positive clock edge of the referenced
clock pin if the clock pin signal is not inverted, otherwise it is sampled on the falling
edge of the clock. The signal is typically referenced to the TCLKI transmit clock input
pins, but it can be referenced to the TLCLK, TCLKO, RCLKO and RLCLK clock pins.
This signal can be inverted.
Transmit Serial Data
TSER: When the port framer is configured for either the DS3 or E3 framed modes,
this pin is used as the source of the DS3/E3 payload data. When the port is
configured for a clear channel mode, this pin is used as the source of the DS3/E3
data signal. The signal is sampled on the positive clock edge of the referenced clock
pin if the clock pin signal is not inverted, otherwise it is sampled on the falling edge of
the clock. The signal is typically referenced to the TCLKI transmit clock input pins, but
it can be referenced to the TLCLK, TCLKO / TGCLK, RCLKO and RLCLK clock pins
This signal can be inverted.
o DS3: 44.736 Mbps +20ppm
o E3: 34.368 Mbps +20ppm
Transmit Clock Output / Gapped Clock
See Table 10-22.
TCLKO: When TCLKO is selected by PORT.CR3.TCLKS, this clock output is
enabled. This clock is the same clock as the internal framer transmit clock. This clock
is typically used for the reference clock for the TSOFI, TSER, and TSOFO / TDEN
signals but can also be used as the reference for the TPOS / TDAT and TNEG
signals.
This signal can be inverted.
o DS3: 44.736 MHz +20 ppm
o E3: 34.368 MHz +20 ppm
TGCLK: When TGCLK is selected by PORT.CR3.TCLKS, this gated output clock is
enabled. This gapped clock is the same clock as the internal framer transmit clock
and is gated by TDEN. This clock is typically used for the reference clock for the
TSER signal.
This signal can be inverted.
31 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
PIN NAME
TSOFO /
TDEN
TYPE
O
RSER
O
RCLKO /
RGCLK
O
RSOFO /
RDEN
O
PIN DESCRIPTION
Framer Start Of Frame / Data Enable
See Table 10-21.
TSOFO: When the port framer is configured for the DS3 or E3 framed modes and the
TSOFO pin function is selected, this signal is used to indicate the start of the DS3/E3
frame on the TSER pin. This signal pulses high three clocks before the first overhead
bit in a DS3 or E3 frame that will be input on TSER. The signal is updated on the
positive clock edge of the referenced clock pin if the clock pin signal is not inverted,
otherwise it is updated on the falling edge of the clock. The signal is typically
referenced to the TCLKI transmit clock input pins, but it can be referenced to the
TLCLK, TCLKO, RCLKO and RLCLK clock pins.
This signal can be inverted.
TDEN: When the port framer is configured for the DS3 or E3 framed modes and the
TDEN pin function is selected, this signal is used to mark the DS3/E3 frame bits on
the TSER pin. The signal goes high three clocks before the start of DS3/E3 payload
bits and goes low three clocks before the end of the DS3/E3 payload bits. The signal
is updated on the positive clock edge of the referenced clock pin if the clock pin signal
is not inverted, otherwise it is updated on the falling edge of the clock. The signal is
typically referenced to the TCLKI transmit clock input pins, but it can be referenced to
the TLCLK, TCLKO, RCLKO and RLCLK clock pins.
This signal can be inverted.
Receive Serial Data
RSER: When the port framer is configured for the DS3 or E3 framed modes, this pin
outputs the receive data signal from the LIU or receive line pins. The signal is updated
on the positive clock edge of the referenced clock pin if the clock pin signal is not
inverted, otherwise it is updated on the falling edge of the clock. The signal is typically
referenced to the RCLKO receive clock output pin, but it can be referenced to the
RGCLK and RLCLK clock pins.
This signal can be inverted
o DS3: 44.736 Mbps +20ppm
o E3: 34.368 Mbps +20ppm
Receive Clock Output / Gapped Clock
See Table 10-24.
RCLKO: When the port framer is configured for the DS3 or E3 framed modes and
RCLKO is selected, this clock output signal is active. It is the same as the internal
receive framer clock. This clock is typically used for the reference clock for the RSER,
RSOFO / RDEN signals but can also be used as the reference for the RPOS / RDAT,
RNEG / RLCV, TSOFI, TSER, TSOFO / TDEN, TPOS / TDAT and TNEG signals.
This signal can be inverted.
o DS3: 44.736 MHz +20 ppm
o E3: 34.368 MHz +20 ppm
RGCLK: When the port is configured for DS3/E3 framed mode and RGCLK is
selected, this gated clock output signal is active. It is the same as the internal receive
framer clock gated by RDEN. This clock is typically used for the reference clock for
the RSER.
This signal can be inverted
Receive Framer Start Of Frame /Data Enable
See Table 10-23.
RSOFO: When the port framer is configured for the DS3 or E3 framed modes and the
RSOFO pin function is enabled, this signal is used to indicate the start of the DS3/E3
frame. This signal indicates the first DS3/E3 overhead bit on the RSER pin when high.
The signal is updated on the positive clock edge of the referenced clock pin if the
clock pin signal is not inverted, otherwise it is updated on the falling edge of the clock.
The signal is typically referenced to the RCLKO receive clock output pin, but it can be
referenced to the RLCLK clock input pin.
This signal can be inverted.
RDEN: When the port framer is configured for the DS3 or E3 framed modes and the
RDEN pin function is enabled, this signal is used to indicate the DS3/E3 payload bit
32 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
PIN NAME
TYPE
D[15:8]
IO
D[7]/
SPI_CPOL
IO
D[6]/
SPI_CPHA
IO
D[5]/
SPI_SWAP
IO
D[4:3]
IO
D[2]/
SPI_SCLK
IO
D[1]/
SPI_MOSI
IO
D[0]/
SPI_MISO
IO
A[8:1]
I
A[0] /
BSWAP
ALE
I
PIN DESCRIPTION
positions of the data on the RSER pin. The signal goes high during each DS3/E3
payload bit and goes low during each DS3/E3 overhead bit. The signal is updated on
the positive clock edge of the referenced clock pin if the clock pin signal is not
inverted, otherwise it is updated on the falling edge of the clock. The signal is typically
referenced to the RCLKO receive clock output pin, but it can be referenced to the
RLCLK clock input pin.
This signal can be inverted.
Microprocessor Interface
Upper 8 Bits of the Bi-directional 16 or 8 bit data bus
D[15:8]: Upper bits of the 16-bit or 8-bit data bus used to input data during register
writes, and data outputs during register reads. The upper 8 bits are not used in 8 bit
bus mode. Not driven when CS=1 or RST=0.
Bit 7 of Bi-directional data bus / SPI Bus Clock Polarity
D[7]: Bit 7 of the 16-bit or 8-bit data bus used to input data during register writes, and
data outputs during register reads. Not driven when CS=1 or RST=0.
SPI_CPOL: This signal selects the clock polarity when SPI = 1. See Section 8.3.4.1
for detailed timing and functionality information. Default setting is low.
Bit 6 of Bi-directional data bus / SPI Bus Clock Phase
D[6]: Bit 6 of the 16-bit or 8-bit data bus used to input data during register writes, and
data outputs during register reads. Not driven when CS=1 or RST=0.
SPI_CPHA: This signal selects the clock phase when SPI = 1. See Section 8.3.4.1 for
detailed timing and functionality information. Default setting is low.
Bit 5 of Bi-directional data bus / SPI Bit Order Swap
D[5]: Bit 5 of the 16-bit or 8-bit data bus used to input data during register writes, and
data outputs during register reads. Not driven when CS=1 or RST=0.
SPI_SWAP: This signal is active when SPI=1. The address and data bit order is
swapped when SPI_SWAP is high. The R/W and B bit positions are never changed in
the control word.
0 = MSB is transmitted and received first.
1 = LSB is transmitted and received first.
Bits 4,3 of Bi-directional data bus
D[4:3]: Bits 3,4 of the 16-bit or 8-bit data bus used to input data during register writes,
and data outputs during register reads. Not driven when CS=1 or RST=0.
Bit 2 of Bi-directional data bus / SPI Serial Clock Input < 10 MHz
D[2]: Bit 2 of the 16-bit or 8-bit data bus used to input data during register writes, and
data outputs during register reads. Not driven when CS=1 or RST=0.
SPI_SCLK: SPI Serial Clock Input when SPI = 1.
Bit 1 of Bi-directional data bus / SPI Serial Bus Master-out Slave-in
D[1]: Bit 1 of the 16-bit or 8-bit data bus used to input data during register writes, and
data outputs during register reads. Not driven when CS=1 or RST=0.
SPI_MOSI: SPI Serial Data Input (Master-out Slave-in) when SPI = 1.
Bit 0 of Bi-directional data bus / SPI Serial Bus Master-in Slave-out
D[0]: Bit 0 of the 16-bit or 8-bit data bus used to input data during register writes, and
data outputs during register reads. Not driven when CS=1 or RST=0.
SPI_MISO: SPI Serial Data Output (Master-in Slave-Out) when SPI = 1.
Address bus (minus LSB) / Device Address [8:1]
A[8:1]: identifies the specific 16 bit registers, or group of 8 bit registers, being
accessed.
Address bus LSB / Byte Swap / Device Address [0]
A[0]: This signal is connected to the lower address bit in 8 bit systems. (WIDTH=0)
1 = Output register bits 15:8 on D[7:0], D[15:8] not driven
0 = Output register bits 7:0 on D[7:0], D[15:8] not driven
BSWAP: This signal is tied high or low in 16 bit systems. (WIDTH=1)
1 = Output register bits 15:8 on D[7:0], 7:0 on D[15:8]
0 = Output register bits 7:0 on D[7:0], 15:8 on D[15:8]
Address Latch Enable
ALE: This signal is used to latch the address on the A[10:0] pins in multiplexed
33 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
PIN NAME
TYPE
CS
I
RD /
DS
I
WR /
R/W
I
RDY
Oz
INT
Oz
MODE
I
WIDTH
I
SPI
I
GPIO1
IO
GPIO2
IO
GPIO3
IO
GPIO4
IO
GPIO5
IO
GPIO6
IO
GPIO7
IO
PIN DESCRIPTION
address systems. When it is high the address is fed through the address latch to the
internal logic. When it transitions to low, the address is latched and held internally
until the signal goes back high. ALE should be tied high for nonmultiplexed address
systems.
Chip Select (active low)
CS: This signal must be low during all accesses to the registers
Read Strobe (active low) / Data Strobe (active low)
RD: Read Strobe mode (MODE=0):
RD is low during a register read.
DS: Data Strobe mode (MODE=1):
DS is low during either a register read or a write.
Write Strobe (active low) / R/W Select
WR: Write Strobe mode (MODE=0):
WR is low during a register write.
R/W: Data Strobe mode (MODE=1):
R/W is high during a register read cycle, and low during a register write cycle.
Ready handshake (active low)
RDY: This ready signal is driven low when the current read or write cycle can
progress. When the current read or write cycle is not ready it is driven high. When
device is not selected it is not driven. Not driven when RST=0 or CS=1.
Interrupt (active low)
INT: This interrupt signal is driven low when an event is detected on any of the
enabled interrupt sources in any of the register banks. When there are no active and
enabled interrupt sources, the pin can be programmed to either drive high or not drive
high. The reset default is to not drive high when there are no active and enabled
interrupt source. All interrupt sources are disabled when RST =0 and they must be
programmed to be enabled.
Not driven when RST=0.
Mode select RD/WR or DS strobe mode
MODE: 1 = Data Strobe Mode, 0 = Read/Write Strobe Mode
Data bus width select 8 or 16-bit interface
WIDTH: 1 = 16-bits, 0 = 8 bits
SPI Serial Bus Mode Select
SPI: 1 = SPI Serial Bus Mode, 0 = Parallel Bus Mode
Misc I/O
General Purpose IO 1
GPIO1: This signal is configured to be a general purpose IO pin, or an alarm output
signal.
General Purpose IO 2
GPIO2: This signal is configured to be a general purpose IO pin, or the 8KREFO
output signal, or an alarm output signal.
General Purpose IO 3
GPIO3: This signal is configured to be a general purpose IO pin.
General Purpose IO 4
GPIO4: This signal is configured to be a general purpose IO pin, or the 8KREFI input
signal. When configured for 8KREFI mode the signal frequency should be 8,000 Hz
+/- 500 ppm and about 50% duty cycle.
General Purpose IO 5
GPIO5: This signal is configured to be a general purpose IO pin, or an alarm output
signal.
General Purpose IO 6
GPIO6: This signal is configured to be a general purpose IO pin, or the TMEI input
signal. When configured for TMEI input, the signal low time and high time must be
greater than 500 nsec.
General Purpose IO 7
34 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
PIN NAME
GPIO8
TYPE
IO
TEST
I
HIZ
I
RST
I
JTCLK
I
JTMS
Ipu
JTDI
Ipu
JTDO
Oz
JTRST
Ipu
PIN DESCRIPTION
GPIO7: This signal is configured to be a general purpose IO pin.
General Purpose IO 8
GPIO8: This signal is configured to be a general purpose IO pin, or the PMU input
signal. When configured for PMU input, the signal low time and high time must be
greater than 500 nsec.
Test enable (active low)
TEST: This signal enables the internal scan test mode when low. For normal operation
tie high. This is an asynchronous input.
High impedance test enable (active low)
HIZ: This signal puts all digital output and bi-directional pins in the high impedance
state when it low and JTRST is low. For normal operation tie high. This is an
asynchronous input.
Reset (active low)
RST: This signal resets all the internal processor registers and logic when low. This
pin should be low while power is applied and set high after the power is stable. This
is an asynchronous input.
JTAG
JTAG Clock
JTCLK: This clock input is typically a low frequency (less than 10 MHz) 50% duty
cycle clock signal.
JTAG Mode Select (with pullup)
JTMS: This input signal is used to control the JTAG controller state machine and is
sampled on the rising edge of JTCLK.
JTAG Data Input (with pullup)
JTDI: This input signal is used to input data into the register that is enabled by the
JTAG controller state machine and is sampled on the rising edge of JTCLK.
JTAG Data Output
JTDO: This output signal is the output of an internal scan shift register enabled by the
JTAG controller state machine and is updated on the falling edge of JTCLK. The pin
is in the high impedance mode when a register is not selected or when the JTRST
signal is high. The pin goes into and exits the high impedance mode after the falling
edge of JTCLK
JTAG Reset (active low with pullup)
JTRST: This input forces the JTAG controller logic into the reset state and forces the
JTDO pin into high impedance when low. This pin should be low while power is
applied and set high after the power is stable. The pin can be driven high or low for
normal operation, but must be high for JTAG operation.
CLAD
REFCLK
VSS
VDD
AVDDR
AVDDT
AVDDJ
AVDDC
I
PWR
PWR
PWR
PWR
PWR
PWR
Reference Clock
CLKI: This pin must have a clock which is either 44.736 MHz, 34.368 MHz, 77.76
MHz, 51.84 MHz or 19.44 MHz +/- 20 ppm and transmission quality jitter and wander.
No IO pins have a timing relationship to this pin.
POWER
Ground, 0 Volt potential
Common to digital core, digital IO and all analog circuits
Digital 3.3V
Common to digital core and digital IO
Analog 3.3V for receive LIU
Powers receive LIU
Analog 3.3V for transmit LIU
Powers transmit LIU
Analog 3.3V for jitter attenuator
Powers jitter attenuator
Analog 3.3V for CLAD
Powers clock rate adapter
35 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
PIN NAME
AVSSR
AVSST
AVSSJ
AVSSC
TYPE
PWR
PWR
PWR
PWR
PIN DESCRIPTION
Analog Ground for receive LIU
Analog Ground for transmit LIU
Analog Ground for jitter attenuator
Analog Ground for CLAD
36 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
8.3
Pin Functional Timing
8.3.1
Line IO
8.3.1.1
B3ZS/HDB3/AMI Mode Transmit Pin Functional Timing
There is no suggested time alignment between the TXP, TXN and TX LINE signals and the TLCLK clock signal.
The TX DATA signal is not a readily available signal, it is meant to represent the data value of the other signals.
The TXP and TXN signals are only available when the line is in B3ZS/HDB3 or AMI mode and the LIU is enabled.
The TPOS, TNEG and TLCLK signals are only available when the line is in B3ZS/HDB3 or AMI mode and the
transmit line pins are enabled. The TPOS, TNEG and TLCLK pins can be enabled at the same as the LIU is
enabled.
The TPOS and TNEG signals change a small delay after the positive edge of the reference clock if the clock pin is
not inverted, otherwise they change after the negative edge. The TLCLK clock pin is the clock reference typically
used for the TPOS and TNEG signals, but they can be time referenced to the TCLKI, TCLKO, RLCLK or RCLKO
clock pins. The TPOS and TNEG pins can be inverted, but the polarity of TXP and TXN can not be inverted.
TXP and TXN are differential analog output pins. They are biased around ½ VDD and pulse above and below the
bias voltage by about 1 Volt. These signals are connected to the windings of a 1:2 step down transformer and the
other winding of the transformer creates the TX LINE signal. The TX LINE signal is a bipolar signal that pulses
about 1 Volt positive and 1 Volt negative above and below ground (0 volts). See Figure 2-1 for a diagram of the
external connections.
Figure 8-1 and Figure 8-2 show the relationship between the analog and the digital outputs.
Figure 8-1. Tx Line IO B3ZS Functional Timing Diagram
TLCLK
(TX DATA)
TPOS
TNEG
B
TXP
V
B
V
B
V
B
V
BIAS V
TXN
0V
(TX LINE)
+
-
B3ZS CODEWORD
37 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Figure 8-2. Tx Line IO HDB3 Functional Timing Diagram
TLCLK
(TX DATA)
TPOS
TNEG
B
TXP
V
B
V
B
V
B
V
BIAS V
TXN
0V
(TX LINE)
+
-
HDB3 CODEWORD
8.3.1.2
B3ZS/HDB3/AMI Mode Receive Pin Functional Timing
There is no suggested time alignment between the RXP, RXN and RX LINE signals and the RLCLK clock signal.
The RX DATA signal is not an always readily available signal, it is meant to represent the data value of the other
signals. The signal on RSER in framed mode will be the same as the RX DATA signal except delayed.
The RXP and RXN pins are only available when the line is in B3ZS/HDB3 or AMI mode and the LIU is enabled.
The RPOS, RNEG and RLCLK pins are only available when the line is in B3ZS/HDB3 or AMI mode and the LIU is
disabled.
The RPOS and RNEG signals are sampled at the rising edge of the reference clock signal if the clock pin is not
inverted, otherwise they are sampled at the negative edge. The RLCLK clock pin is the clock reference used for the
RPOS and RNEG signals. The RPOS and RNEG pins can be inverted.
RXP and RXN are differential analog input pins. They are biased around ½ VDD and pulse above and below the
bias voltage by about 1 Volt with zero cable length. These signals are connected to the windings of a 1:2 step up
transformer and the other winding of the transformer is connected to the RX LINE signal. The RX LINE signal is a
bipolar signal that pulses about 1 Volt positive and 1 Volt negative above and below ground (0 volts) with zero
cable length. See Figure 2-1 for a diagram of the external connections.
Figure 8-3 and Figure 8-4 show the relationship between the analog and the digital outputs.
Figure 8-3. Rx Line IO B3ZS Functional Timing Diagram
RLCLK
(RX DATA)
RPOS
RNEG
B
RXP
V
B
V
B
V
B
V
BIAS V
RXN
0V
(RX LINE)
+
-
B3ZS CODEWORD
38 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Figure 8-4. Rx Line IO HDB3 Functional Timing Diagram
RLCLK
(RX DATA)
RPOS
RNEG
B
RXP
V
B
V
B
V
B
V
BIAS V
RXN
0V
(RX LINE)
+
-
HDB3 CODEWORD
8.3.1.3
UNI Mode Transmit Pin Functional Timing
The TDAT pin is available when the line interface is in the UNI mode and the transmit line pins are enabled
The TDAT signal changes a small delay after the positive edge of the reference clock signal if the clock pin is not
inverted, other wise they change after the negative edge. The TLCLK clock pin is the clock reference typically
used for the TDAT signal, but the TDAT can be time referenced to the TCLKI, TCLKO, RLCLK or RCLKO clock
pins. The TDAT pin can be inverted. Please refer to Figure 8-5 .
Figure 8-5. Tx Line IO UNI Functional Timing Diagram
TLCLK
TDAT
8.3.1.4
UNI Mode Receive Pin Functional Timing
The RDAT pin is available when the line interface is in the UNI mode. The RLCV pin is available when the line
interface is in the UNI Mode.
All bits on the RDAT pin, will come out the RSER pin, if the RSER pin is enabled.
The signal on the RLCV pin enables the BPV counter, which is in the line interface, to increment each clock it is
high.
The RDAT and RLCV signals are sampled at the rising edge of the reference clock signal if the clock pin is not
inverted, otherwise they are sampled at the negative edge. The RLCLK clock pin is the clock reference used for the
RDAT and RLCV signals. The RDAT and RLCV pins can be inverted. Please refer to Figure 8-6 .
39 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Figure 8-6. Rx Line IO UNI Functional Timing Diagram
RLCLK
RDAT
RLVC
INC BPV COUNTER TWICE
8.3.2
INC BPV COUNTER ONCE
DS3/E3 Framing Overhead Functional Timing
Figure 8-7 shows the relationship between the DS3 receive overhead port pins.
Figure 8-7. DS3 Framing Receive Overhead Port Timing
ROHCLK
ROHSOF
ROH
FAS
10
1
A
FAS
1
N
2
3
4
FAS
2
5
FAS
3
6
FAS
4
7
FAS
5
8
FAS
6
9
FAS
7
FAS
8
10
11
FAS
9
FAS
10
12
13
A
FAS
1
N
14
15
16
FAS
2
17
FAS
3
18
FAS
4
19
FAS
5
20
FAS
6
21
FAS
8
22
FAS
9
23
FAS
10
24
Figure 8-8 shows the relationship between the E3 G.751 receive overhead port pins.
Figure 8-8. E3 G.751 Framing Receive Overhead Port Timing
ROHCLK
ROHSOF
ROH
FAS
10
1
A
2
N
3
FAS
1
4
FAS
2
5
FAS
3
6
FAS
4
7
FAS
5
8
FAS
6
9
FAS
7
FAS
8
10
11
FAS
9
FAS
10
12
13
A
N
14
15
FAS
1
16
FAS
2
17
FAS
3
18
FAS
4
19
FAS
5
20
FAS
6
21
FAS
8
22
FAS
9
23
FAS
10
24
Figure 8-9 shows the relationship between the E3 G.832 receive overhead port pins.
Figure 8-9. E3 G.832 Framing Receive Overhead Port Timing
ROHCLK
ROHSOF
ROH
GC
6
1
GC
7
2
GC
8
3
FA1
1
4
FA1
2
5
FA1
3
6
FA1
4
7
FA1
5
8
FA1
6
9
FA1
7
FA1
8
10
11
FA2
1
FA2
2
12
40 of 230
13
FA2
3
14
FA2
4
15
FA2
5
16
FA2
6
17
FA2
7
18
FA2
8
19
EM
1
20
EM
2
21
EM
3
22
EM
4
23
EM
5
24
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Figure 8-10 shows the relationship between the DS3 transmit overhead port pins.
Figure 8-10. DS3 Framing Transmit Overhead Port Timing
TOHCLK
TOHSOF
TOHEN
TOH
F73
C73
F74
1
2
3
X1
4
F11
5
C11
F12
C12
F13
C13
6
7
8
9
10
F14
11
X2
12
F21
13
C21
14
F22
15
C22
16
F23
17
C23
18
F24
19
P1
20
F31
C31
21
22
F32
23
C32
24
Figure 8-11 shows the relationship between the E3 G.751 transmit overhead port pins.
Figure 8-11. E3 G.751 Framing Transmit Overhead Port Timing
TOHCLK
TOHSOF
TOHEN
TOH
FAS
10
1
A
2
N
3
FAS
1
FAS
2
FAS
3
FAS
4
FAS
5
FAS
6
FAS
7
FAS
8
FAS
9
FAS
10
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
A
N
14
15
FAS
1
FAS
2
FAS
3
FAS
4
FAS
5
FAS
6
FAS
8
FAS
9
FAS
9
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Figure 8-12 shows the relationship between the E3 G.832 transmit overhead port pins.
Figure 8-12. E3 G.832 Framing Transmit Overhead Port Timing
TOHCLK
TOHSOF
TOHEN
TOH
8.3.3
8.3.3.1
GC
6
GC
7
GC
8
FA1
1
FA1
2
FA1
3
FA1
4
FA1
5
FA1
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
FA1
7
10
FA1
8
11
FA2
1
12
FA2
2
FA2
3
FA2
4
FA2
5
FA2
6
FA2
7
FA2
8
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
EM
1
20
EM
2
21
EM
3
22
EM
4
23
EM
5
24
DS3/E3 Serial Data Interface
DS3/E3 Framed Mode Transmit Serial Interface Pin Functional Timing
The TSER pin is used to input DS3 or E3 payload data bits in all framing modes as well as the C-bits, which can be
treated as payload, in DS3 M23 and E3 G.751 framing modes. The TDEN signal is used to determine the DS3 or
E3 payload bit positions on TSER. The TDEN signal goes high three clocks before the first bit of a payload
sequence is clocked into the TSER pin and it goes low three clocks before the payload sequence is stopped being
clocked in to the TSER pin. The TSOFO signal pulses high three clocks before the start of the DS3 or E3 overhead
bit position on TSER. The TSOFI pin is used to set the DS3 or E3 frame position. When the TSOFI pin transitions
low to high, the first DS3/E3 overhead bit position on TSER will be forced to align to it
Figure 8-13 to Figure 8-15 show the relationship between the transmit serial interface pins.
41 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Figure 8-13. DS3 Framed Mode Transmit Serial Interface Pin Timing
TCLKO or
TCLKI
TSOFO
TSOFI
DS3 TGCLK
DS3 TSER
TSER DATA IS OVERWRITTEN WITH OH
DS3 TDEN
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Figure 8-14. E3 G.751 Framed Mode Transmit Serial Interface Pin Timing
TCLKO or
TCLKI
TSOFO
TSOFI
E3 TGCLK
TSER DATA IS OVERWRITTEN WITH OH
E3 TSER
E3 TDEN
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Figure 8-15. E3 G.832 Framed Mode Transmit Serial Interface Pin Timing
TCLKO or
TCLKI
TSOFO
TSOFI
E3 TGCLK
TSER DATA IS OVERWRITTEN WITH OH
E3 TSER
E3 TDEN
1
8.3.3.2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
DS3/E3 Framed Mode Receive Serial Interface Pin Functional Timing
The RSER signal has the DS3 or E3 payload as well as the DS3 or E3 overhead bits. The RDEN signal is used to
enable external logic for payload processing and will be high during the DS3 or E3 payload bits and low during the
DS3 or E3 overhead bits. The RGCLK signal can also be used to clock only the DS3 or E3 payload bits into
external logic since the clock is stopped during the DS3 or E3 overhead bits. The RSOFO signal marks the first
overhead bit of the DS3 or E3 frame.
Figure 8-16 to Figure 8-18 show the relationship between the receive serial interface pins.
42 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Figure 8-16. DS3 Framed Mode Receive Serial Interface Pin Timing
RCLKO or
RCLKI
RSOFO
DS3 RGCLK
X1
DS3 RSER
DS3 RDEN
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Figure 8-17. E3 G.751 Framed Mode Receive Serial Interface Pin Timing
RCLKO or
RCLKI
RSOFO
E3 RGCLK
FAS 1111010000
A
N
14
15
E3 RSER
E3 RDEN
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Figure 8-18. E3 G.832 Framed Mode Receive Serial Interface Pin Timing
RCLKO or
RCLKI
RSOF
E3 RGCLK
FA1 11110110
FA2 00101000
E3 RSER
E3 RDEN
1
8.3.4
8.3.4.1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Microprocessor Interface Functional Timing
SPI Functional Timing Diagrams
NOTE: The transmit and receive order of the address and data bits are selected by the D[5]/SPI_SWAP pin. The
R/W (read/write) MSB bit and B (burst) LSB bit position is not effected by the D[5]/SPI_SWAP pin setting.
8.3.4.1.1 SPI Transmission Format and CPHA Polarity
When CPHA = 0, CS may be de-asserted between accesses. An access is defined as one or two control bytes
followed by a data byte. CS cannot be de-asserted between the control bytes, or between the last control byte and
the data byte. When CPHA = 0, CS may also remain asserted between accesses. If it remains asserted and the
BURST bit is set, no additional control bytes are expected after the first control byte(s) and data are transferred. If
the BURST bit is set, the address will be incremented for each additional byte of data transferred until CS is deasserted. If CS remains asserted and the BURST bit is not set, a control byte(s) is expected following the data byte,
and the address for the next access will be received from that. Anytime CS is de-asserted, the BURST access is
terminated.
When CPHA = 1, CS may remain asserted for more than one access without being toggled high and then low
again between accesses. If the BURST bit is set, the address should increment and no additional control bytes are
43 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
expected. If the BURST bit is not set, each data byte will be followed by the control byte(s) for the next access.
Additionally, CS may also be de-asserted between accesses when CPHA =1. In the case, any BURST access is
terminated, and the next byte received when CS is re-asserted will be a control byte.
The following diagrams describe the functionality of the SPI port for the four combinations of SPI_CPOL and
SPI_CPHA. They indicate the clock edge that samples the data and the level of the clock during no-transfer events
(high or low). Since the SPI port of the DS3170 acts as a slave device, the master device provides the clock. The
user must configure the SPI_CPOL and SPI_CPHA pins to describe which type of clock that the master device is
providing.
Figure 8-19. SPI Serial Port Access For Read Mode, SPI_CPOL=0, SPI_CPHA = 0
SCK
CS*
MOSI
1
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
MSB
A7
A6
LSB
MSB
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
B
LSB
MISO
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
MSB
D0
LSB
Figure 8-20. SPI Serial Port Access For Read Mode, SPI_CPOL = 1, SPI_CPHA = 0
SCK
CS*
MOSI
1
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
MSB
A7
A6
LSB
MSB
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
B
LSB
MISO
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
MSB
D0
LSB
Figure 8-21. SPI Serial Port Access For Read Mode, SPI_CPOL = 0, SPI_CPHA = 1
SCK
CS*
MOSI
1
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
MSB
A7
A6
LSB
MSB
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
B
LSB
MISO
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
MSB
D0
LSB
Figure 8-22. SPI Serial Port Access For Read Mode, SPI_CPOL = 1, SPI_CPHA = 1
SCK
CS*
MOSI
1
MSB
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
LSB
MSB
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
B
LSB
MISO
D7
MSB
44 of 230
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
LSB
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Figure 8-23. SPI Serial Port Access For Write Mode, SPI_CPOL = 0, SPI_CPHA = 0
SCK
CS*
MOSI
0
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
MSB
A7
A6
LSB
MSB
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
B
D7
LSB
MSB
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
LSB
MISO
Figure 8-24. SPI Serial Port Access For Write Mode, SPI_CPOL = 1, SPI_CPHA = 0
SCK
CS*
MOSI
0
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
MSB
A7
A6
LSB
MSB
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
B
D7
LSB
MSB
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
LSB
MISO
Figure 8-25. SPI Serial Port Access For Write Mode, SPI_CPOL = 0, SPI_CPHA = 1
SCK
CS*
MOSI
0
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
MSB
A7
A6
LSB
MSB
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
B
D7
LSB
MSB
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
LSB
MISO
Figure 8-26. SPI Serial Port Access For Write Mode, SPI_CPOL = 1, SPI_CPHA = 1
SCK
CS*
MOSI
0
MSB
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
LSB
MSB
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
B
D7
LSB
MSB
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
LSB
MISO
8.3.4.2
Parallel Port Interface Diagrams
Figure 8-27 and Figure 8-29 show examples of a 16-bit databus and an 8-bit databus, respectively. In 16-bit mode,
the A[0]/BSWAP signal controls whether or not to byte swap. In 8-bit mode, the A[0]/BSWAP signal is used as the
LSB of the address bus (A[0]). The selection of databus size is determined by the WIDTH input signal. See also
Section 10.1.1.
45 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Figure 8-27. 16-Bit Mode Write
A[0]/BSWAP
0x2B0
A[10:1]
D[15:0]
0x1234
CS
WR
RD
RDY
Z
Z
Note: Address 0x2B0 = 0x1234
Figure 8-28. 16-Bit Mode Read
A[0]/BSWAP
0x2B0
A[10:1]
D[15:0]
0x1234
CS
WR
RD
RDY
Z
Z
Note: Address 0x2B0 = 0x1234
46 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Figure 8-29. 8-Bit Mode Write
A[0]/BSWAP
A[10:1]
D[7:0]
0x2B0
0x2B0
0x34
0x12
CS
WR
RD
RDY
Z
Z
Z
Z
Note: Address 0x2B0 = 0x34
0x2B1 = 012
Figure 8-30. 8-Bit Mode Read
A[0]/BSWAP
0x2B0
0x2B0
A[10:1]
D[7:0]
0x12
0x34
CS
WR
RD
RDY
Z
Z
Z
Z
Note: Address 0x2B0 = 0x34
0x2B1 = 012
Figure 8-31 and Figure 8-32 are examples of databuses without and with byte swapping enabled, respectively.
When the A[0]/BSWAP pin is set to 0, byte swapping is disabled, and when one, byte swapping is enabled. This
pin should be static and not change while operating. Note: Address bit A[0] is not used in 16-bit mode. See also
Section 10.1.3.
47 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Figure 8-31. 16-Bit Mode without Byte Swap
A[0]/BSWAP
0x2B0
A[10:1]
D[15:0]
0x2B2
0x1234
0x5678
CS
WR
RD
RDY
Z
Z
Z
Z
Note: Address 0x2B0 = 0x1234
0x2B2 = 0x5678
Figure 8-32. 16-Bit Mode with Byte Swap
A[0]/BSWAP
0x2B2
0x2B0
A[10:1]
D[15:0]
0x3412
0x7856
CS
WR
RD
RDY
Z
Z
Z
Z
Note: Address 0x2B0 = 0x1234
0x2B2 = 0x5678
Clearing status latched registers on a read or write access is selectable via the GL.CR1.LSBCRE register bit.
Clearing on read clears all bits in the register, while the clear on write clears only those bits which are written with a
‘1’ when the user writes to the status latched register.
To use the Clear on Read method, the user must only read the status latched register. All bits are set to zero after
the read. Figure 8-33 shows a read of a status latched register and another read of the same register verifying the
register has cleared.
To use the Clear on Write method, the user must write the register with ones in the bit locations that he desires to
clear. Figure 8-34 shows a read, a write, and then a subsequent read revealing the results of clearing of the bits,
which he wrote a ‘1.’ See also Section 10.1.6.
48 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Figure 8-33. Clear Status Latched Register on Read
A[0]/BSWAP
0x1C0
0x1C0
A[10:1]
D[15:0]
0x0000
0xFFFF
CS
WR
RD
RDY
Z
Z
Z
Z
Figure 8-34. Clear Status Latched Register on Write
A[0]/BSWAP
0x1C0
A[10:1]
D[15:0]
0x1C0
0x1C0
0x5555
0xFFFF
0xAAAA
CS
WR
RD
RDY
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Figure 8-35 and Figure 8-36 show exaggerated views of the Ready Signal to describe the difference in access
times to write or read to or from various memory locations on the DS3170 device. Some registers will have a faster
access time than others and if needed, the user can implement the RDY signal to maximize efficiency of read and
write accesses.
49 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Figure 8-35. RDY Signal Functional Timing Write
A[0]/BSWAP
A[10:1]
D[15:0]
0x2B0
0x3A4
0x1234
0x0078
CS
WR
RD
RDY
Z
Z
Z
Z
Figure 8-36. RDY Signal Functional Timing Read
A[0]/BSWAP
0x1C0
A[10:1]
D[15:0]
0x3A4
0xFFFF
0xFFFF
CS
WR
RD
RDY
Z
Z
Z
See also Figure 16-8 and Figure 16-9.
8.3.5
JTAG Functional Timing
See Section 13.5.
50 of 230
Z
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
9 INITIALIZATION AND CONFIGURATION
STEP 1: Check Device ID Code.
Before any testing can be done, the device ID code, which is stored in GL.IDR, shoud be checked against the
device ID code shown below to ensure correct device is being used.
Current device ID codes is:
o
DS3170 rev 1.0:
004Fh
STEP 2: Initialize the Device.
Before configuring for operation, make sure the device is in a known condition with all registers set to their default
value by initiating a Global Reset. (See Section 10.3.) A Global Reset can be initiated via the RST pin or by the
Global Reset bit (GL.CR1.RST). A Port Reset is not necessary since the global reset includes a reset of the port to
its default values.
STEP 3: Clear the Reset.
It is necessary to clear the RST bit to begin normal operation.
After clearing the RST bit, the device is configured for default mode.
Default mode:
Framer: C-bit DS3
LIU: Disabled
STEP 4: Clear the Data Path Resets and the Port Power-Down bit.
The default value of the Data Path Resets is one, which keeps the internal logic in the reset status. The user
needs to clear the following bits:
GL.CR1.RSTDP = 0
PORT.CR1.RSTDP = 0
PORT.CR1.PD = 0
STEP 5: Configure the CLAD
If using the LIU, configure the CLAD (which supplies the clock to the Receive LIU) via the CLAD bits in
the GL.CR2 register.
Note: The user must supply a DS3, E3, STS-1, 77.76 MHz, or 19.44 MHz clock to the REFCLK pin.
STEP 6: Select the clock source for the transmitter.
Loop Time (use the receive clock): Set PORT.CR3.LOOPT = 1
CLAD Source: Set PORT.CR3.CLADC = 0
TCLKI Source: Set PORT.CR3.CLADC = 1
If using the CLAD, properly configure the CLAD by setting the CLAD bits in GL.CR2.
STEP 7: Configure the Framing Mode and the Line Mode..
PORT.CR2.LM[2:0] = 011 (LIU on, JA in rx side) or another setting. See Table 10-26
PORT.CR2.FM[2:0] set to correct mode. See Table 10-25.
STEP 8: Disable Payload AIS (downstream AIS) and Line AIS
PORT.CR1.PAIS[2:0] = 111
PORT.CR1.LAIS[1:0] = 11
STEP 9: Enable the port (for non-LIU modes)
PORT.CR2.TLEN = 1
51 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Table 9-1. Configuration of Port Register Settings
PORT.CR1
0x040
PORT.CR2
0x042
PORT.CR3
0x044
PORT.CR4
0x046
DS3 C-Bit Framed
0x2000
0000 0011 0000 0111
0x0000
0x0000
DS3 M13 Framed
0x2000
0000 0011 0000 1111
0x0000
0x0000
E3.751 Framed
0x2000
0000 0011 0001 0111
0x0000
0x0000
E3.823 Framed
0x2000
0000 0011 0001 111X
0x0000
0x0000
MODE
Note: The Line Mode has been configured with the LIU enabled and the JA in the receive path (LM[2:0] = 011) for all modes.
9.1
Monitoring and Debugging
To determine if the device is receiving a good signal and that the chip is correctly configured for its environment,
check the following status registers.
Receive Loss of Lock – PORT.SR.RLOL: The clock recovery circuit of the LIU was unable to recover the clock
from the incoming signal. This may indicate that the LIU’s master clock does not match the frequency of the
incoming signal. Verify that the CLAD is configured to match the clock input on the REFCLK pin (DS3, E3, STS-1).
See Table 10-11.
Loss of Signal – LINE.RSR.LOS: This indicates that the LIU is unable to recover the clock and data because there
is no signal on the line, or that the signal is attenuated beyond recovery.
Loss of Frame – T3.RSR1.LOF (or E3751.RSR1 or E3832.RSR1): This indicates that the framer was unable to
synchronize to the incoming data. Verify that the FM bits have been correctly configured for the correct mode of
traffic (DS3, E3 G.751, E3 G.832)
Other helpful techniques to utilize in diagnosing a problem include using Line Loopback and Diagnostic Loopback.
These features help to isolate and identify the source of the problem. Line Loopback will loop the receive input to
the transmit output, eliminating the transmit side input from the equation. Diagnostic Loopback will loop the transmit
output before the LIU to the receive framer, eliminating the analog Receive LIU and the receive side analog
circuitry.
One other potential problem is the Line Encoding/Decoding. The device needs to be configured in the same
mode as the far end piece of equipment. If the far end piece of equipment is transmitting and receiving HDB3/B3ZS
encoded data, the DS3170 also must be configured to do the same. This is controlled by the LINE.TCR.TZSD and
the LINE.RCR.RZSD bits.
52 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
10 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
10.1 Processor Bus Interface
10.1.1 SPI Serial Port Mode
The external processor bus can be configured to operate in SPI serial bus mode. See the section 8.3.4.1 for
detailed timing diagrams.
When SPI = 1, SPI bus mode is implemented using four signals: clock (CLK), master-out slave-in data (MOSI),
master-in slave-out data (MISO), and chip select (CS). Clock polarity and phase can be set by the D[7]/SPI_CPOL
and D[6]/SPI_CPHA pins.
The order of the address and data bits in the serial stream is selectable using the D[5]/SPI_SWAP pin. The R/W bit
is always first and B bit is always last in the initial control word and are not effected by the D[5]/SPI_SWAP pin
setting.
10.1.2 8/16 Bit Bus Widths
The external processor bus can be sized for 8 or 16 bits using the WIDTH pin. When in 8-bit mode (WIDTH=0), the
address is composed of all the address bits including A[0], the lower 8 data lines D[7:0] are used and the upper 8
data lines D[15:8] are not used and never driven during a read cycle. When in 16-bit mode (WIDTH=1), the
address bus does not include A[0] (the LSB of the address bus is not routed to the chip) and all 16 data lines
D[15:0] are used. See Figure 8-27 and Figure 8-29 for functional timing diagrams.
10.1.3 Ready Signal (RDY)
The RDY signal allows the microprocessor to use the minimum bus cycle period for maximum efficiency. When
this signal goes low, the RD or WR cycle can be terminated. See Figure 8-35 for functional timing diagrams.
Note: The RDY signal will not go active if the user attempts to read or write unused registers not assigned to any
design blocks. The RDY signal will go active if the user writes or reads reserved registers or unused registers within
design blocks.
10.1.4 Byte Swap Modes
The processor interface can operate in byte swap mode when the data bus is configured for 16-bit operation. The
A[0]/BSWAP pin is used to determine whether byte swapping is enabled. This pin should be static and not change
while operating. When the A[0]/BSWAP pin is low the upper register bits REG[15:8] are mapped to the upper
external data bus lines D[15:8], and the lower register bits REG[7:0] are mapped to the lower external data bus
lines D[7:0]. When the A[0]/BSWAP pin is high the upper register bits REG[15:8] are mapped to the lower external
data bus lines D[7:0], and the lower register bits REG[7:0] are mapped to the upper external data bus lines D[15:8].
See Figure 8-31 and Figure 8-32 for functional timing diagrams.
10.1.5 Read-Write/Data Strobe Modes
The processor interface can operate in either read-write strobe mode or data strobe mode. When MODE=0 the
read-write strobe mode is enabled and a negative pulse on RD performs a read cycle, and a negative pulse on WR
performs a write cycle. When MODE=1 the data strobe mode is enabled and a negative pulse on DS when R/W is
high performs a read cycle, and a negative pulse on DS when R/W is low performs a write cycle. The read-write
strobe mode is commonly called the “Intel” mode, and the data strobe mode is commonly called the “Motorola”
mode.
10.1.6 Clear on Read/Clear on Write Modes
The latched status register bits can be programmed to clear on a read access or clear on a write access. The
global control register bit GL.CR1.LSBCRE controls the mode that all of the latched registers are cleared. When
LSBCRE=0, the latched register bits will be cleared when the register is written to and the write data has the
register bits to clear set. When LSBCRE=1, the latched register bits that are set will be cleared when the register is
read.
53 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
The clear on write mode expects the user to use the following protocol:
1. Read the latched status register
2. Write to the registers with the bits set that need to be cleared.
This protocol is useful when multiple uncoordinated software tasks access the same latched register. Each task
should only clear the bits with which it is concerned; the other tasks will clear the bits with which they are
concerned.
The clear on read mode is simpler since the bits that were read as being set will be cleared automatically. This
method will work well in a software system where multiple tasks do not read the same latched status register. The
latched status register bits in clear on read mode are carefully designed not to miss events that occur while a
register is being read when the latched bit has not already been set. Refer to Figure 8-33 and Figure 8-34.
10.1.7 Interrupt and Pin Modes
The interrupt (INT) pin is configurable to drive high or high impedance when inactive. The GL.CR1.INTM bit
controls the pin configuration. If it is set, the INT pin will drive high when inactive. After a reset, the INT pin will be in
high impedance mode until an interrupt source is active and enabled to drive the interrupt pin.
10.1.8 Interrupt Structure
The interrupt structure is designed to efficiently guide the user to the source of an enabled interrupt source. The
status bits in the global status (GL.SR) and global status latched register (GL.SRL) are read to determine if the
interrupt source is a global event, a global performance monitor update or whether it came from the port. If the
interrupt event came from the port then the port status register (PORT.SR) and port status register latched
(PORT.SRL) can be read to determine if the interrupt source is a common port event like the performance monitor
update or LIU or whether it came from the DS3/E3 Framers, BERT, HDLC, FEAC or Trail Trace status registers. If
the interrupt came from the DS3/E3 Framers, BERT, HDLC, FEAC or Trail Trace status registers, then those
registers will need to be read to determine the event that caused the interrupt.
The source of an interrupt can be determined by reading three status registers: the global, port and block status
registers.
When a mode is not enabled, then interrupts from that source will not occur. For example, if E3 framing mode is
enabled, an interrupt source that is defined in DS3 framing, but not in E3 framing, cannot create a new interrupt.
Note that when modes are changed, the latched status bits of the new mode, as well as any other mode, may get
set. If the data path reset is set during or after the mode change, the latched status bits will be automatically
cleared. If the data path reset is not used to clear the latched status bits, then the registers must be cleared by
reading or writing to them based on the register clear method selected.
54 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Figure 10-1. Interrupt Structure
SRL bit
SRIE bit
SRL bit
PORT.ISR bit
SRIE bit
SRL bit
GL.ISR.PISRn
SRIE bit
GL.ISRIE.
PISRIEn
BLOCK LATCHED
STATUS and
INTERRUPT
ENABLE
REGISTERS
PORT INTERRUPT
STATUS
REGISTER
GLOBAL
INTERRUPT
STATUS REGISTER
and INTERRUPT
ENABLE REGISTER
PORT
INTERRUPTS
INT
GLOBAL
INTERRUPTS
Figure 10-1 not only tells the user how to determine which event caused the interrupt, it also tells the user how to
enable a particular interrupt. Each block has a Status Register Interrupt Enable register which must be set in order
to enable an interrupt. The next step is to unmask the interrupt at the port level. This is controlled in the Global
Interrupt Status Register Interrupt Enable register (GL.ISRIE). Now the device is ready to drive the INT pin low
when a particular status bit gets set.
For example, in order to enable DS3 Out of Frame interrupts, the following registers would need to be written:
Register bit
Address
Value Written
Note
T3.RSRIE1.OOFIE
0x12C
0x0002
Unmask OOF interrupt
GL.ISRIE.PISRIE
0x012
0x0010
Unmask Port interrupts
The following status registers bits will be set upon reception of OOF:
Register bit
Address
Value Read
Note
T3.RSRL1.OOFL
0x128
0x0002
DS3 Out of Frame
PORT.ISR.FMSR
0x050
0x0001
Framer Block Interrupt Active
GL.ISR.PISR
0x010
0x0010
Port Interrupt Active
10.2 Clocks
10.2.1 Line Clock Modes
10.2.1.1 Loop Timing Enabled
When loop timing is enabled (PORT.CR3.LOOPT), the transmit clock source is the same as the receive clock
source. The TCLKI pin is not used as a clock source. Because loop timing is enabled, the loopback functions (LLB,
PLB and DLB) do not cause the clock sources to switch when they are activated. The transmit and receive signal
pins can be timed to a single clock reference without concern about having the clock source change during
loopbacks.
55 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
10.2.1.1.1 LIU Enabled, Loop Timing Enabled
In this mode, the receive LIU sources the clock for both the receive and transmit logic. The RCLKO, TCLKO and
TLCLK clock output pins will be the same. The transmit or receive line payload signal pins can be timed to any of
these clock. The use of the RCLKO pin as the timing source is suggested. If RCLKO is used as the timing source,
be sure to set PORT.CR3.RFTS = 0 for output timing.
10.2.1.1.2 LIU Disabled, Loop Timing Enabled
In this mode, the RLCLK pin are the source of the clock for both the receive and transmit logic. The RCLKO,
TCLKO and TLCLK clock output pins will both be the same as the RLCLK clock. The transmit or receive line
payload signals can be timed to any of these clock pins. The use of the RLCLK pin as the timing source is
suggested. If RLCLK is used as the timing source, be sure to set PORT.CR3.RFTS = 1 for input timing.
10.2.1.2 Loop Timing Disabled
When loop timing is disabled, the transmit clock source can be different than the receive clock source. The
loopback functions, LLB, PLB and DLB, will cause the clock sources to switch when they are activated. Care must
be taken when selecting the clock reference for the transmit and receive signals.
The most versatile clocking option has the receive line interface signals timed to RLCLK, the transmit line interface
signals timed to TLCLK, the receive framer signals timed to RCLKO, and the transmit framer signals timed to
TCLKO. This clocking arrangement works in all modes.
When LLB is enabled, the clock on the TLCLK pin will switch to the clock from the RLCLK pin or RX LIU. It is
recommended that the transmit line interface signals be timed to the TLCLK pins. If TLCLK is used as the timing
source, be sure to set PORT.CR3.TLTS = 0 for output timing.
When PLB is enabled, the TCLKI pin will not be used and the internal transmit clock is switched to the internal
receive clock. The clock on the TCLKO pin will switch to the clock from the RLCLK pins or RX LIU. The framer
input signals will be ignored while PLB is enabled. It is recommended that the transmit line interface signals be
timed to the TCLKO pins.
When DLB is enabled, the internal receive clock is switched to the internal transmit clock which is sourced from the
TCLKI pin or one of the CLAD clocks, and the clock on the RLCLK pin or from the RX LIU will not be used. The
clock on the RCLKO pin will switch to the clock on the TCLKI pins or one of the CLAD clocks. The receive line
signals from the RX LIU or line interface pins will be ignored. It is recommended that the receive framer pins be
timed to the RCLKO pin. If TCLKO is used as the timing source, be sure to set PORT.CR3.TFTS = 0 for output
timing.
When both DLB and LLB are enabled, the TLCLK clock pin are connected to either the RX LIU recovered clock or
the RLCLK clock pin, and the RCLKO clock pin will be connected to the TCLKI clock pin or one of the CLAD
clocks. It is recommended that the transmit line signals be timed to the TLCLK pin, the receive line interface signals
be timed to the RLCLK pin, the receive framer signals be timed to the RCLKO pin, and the transmit framer signals
be timed to the TCLKO pin.
10.2.1.2.1 LIU Enabled - CLAD Timing Disabled – no LB
In this mode, the receive LIU sources the clock for the receive logic and the TCLKI pin sources the clock for the
transmit logic.
10.2.1.2.2 LIU Enabled - CLAD Timing Enabled – no LB
In this mode, the receive LIU sources the clock for the receive logic and one of the CLAD clocks sources the clock
for the transmit logic.
10.2.1.2.3 LIU Disabled - CLAD Timing Disabled – no LB
In this mode, the RLCLK pin source the clock for the receive logic and the TCLKI pin sources the clock for the
transmit logic.
10.2.1.2.4 LIU Disabled - CLAD Timing Enabled – no LB
In this mode, the RLCLK pin source the clock for the receive logic and one of the CLAD clocks sources the clock
for the transmit logic.
56 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
10.2.2 Sources of Clock Output Pin Signals
The clock output pins can be sourced from many clock sources. The clock sources are the transmit input clocks pin
(TCLKI), the receive clock input pin (RLCLK), the recovered clock in the receive LIU, and the clock signals in the
clock rate adapter circuit (CLAD). The default clock source for the receive logic is the RLCLK pin if the LIU is
disabled; otherwise the default clock is sourced from the Rx LIU clock when the RX LIU is enabled. The default
clock source for the transmit logic is the CLAD clocks.
The LIU is enabled based on the line mode bits(LM[2:0]) (see Table 10-26). The bits LM[2:0], LBM[2:0], LOOPT
and CLADC are located in the port configuration registers. LIUEN is not a register bit; it is a variable based on the
line mode bits. Table 10-1 decodes the LM bits for LiUEN selection.
Table 10-1. LIU Enable Table
LM[2:0]
LIUEN
LIU
STATUS
000
001
010
011
1XX
0
1
1
1
0
Disabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Disabled
Table 10-2 identifies the framer clock source and the line clock source depending on the mode that the device is
configured. Putting the device in loopback will typically mux in a different clock than the normal clock source.
Table 10-2. All Possible Clock Sources Based on Mode and Loopback
Rx FRAMER
CLOCK
SOURCE
RLCLK or
RXLIU
RLCLK or
RXLIU
RLCLK or
RXLIU
RLCLK or
RXLIU
MODE
LOOPBACK
Loop Timed
Any
Normal
None
Normal
LLB
Normal
PLB
Normal
DLB
Same as Tx
Normal
LLB and DLB
Same as Tx
Tx FRAMER
CLOCK
SOURCE
Tx LINE
CLOCK
SOURCE
Same as RX
Same as Rx
TCLKI or
CLAD
TCLKI or
CLAD
Same as RX
TCLKI or
CLAD
TCLKI or
CLAD
57 of 230
Same as Tx
Same as Rx
Same as Rx
Same as Tx
RLCLK or
RXLIUn
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Table 10-3 identifies the source of the output signal TLCLK based on certain variables and register bits.
Table 10-3. Source Selection of TLCLK Clock Signal
SIGNAL
TLCLK
LOOPT
(PORT.
CR3)
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
LBM[2:0]
(PORT.CR4)
LLB or
PLB
LIUEN
CLADC
(PORT.CR3)
SOURCE
XXX
XXX
010
110
010
110
011
011
000
001
100
10X
111
000
001
100
10X
111
NA
NA
LLB
LLB
LLB
LLB
PLB
PLB
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
Rx LIU
RLCLK
Rx LIU
Rx LIU
RLCLK
RLCLK
Rx LIU
RLCLK
CLAD
CLAD
CLAD
CLAD
CLAD
TCLKI
TCLKI
TCLKI
TCLKI
TCLKI
Figure 10-2 shows the source of the TCLKO signals.
Figure 10-2. Internal Tx Clock
PORT.CR3.
CLADC
CLAD
PAYLOAD
LOOPBACK
0
0
TCLKI
TCLKO
1
1
RCLKO
Table 10-4 identifies the source of the output signal TCLKO based on certain variables and register bits.
58 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Table 10-4. Source Selection of TCLKO (Internal Tx Clock)
SIGNAL
LOOPT
PORT.CR3
LBM[2:0]
(PORT.CR4)
LIUEN
CLADC
(PORT.CR3)
SOURCE
TCLKO
1
1
0
0
0
0
XXX
XXX
PLB (011)
PLB (011)
PLB disabled
PLB disabled
1
0
1
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
1
Rx LIU
RLCLK
Rx LIU
RLCLK
CLAD
TCLKI
Figure 10-3 shows the source of the RCLKO signals.
Figure 10-3. Internal Rx Clock
LIUEN
RLCLK
DIAGNOSTIC
LOOPBACK
0
0
Rx LIU CLOCK
RCLKO
1
1
TCLKO
Table 10-5 identifies the source of the output signal RCLKO based on certain variables and register bits.
Table 10-5. Source Selection of RCLKO Clock Signal (Internal Rx Clock)
SIGNAL
RCLKO
LOOPT
PORT.CR3
LBM[2:0]
(PORT.CR4)
1
1
0
XXX
XXX
DLB disabled
DLB disabled & ALB
disabled
DLB (1XX)
DLB (1XX) or ALB (001)
DLB (1XX)
0
0
0
0
LIUEN
CLADC
(PORT.CR3)
SOURCE
1
0
1
X
X
X
Rx LIU
RLCLK
Rx LIU
0
X
RLCLK
X
0
1
0
1
1
CLAD
TCLKI
TCLKI
10.2.3 Line IO Pin Timing Source Selection
The line IO pins can use any input clock pin (RLCLK or TCLKI) or output clock pin (TLCLK, RCLKO, or TCLKO) for
its clock pin and meet the AC timing specifications as long as the clock signal is valid for the mode the part is in.
The clock select bit for the transmit line IO signal group PORT.CR3.TLTS selects the correct input or output clock
timing.
59 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
10.2.3.1 Transmit Line Interface Pins Timing Source Selection
(TPOS/TDAT, TNEG)
The transmit line interface signal pin group has the same functional timing clock source as the TLCLK pin
described in Table 10-3. Other clock pins can be used for the external timing. The TLCLK transmit line clock output
pin is always a valid output clock for external logic to use for these signals when PORT.CR3.TLTS=0.
The transmit line timing select bit (TLTS) is used to select input or output clock pin timing. When TLTS=0, output
clock timing is selected. When TLTS=1, input clock timing is selected. If TLTS is set for input clock timing and an
output clock pin is used, or if TLTS is set for output clock timing and an input clock pin is used, then the setup, hold
and delay timings, as specified in Table 16-1, will not be valid. There are some combinations of TLTS=1 and other
modes in which there is no input clock pin available for external timing since the clock source is derived internally
from the RX LIU or the CLAD.
0
0
0
0
TLTS
0
XXX
XXX
XXX
DLB (100)
LLB (010) or PLB (011)
DLB & LLB (110)
not DLB (100),
not LLB (010), not PLB (011)
and not LLB & DLB (110)
not LLB (010) and not PLB (011)
and not LLB & DLB (110)
not LLB (010) and not PLB (011)
and not LLB & DLB (110)
LLB (010) or PLB (011)
or DLB & LLB (110)
LLB (010) or PLB (011)
or DLB & LLB (110)
CLADC
1
1
1
0
0
0
LBM[2:0]
LIUEN
LOOPT
Table 10-6. Transmit Line Interface Signal Pin Valid Timing Source Select
X
0
1
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
1
1
0
0
0
TLCLK, TCLKO, RCLKO
RLCLK
No valid timing to any input clock pin
TLCLK, TCLKO, RCLKO
TLCLK, RCLKO
TLCLK
X
X
0
TLCLK, TCLKO (default)
X
0
1
No valid timing to any input clock pin
X
1
1
TCLKI
0
X
1
RLCLK
1
X
1
No valid timing to any input clock pin
VALID TIMING TO THESE CLOCK PINS
10.2.3.2 Transmit Framer Pin Timing Source Selection
(TSER, TSOFI, TSOFO/TDEN)
The transmit framer signal pin group has the same functional timing clock source as the TCLKO pin described in
Table 10-4. Other clock pins can be used for the external timing. The TCLKO transmit clock output pin is always a
valid output clock for external logic to use for these signals when TFTS=0.
The transmit framer select bit (TFTS) is used to select input or output clock pin timing. When TFTS=0, output clock
timing is selected. When TFTS=1, input clock timing is selected. If TFTS is set for input clock timing and an output
clock pin is used, or If TFTS is set for output clock timing and an input clock pin is used, then the setup, hold and
delay timings, as specified in Table 16-1, will not be valid. There are some combinations of TFTS=1 and other
modes in which there is no input clock pin available for external timing since the clock source is derived internally
from the RX LIU or the CLAD.
60 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
LOOPT
LBM[2:0]
LIUEN
CLADC
TFTS
Table 10-7. Transmit Framer Pin Signal Timing Source Select
VALID TIMING TO THESE CLOCK PINS
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
XXX
XXX
XXX
PLB (011) or DLB (100) or ALB 001)
PLB (011) or DLB (100)
DLB & LLB (110)
LLB (010)
not LLB, DLB or PLB (00X)
not PLB (011)
not PLB (011)
PLB (011)
PLB (011)
X
0
1
0
1
X
X
X
X
X
0
1
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
1
X
X
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
TCLKO, TLCLK, RCLKO
RLCLK
No valid timing to any input clock pin
TCLKO, TLCLK, RCLKO
TCLKO, TLCLK, RCLKO
TCLKO, RCLKO
TCLKO
TCLKO, TLCLK
No valid timing to any input clock pin
TCLKI
RLCLK
No valid timing to any input clock pin
10.2.3.3 Receive Line Interface Pin Timing Source Selection
(RPOS/RDAT, RNEG/RLCV)
The receive line interface signal pin group must clocked in with the RLCLK clock input pin. When the LIU is
enabled, the receive line interface pins are not used so there is no valid clock reference.
LOOPT
LBM[2:0]
LIUEN
CLADC
Table 10-8. Receive Line Interface Pin Signal Timing Source Select
VALID TIMING TO THESE CLOCK PINS
X
X
XXX
XXX
0
1
X
X
RLCLK
No valid timing to any clock pin
10.2.3.4 Receiver Framer Pin Timing Source Selection
(RSER, RSOFO/RDEN)
The receive framer signal pin group has the same functional timing clock source as the RCLKO pin described in
Table 10-5.
Other clock pins can be used for the external timing. The RCLKO receive clock output pin is always a valid output
clock for external logic to use for these signals when PORT.CR3.RFTS=0.
The receive framer timing select bit (RFTS) is used to select input or output clock pin timing. When RFTS=0, output
clock timing is selected. When RFTS=1, input clock timing is selected. If RFTS is set for input clock timing and an
output clock pin is used, or If RFTS is set for output clock timing and an input clock pin is used, then the setup, hold
and delay timings, as specified in Table 16-1, will not be valid. There are some combinations of RFTS=1 and other
modes in which there is no input clock pin available for external timing since the clock source is derived internally
from the RX LIU or the CLAD.
61 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
RFTS
0
XXX
XXX
XXX
PLB (011) or DLB (100) or ALB
(001)
PLB (011) or DLB (100)
DLB&LLB (110)
LLB (010)
not LLB, DLB or PLB (00X)
DLB (100) or LLB & DLB (110)
DLB (100) or LLB & DLB (110)
not DLB (100) and
not LLB & DLB (110)
not DLB (100) and
not LLB & DLB (110)
CLADC
1
1
1
LBM[2:0]
LIUEN
LOOPT
Table 10-9. Receive Framer Pin Signal Timing Source Select
VALID TIMING TO THESE CLOCK PINS
X
0
1
X
X
X
0
1
1
RCLKO, TLCLK, TCLKO
RLCLK
No valid timing to any input clock pin
0
X
0
RCLKO, TLCLK, TCLKO
1
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
RCLKO, TLCLK, TCLKO
RCLKO, TCLKO
RCLKO, TLCLK
RCLKO
No valid timing to any input clock pin
TCLKI
0
X
1
RLCLK
1
X
1
No valid timing to any input clock pin
10.2.4 Clock Structures On Signal IO Pins
The signals on the input pins (TSOFI, TSER) can be used with any of the clock pins for setup/hold timing on clock
input and output pins. There will be a flop at each input whose clock is connected to the signal from the input or
output clock source pins with as little delay as possible from the signal on the clock IO pins. This means using the
input clock signal before the delays of the internal clock tree to clock the input signals, and using the output clock
signals used to drive the output clock pins to clock the input signals.
The signals on the output pins (TPOS/TDAT, TNEG, TSOFO/TDEN, RSER, RSOFO/RDEN) can be with any of the
clock sources for delay timing. There will be a flop at each output whose clock is connected to the signal from the
input or output clock source pins with as little delay as possible from the signal on the clock IO pins. This means
using the input clock signal before the delays of the internal clock tree to clock the input signals, and using the
output clock signals used to drive the output clock pins to clock the input signals.
62 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Figure 10-4. Example IO Pin Clock Muxing
TSER
D
PIN INVERT
SET
Q
D
SET
Q
INTERNAL
SIGNAL
DELAY
0
CLR
Q
CLR
Q
1
TFTS
INTERNAL
SIGNAL
D
SET
CLR
D
Q
Q
DELAY
0
CLOCK TREE
TCLKI
SET
CLR
TDEN
Q
Q
PIN INVERT
1
TFTS
TCLKO
PIN INVERT
PIN INVERT
INTERNAL
SIGNAL
RLCLK
PIN INVERT
D
SET
CLR
D
Q
Q
SET
DELAY
0
CLOCK TREE
CLR
TPOS
Q
Q
PIN INVERT
1
TLTS
TLCLK
RX LIU CLK
PIN INVERT
CLAD CLOCKS
DS3 CLK
E3 CLK
STS-1 CLK
INTERNAL
SIGNAL
D
SET
CLR
D
Q
Q
SET
DELAY
0
CLOCK TREE
CLR
RSER
Q
Q
PIN INVERT
1
RFTS
RCLKO
PIN INVERT
10.2.5 Gapped Clocks
The transmit and receive output clocks can be gapped in certain configurations. See Table 10-22 and Table 10-24
for the configuration settings. The gapped clocks are active during DS3 or E3 framed payload bits overhead bits
depending on which mode the device is configured for.
In the internal DS3 or E3 frame modes, the transmit gapped clock is created by the logical OR of the TCLKO and
TDEN signals creating a positive or negative clock edge for each payload bit, the receive gapped clock is created
by the logical OR of the RCLKO and RDEN signals.
When the output clock is disabled, the gapped output signal is high during clock periods if the pin is not inverted,
otherwise it will be low.
The gapped clocks are very useful when the data being clocked does not need to be aligned with any frame
structure. The data is simply clocked one bit at a time as a continuous data stream.
10.3 Reset and Power-Down
The device can be reset at a global level via the GL.CR1.RST bit or the RST pin and at the port level via the
PORT.CR1.RST bit and the port can be explicitly powered down via the PORT.CR1.PD bit. The JTAG logic is reset
using the power on reset signal from one of the LIUs as well as from the JTRST pin.
The external RST pin and the global reset bit in the global configuration register (GL.CR1.RST) are combined to
create an internal global reset signal. The global reset signal resets all the status and control registers on the chip,
except the GL.CR1.RST bit, to their default values and resets all the other flops in the global logic and port to their
63 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
reset values. The processor bus output signals are also forced to be HIZ when the RST pin is active (low). The
global reset bit (GL.CR1.RST) stays set after a one is written to it, but is reset to zero when the external RST pin is
active or when a zero is written to it.
At the port level, the global reset signal combines with the port reset bit in the port control register
(PORT.CR1.RST) to create a port reset signal. The port reset signal resets all the status and control registers on
the port to their default values and resets all the other flops, except PORT.CR1.RST, to their reset values. The port
reset bit (PORT.CR1.RST) stays set after a one is written to it, but is reset to zero when the global reset signal is
active or when a zero is written to it.
The data path reset function is a little different from the “general” reset function. The data path reset signal does not
reset the control register bits, but it does reset all of the status registers, counters and flops, the “general” reset
signal resets everything including the control register bits, excluding the reset bit. All clocks are functional, being
controlled by configuration bits, while data path reset is active. The LIU and CLAD circuits will be operating
normally during data path reset which allows the internal phase locked loops to settle as quickly as possible. The
LIU will be sending all zeroes (LOS) since data path reset will be forcing the transmit TPOS and TNEG to logic
zero. (NOTE: The BERT data path does not get reset when PORT.CR1.RSTDP is active.)
The global data path reset bit (GL.CR1.RSTDP) gets set to one when the global reset signal is active. The port
data path reset bit (PORT.CR1.RSTDP) and the port power-down bit (PORT.CR1.PD) bit gets set to one when the
port reset signal is active. These control bits will be cleared when a zero is written to them when the port reset
signal is not active. The global data path reset signal is active when the global data path reset bit is set. The port
data path reset signal is active when either the global data path reset bit or the port data path reset bit is set. The
port power-down signal is active when the port power-down bit is set.
Figure 10-5. Reset Sources
Global Reset
RST pin
NOTE: Assumes
active high signals
Port Reset
D
SET
CLR
Q
GL.CR1. RST
SET
D
Q
CLR
Q
Q
PORT.CR1.
RST
Global Data Path Reset
D
SET
SET
D
Q
Q
Port Data Path Reset
GL.CR1. RSTDP
CLR
Q
CLR
Q
PORT.CR1.
RSTDP
SET
D
CLR
Q
Q
PORT.CR1. PD
64 of 230
Port Power Down
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Table 10-10. Reset and Power-Down Sources
G:RSTDP
P:RST
P:RSTDP
P:PD
Global
reset
Global dp
reset
Port reset
Port dp
reset
Port power
dn
INTERNAL SIGNALS
G:RST
REGISTER BITS
RST
PIN
0
F0
F1
F0
F1
F1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
F1
F0
F1
F1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
F1
F1
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
X
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
X
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
F1
F1
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Register Bit States—F0: Forced to 0; F1: Forced to 1; 0: Set to 0; 1: Set to 1; X: Don’t care
Forced: Internally controlled; Set: User controlled
The reset signals in the device are asynchronous so they no not require a clock to put the logic into the reset state.
Clock signals may be needed to make the logic come out of the reset state.
The power-down function disables the appropriate clocks to cause the logic to generate a minimum of power. It
also puts the LIU circuits into the power-down mode. The 8KREF and ONESEC circuits can be powered down by
disabling the 8KREF source. The CLAD can also be powered down by disabling it.
After a global reset, all of the control and status registers are set to their default values and all the other flops are
reset to their reset values. The global register GL.CR1.RSTDP, and the port register PORT.CR1.RSTDP and
PORT.CR1.PD bits, are set after the global reset. A valid initialization sequence would be to clear the
PORT.CR1.PD bit, write to all of the configuration registers to set them in the desired modes, then clear the
GL.CR1.RSTDP and PORT.CR1.RSTDP bits. This would cause the logic in the port to start up in a repeatable
sequence. The device can also be initialized by clearing the GL.CR1.RSTDP, PORT.CR1.RSTDP and
PORT.CR1.PD them writing to all of the configuration registers to set them in the desired modes, and clearing all of
the latched status bits. The second initialization scheme could cause the device to temporarily go into modes of
operation that were not requested, but will quickly go into the requested modes of operation.
Some of the IO pins are put in a known state at reset. The transmit LIU outputs TXP and TXN are quiet and will not
drive positive or negative pulses. The global IO pins (GPIO[7:0]) are set as inputs at global reset. The port output
pins (TLCLK, TPOS/TDAT, TNEG, TOHCLK, TOHSOF, TSOFO/TDEN, TCLKO/TGCLK, ROH, ROHCLK,
ROHSOF, RSER, RSOFO/RDEN, RCLKO/RGCLK) are driven low at global or port reset and should stay low until
after the port power-down PORT.CR1.PD and port data path reset PORT.CR1.RSTDP bits are cleared. The
processor port three-state output pins (D[15:0], RDY, INT) are forced into the high impedance state when the RST
pin is active, but not when the GL.CR1.RST bit is active.
After reset, the device will be in the default configuration:: The latched status bits are enabled to be cleared on
write. The CLAD is disabled. The global 8KREF and one-second timers are disabled. The line interface is in B3ZS
mode and the LIU is disabled and the transmit line pins are also disabled. The frame mode is DS3 C-bit with
automatic downstream AIS on LOS or OOF is enabled and automatic RDI on LOF, LOS, SEF or AIS is enabled
and automatic FEBE is enabled. Transmit clock comes from the REFCLK pin. The pin inversion on all pins is
disabled.
Individual blocks are reset and powered down when not used determined by the settings in the line mode bits
PORT.CR2.LM[2:0] and framer mode bits PORT.CR2.FM[2:0].
65 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
10.4 Global Resources
10.4.1 Clock Rate Adapter (CLAD)
The clock rate adapter is composed of a PLL block to create the internal clock which can be used for the transmit
clock and/or LIU reference clock from a clock input on the reference input (REFCLK) pin. The device needs one of
two (DS3 or E3) internal clock rates. The input reference clock frequency can be either 44.736, 34.368. 77.78,
51.84 or 19.44 MHz.
The receive LIU is supplied a reference clock from the CLAD. The receive LIU selects the clock frequency based
upon the mode the user selects via the FM bits. The CLAD output is also available as a transmit clock source if
selected via the PORT.CR2.CLADC register bit.
The user must supply at least one of the five rates (44.736, 34.368. 77.78, 51.84 or 19.4 MHz) to the REFCLK pin.
The CLAD[2:0] bits informs the PLL of the frequency applied to the pins. Selection of the clock applied to the LIU
and optionally the transmitter is controlled by the FM bits (located in PORT.CR2). The CLAD allows maximum
flexibility to the user. The user may supply any of the five clock rates and use the CLAD to convert the rate to the
particular clock rate needed for his application.
The CLAD PLL is enabled when the CLAD input reference clock is different from the clock required for the framing
mode. The CLAD PLL is disabled and the CLAD output clock is connected directly to the CLAD input clock
(REFCLK) when the framing mode requires the same clock as the CLAD input reference clock.
Table 10-11. CLAD Clock Source Settings
CLAD[2:0]
REFCLK (INPUT)
000
44.736 MHz
001
34.368 MHz
010
51.84 MHz
011
19.44 MHz
100
77.76 MHz
101
Undefined
11X
Undefined
10.4.2 8 kHz Reference Generation
The global 8KREF signal is used to generate the one second reference signal by dividing it by 8000. This signal
can be derived from almost any clock source on the chip as well as the general purpose IO pin GPIO4. The port
8KREF signal can be sourced from the transmit or receive clocks. The minimum input frequency stability of the
8KREF input pin is +/- 500 ppm.
The global 8KREF signal can come from an external 8000 Hz reference connected to the GPIO4 general purpose
IO pin by setting the GL.CR2.G8KIS bit. The global 8KREF signal can be output on the GPIO2 general purpose IO
pin when the GL.CR2.G8KOS bit is set.
The global 8KREF signal can be derived from the CLAD PLL or pins or come from any of the port 8KREF signals
by clearing GL.CR2.G8KIS bit and selecting the source using the GL.CR2.G8KRS[2:0] bits.
The port 8KREF signal can be derived from the transmit clock input pin or from the receive LIU or input clock pin.
The PORT.CR3.P8KRS[1:0] bits are used to select which source.
The 8KREF 8.000 kHz signal is a simple divisor of 44736 kHz (DS3 divided by 5592) or 33368 kHz (E3 divided by
4296). The correct divisor for the port 8KREF source is selected by the mode the port is configured for. The CLAD
clock chosen for the clock source selects the correct divisor for the global 8KREF. The 8KREF signal is only as
accurate as the clock source chosen to generate it.
Table 10-12 lists the selectable sources for global 8 kHz reference.
66 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Table 10-12. Global 8 kHz Reference Source Table
GL.CR2.
G8KIS
0
0
0
0
1
GL.CR2.
G8KRS[1:0]
00
01
10
11
XX
SOURCE
None, the 8KHZ divider is disabled.
Derived from CLAD output clock
8KREF source selected by P8KRS[1:0]
Undefined
GPIO4
Table 10-13 lists the selectable sources for port 8 kHz reference sources.
Table 10-13. Port 8 kHz Reference Source Table
PORT.CR3.P8KRS[1:0]
0X
10
11
SOURCE
Undefined
Internal receive framer clock
Internal transmit framer clock
Figure 10-6 shows the 8 kHz reference logic tree.
Figure 10-6. 8KREF Logic
FRAME MODE
FROM CLAD
DS3 CLK
E3 CLK
G8KRS
CLOCK DIVIDER
G8KIS
GLOBAL 8KREF
GPIO4
P8KRS
RX CLOCK
TX CLOCK
PORT 8KREF
CLOCK DIVIDER
FRAME MODE
10.4.3 One Second Reference Generation
The one second reference signal is used as an option to update the performance registers on a precise one
second interval. The generated internal signal should be about 50% duty cycle and it is derived from the Global 8
kHz reference signal by dividing it by 8000. The low to high edge on this signal will set the GL.SRL.ONESL latched
one second detect bit which can generate an interrupt when the GL.SRIE.ONESIE interrupt enable bit is set. The
low to high edge can also be used to generate performance monitor updates when GL.CR1.GPM[1:0]=1X.
67 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
10.4.4 General-Purpose IO Pins
There are eight general-purpose IO pins that can be used for general IO, global signals and framer alarm signals.
Each pin is independently configurable to be a general-purpose input, general-purpose output, global signal or
framer alarm. Two of the GPIO pins can be programmed to output one or two framer alarm statuses. One of the
two pins assigned to framer alarms can be programmed as global input or output signals. When the port is
powered down or reset and GL.GIOCR.GPIOx[1:0] = 01, the GPIO pin will be an output driving low. The 8KREFI,
TMEI, and PMU signals that can be sourced by the GPIO pin will be driven low into the core logic when the GPIO
pin is not selected for the source of the signal.
Table 10-14 lists the purpose and control thereof of the General-Purpose IO Pins.
Table 10-14. GPIO Global Signals
PIN
GLOBAL SIGNAL
CONTROL BIT
GPIO2
8KREFO output
GL.CR2.G8KOS
GPIO4
8KREFI input
GL.CR2.G8KIS
GPIO6
TMEI input
GL.CR1.MEIMS
GPIO8
PMU input
GL.CR1.GPM[1:0]
Table 10-15 describes the selection of mode for the GPIO Pins.
Table 10-15. GPIO Pin Global Mode Select Bits
GL.GIOCR.GPIOSx
GPIO PIN MODE
00
Input
01
Framer alarm status selected
by port GPIO
10
Output logic 0
11
Output logic 1
x = A or B, valid when a GPIO pin is not selected for a global signal
Table 10-16 lists the various port alarm monitors that can be output on the GPIO pins. The GPIO(A/B)[3:0] bits are
located in the PORT.CR4 Register.
68 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
0000
0001
0010
0011
0100
0101
0110
0111
1000
1001
1010
1011
1100
1101
1110
1111
DS3 IDLE
DS3/E3 RAI
DS3/E3 AIS
DS3/E3 LOF
DS3/E3 OOF
PORT.CR4
GPIO(A/B)[3:0]
LINE LOS
Table 10-16. GPIO Port Alarm Monitor Select
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
10.4.5 Performance Monitor Counter Update Details
The performance monitor counters are designed to count at least one second of events before saturating to the
maximum count. There is a status bit associated with some of the performance monitor counters that is set when
the its counter is greater than zero, and a latched status bit that gets set when the counter changes from zero to
one. There is also a latched status bit that gets set on every event that causes the error counter to increment.
There is a read register for each performance monitor counter. The count value of the counter gets loaded into this
register and the counter is cleared when the update-clear operation is performed. If there is an event to be counted
at the exact moment (clock cycle) that the counter is to be cleared then the counter will be set to a value of one so
that that event will be counted.
The Performance Monitor Update signal affects the counter registers of the following blocks: the BERT, the DS3/E3
framer, the Line Encoder/Decoder.
The update-clear operation is controlled by the Performance Monitor Update signal (PMU). The update-clear
operation will update the error counter registers with the value of the error counter and also reset each counter.
The PMU signal can be created in hardware or software. The hardware sources can come from the one second
counter or one of the general-purpose IO pins, which can be programmed to source this signal. The software
sources can come from one of the port control register bits or one of the global control register bits. When using the
software update method, the PMU control bit should be set to initiate the process and when the PMS status bit gets
set, the PMU control bit should be cleared making it ready for the next update. When using the hardware update
method, the PMS bit will be set shortly after the hardware signal goes high, and cleared shortly after the hardware
signal goes low. The latched PMS signal can be used to generate an interrupt for reading the count registers. If the
port is not configured for global PMU signals, the PMS signal from that port should be blocked from affecting the
global PMS status.
69 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Figure 10-7. Performance Monitor Update Logic
PORT.CR1.PMUM
other port counters
PORT.CR1.PMU
GL.SR.GPMS
0
PMU
GL.CR1.GPMU
GPIO8(GPMU) PIN
ONE SEC
00
01
1X
1
PMS
PERF
COUNTER
PORT.SR.PMS
GTZ
GL.CR1.GPM
10.4.6 Transmit Manual Error Insertion
Transmit errors can be inserted in some of the functional blocks. These errors can be inserted using register bits in
the functional blocks, using the global GL.CR1.TMEI bit, using the port PORT.CR1.TMEI bit, or by using the GPIO6
pin configured for TMEI mode.
There is a transmit error insertion register in the functional blocks that allow error insertion. The MEIMS bit controls
whether the error is inserted using the bits in the error insertion register or using error insertion signals external to
that block. When bit MEIMS=0, errors are inserted using other bits in the transmit error insertion register. When bit
MEIMS=1, errors are inserted using a signal generated in the port or global control registers or using the external
GPIO6 pin configured for TMEI operation.
70 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Figure 10-8. Transmit Error Insert Logic
BERT.TEICR.MEIMS
BERT.TEICR error
insertion bit
0
PORT.CR.MEIMS
1
BERT ERROR
INSERT
0
PORT.CR.TMEI
T3.TEIR.MEIMS
GL.CR1.MEIMS
1
GL.CR1.TMEI
0
GPIO6 PIN
(TMEI)
1
T3.TEIR error
insertion bit
0
1
T3 ERROR
INSERT
0
1
10.5 Port Resources
10.5.1 Loopbacks
There are several loop back paths available. The following table lists the loopback modes available for analog
loopback (ALB), line loopback (LLB), payload loopback (PLB) and diagnostic loopback (DLB). The LBM bits are
located in PORT.CR4.
Table 10-17. Loopback Mode Selections
LBM[2:0]
ALB
LLB
PLB
DLB
000
001
010
011
10X
110
111
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
71 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Figure 10-9 highlights where each loopback mode is located and gives an overall view of the various loopback
paths available.
Figure 10-9. Loopback Modes
TAIS
TUA1
DS3/E3
Receive
LIU
DS3 / E3
Transmit
Formatter
Trail
FEAC Trace
Buffer
TX BERT
HDLC
PLB
DLB
B3ZS/
HDB3
Encoder
LLB
ALB
DS3/E3
Transmit
LIU
RX BERT
DS3 / E3
Receive
Framer
B3ZS/
HDB3
Decoder
IEEE P1149.1
JTAG Test
Access Port
Clock Rate
Adapter
UA1
GEN
Microprocessor
Interface
10.5.1.1 Analog Loopback (ALB)
Analog loopback is enabled by setting PORT.CR4.LBM[2:0] = 001. Analog loopback mode will not be enabled
when the port is configured for loop timed mode (set via the PORT.CR3.LOOPT bit).
The analog loopback is a loopback as close to the pins as possible. When both the Tx and RX LIU is enabled, it
loops back TXP and TXN to RXP and RXN, respectively. If the transmit signals on TXP and TXN are not
terminated properly, this loopback path may have data errors or loss of signal. When the LIU is not enabled, it
loops back TLCLK,TPOS / TDAT,TNEG to RLCLK, RPOS / RDAT , RNEG.
Figure 10-10. ALB Mux
TXP
TX
LIU
TXN
RXP
RXN
RX
LIU
72 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
10.5.1.2 Line Loopback (LLB)
Line loopback is enabled by setting PORT.CR4.LBM[2:0] = X10. DLB and LLB are enabled at the same time when
LBM[2:0] = 110, and only LLB is enabled when LBM[2:0] = 010.
The clock from the receive LIU or the RLCLK pin will be output to the transmit LIU or TCLKO pin. The POS and
NEG data from the receive LIU or the RPOS and RNEG pin will be sampled with the receive clock to time it to the
LIU or pin interface.
When LLB is enabled, unframed all ones AIS can optionally be automatically enabled on the receive data path.
This AIS signal will be output on the RSER pin in framed modes. When DLB and LLB is enabled, the AIS signal
will not be transmitted. See Figure 10-9.
10.5.1.3 Payload Loopback (PLB)
Payload loopback is enabled by setting PORT.CR4.LBM[2:0] = 011.
The payload loopback copies the payload data from the receive framer to the transmit framer which then re-frames
the payload before transmission. Payload loopback is operational in all framing modes.
When PLB is enabled, unframed all ones AIS transmission can optionally be automatically enabled on the receive
data path. This AIS signal will be output on the RSER. In all PLB modes, the TSOFI input pin is ignored.
The external transmit output pins TDEN and TSOFO/TDEN can optionally be disabled by forcing a zero when PLB
is enabled. See Figure 10-9.
10.5.1.4 Diagnostic Loopback (DLB)
Diagnostic loopback is enabled by setting PORT.CR4.LBM[2:0] = 1XX. DLB and LLB are enabled at the same time
when LBM[2:0] = 110, only DLB is enabled when LBM[2:0] = 10X or 111.
The Diagnostic loopback sends the transmit data, before line encoding, back to the receive side.
Transmit AIS can still be enabled using PORT.CR1.LAIS[2:0] even when DLB is enabled. See Figure 10-9.
10.5.2 Loss Of Signal Propagation
The Loss Of Signal (LOS) is detected in the line decoder logic. In unipolar (UNI) line interface modes LOS is never
detected. The LOS signal from the line decoder is sent to the DS3/E3 framer and the top level payload AIS logic
except when DLB is activated. When DLB is activated the LOS signal to the framer and AIS logic is never active.
The LOS status in the line decoder status register is valid in all frame and loop back modes, though it is always off
in the line interface is in the UNI mode.
10.5.3 AIS Logic
There is AIS logic in both the framers and at the top level logic of the port. The framer AIS is enabled by setting the
TAIS bit in the appropriate framer transmit control register (T3, E3-G.751, E3-G.832, or Clear Channel). The top
level AIS is enabled by setting the PORT.CR1.LAIS[2:0] bits (see Table 10-18). The AIS signal is an unframed all
ones pattern or a DS3 framed 101010… pattern depending on the FM[2:0] mode bits. The DS3 Framed Alarm
Indication Signal (AIS) is a DS3 signal with valid F-bits, M-bits, and P-bits (P1 and P2). The X-bits (X1 and X2) are
set to one, all C-bits (CXY) are set to zero, and the payload bits are set to a 1010 pattern starting with a one
immediately after each overhead bit. The DS3 framed AIS pattern is only available in DS3 modes. The unframed
all ones pattern is available in all framing modes including the DS3 modes. The transmit line interface can send
both unframed all ones AIS and DS3 framed AIS patterns from either the AIS generator in the framer or the AIS
generator at the top level.
The AIS signal generated in the framer can be initiated and terminated without introducing any errors in the signal.
When the unframed AIS signal is initiated or terminated, there will be no BPV or CV errors introduced, but there will
be framing errors if a framed mode is enabled. When the DS3 framed AIS signal is initiated or terminated, in
addition to no BPV or CV errors, there should be no framing or P-bit (parity) or CP-bit errors introduced.
The AIS signal generated at the top level will not generate BPV errors but may generate P-bit and CP-bit errors
when the signal is initiated and terminated. The framed DS3 AIS signal will not cause the far end receiver to resync when the signal is initiated, but it may cause a re-sync when terminated if the DS3 frame position in the
framer is changed while the DS3 AIS signal is being generated. A sequence of events can be executed which will
enable the initiation and termination of DS3 AIS or unframed all ones at the top level without any errors introduced.
73 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
The sequence will only work when the automatic AIS generation is not enabled. CV and P-bit errors can occur
when AIS is automatically generated and can not be avoided. This sequence to generate an error free DS# AIS at
the top level is to have the DS3 AIS or unframed all ones signal initiate in the DS3 framer, and a few frames sent
before initiating or terminating the DS3 AIS or unframed all ones at the top level. After the top level AIS signal is
activated, the AIS signal in the framer can be terminated, DLB activated and diagnostic patterns generated. The
DS3 AIS signal generated at the top level will not change frame alignment after starting even if the DS3 frame
position in the framer is changed.
The transmit line AIS generator at the top level can generate AIS signals even when the framer is looped back
using DLB, but not when the line is looped back using LLB. The AIS signal generated in the framer will be looped
back to the receive side when DLB is activated.
The receive framer can detect both unframed all ones AIS and DS3 framed AIS patterns. When in DS3 framing
modes, both framed DS3 AIS and unframed all ones can be detected. In E3 framing modes E3 AIS, which is
unframed all ones, is detected.
The receive payload interface going to the RSER pin or the BERT logic can have an unframed all ones AIS signal
replacing the receive signal, this is called Payload AIS. The all ones AIS signal is generated from either the
DS3/E3 framer or the downstream top level unframed all ones AIS generator. The unframed all ones AIS signal
generated in the framer will be looped back to the transmit side when PLB is activated. The unframed all ones AIS
signal generated at the top level will be sent to the RSER pin and other receive logic, but not to the transmit side
while PLB is activated. The top level AIS generator is used when a downstream AIS signal is desired while
payload loop back is activated and is enabled by default after rest and must be cleared during configuration. Note
that the downstream AIS circuit in the framer, when a DS3 mode is selected, enforces the OOF to be active for 2.5
msec before activating when automatic AIS in the framer is enabled. The top level downstream AIS will be
generated with no delay when OOF is detected when automatic AIS at the top level is enabled.
There is no detection of any AIS signal on the transmit payload signal from the TSER pin or anywhere on the
transmit data path.
The transmit AIS generator at the top level can also be activated with a software bit or automatically when DLB is
activated. The receive AIS generator in the framer can be activated with a software bit, and automatically when
AIS, LOS or OOF are detected. The receive payload AIS generator at the top level can be activated with a software
bit or automatically when LOS, DS3/E3 OOF, LLB, or PLB is activated.
Figure 10-11 shows the AIS signal flow through the device.
Figure 10-11. AIS Signal Flow
FRAMER
0
TRANSMIT
LINE
1
optional
B3ZS/
HDB3
encoder
0
1
1
1
PLB
TAIS
TAIS
DS3/
UA1
AIS
LLB
LINE/TRIBUTARY
SIDE
TRANSMIT
PAYLOAD
0
0
TSOFO
DS3/
UA1
AIS
SYSTEM/
TRUNK SIDE
DS3/UA1
AIS
detector
1
RECEIVE
LINE
optional
B3ZS/
HDB3
decoder
0
0
0
1
DLB
1
UA1
AIS
74 of 230
DAIS
UA1
AIS
DAIS
RECEIVE
PAYLOAD
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Table 10-18 lists the LAIS decodes for various line AIS enable modes.
Table 10-18. Line AIS Enable Modes
LAIS[1:0]
PORT.CR1
FRAME MODE
DESCRIPTION
AIS CODE
DS3
Automatic AIS when DLB is enabled
(PORT.CR4.LBM = 1XX)
DS3AIS
00
E3
Automatic AIS when DLB is enabled
UA1
01
Any
Send UA1
UA1
10
DS3
Send AIS
DS3AIS
10
E3
Send AIS
UA1
11
Any
Disable
none
00
Table 10-19 lists the PAIS decodes for various payload AIS enable modes.
Table 10-19. Payload (Downstream) AIS Enable Modes
PAIS[2:0]
PORT.CR1
WHEN AIS IS SENT
AIS CODE
000
Always
UA1
001
When LLB (no DLB) active
UA1
010
When PLB active
UA1
011
When LLB(no DLB) or PLB active
UA1
100
When LOS (no DLB) active
UA1
101
When OOF active
UA1
110
When OOF, LOS. LLB (no DLB), or
PLB active
UA1
111
Never
none
10.5.4 Loop Timing Mode
Loop timing mode is enabled by setting the PORT.CR3.LOOPT bit. This mode replaces the clock from the TCLKI
pin with the internal receive clock from either the RLCLK pin if the RX LIU is disabled, or the recovered clock from
the RX LIU if it is enabled. The loop timing mode can be activated in any framing or line interface mode.
10.5.5 HDLC Overhead Controller
The data signal to the receive HDLC controller will be forced to a one while still being clocked when the framer
(DS3, E3), to which the HDLC is connected, detects LOF or AIS. Forcing the data signal to all ones will cause an
HDLC packet abort if the data started to look like a packet instead of allowing a bad, and possibly very long, HDLC
packet.
10.5.6 Trail Trace
There is a single Trail Trace controller for use in line maintenance protocols. The E3-G.832 framer has access to
the trail trace controller.
10.5.7 BERT
There is a Bit Error Rate Test (BERT) circuit for use in generating and detecting test signals in the payload bits.
The BERT can generate and detect PRBS patterns up to 2^32-1 bits as well as repeating patterns up to 32 bits
75 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
long. The generated BERT signal replaces the data on the TSER pin in framed modes when the BERT is enabled
by setting the PORT.CR1.BENA.
When the BERT is enabled The TDEN and RDEN pins will still be active but the data on the TSER pin will be
discarded.
10.5.8 System Port Pins
The system port pins have multiple functions based on the framing mode the device is in as well as other pin mode
select bits.
10.5.8.1 Transmit System Port Pins
The transmit system pins are TSOFI, TSER, TSOFO / TDEN, and TCLKO / TGCLK. They have different functions
based on the framing mode and other pin mode bits. Unused input pin functions should drive a logic zero into the
device circuits expecting a signal from that pin. The control bits that configure the pins’ modes are
PORT.CR2.FM[2:0], PORT.CR3.TPFPE, PORT.CR3.TSOFOS and PORT.CR3.TCLKS.
Table 10-20 to Table 10-22 describe the function selected by the FM bits and other pin mode bits for the
multiplexed pins.
Table 10-20. TSOFI Input Pin Functions
FM[2:0]
PORT.CR2
PIN
FUNCTION
0XX (FRM)
TSOFI
1XX (UFRM)
Not used
Table 10-21. TSOFO/TDEN/Output Pin Functions
FM[2:0]
PORT.CR2
TSOFOS
PORT.CR3
PIN
FUNCTION
0XX (FRM)
0
TDEN
0XX (FRM)
1
TSOFO
1XX (UFRM)
X
High
Table 10-22 TCLKO/TGCLK Output Pin Functions
FM[2:0]
PORT.CR2
TCLKS
PORT.CR3
PIN
FUNCTION
GAP SOURCE
0XX (FRM)
0
TGCLK
TDEN
0XX (FRM)
1
TCLKO
none
1XX (UFRM)
X
TCLKO
none
10.5.8.2 Receive System Port Pins
The receive system pins are RSER, RSOFO / RDEN and RCLKO / RGCLK. They have different functions based
on the framing mode and other pin mode bits. Unused input pin functions should drive a logic zero into the device
circuits expecting a signal from that pin. The control bits that configure these pins are PORT.CR2.FM[2:0],
PORT.CR3.RPFPE, PORT.CR3.RSOFOS and PORT.CR3.RCLKS.
Table 10-23 to Table 10-24 describe the function selected by the FM bits and other pin mode bits for the
multiplexed pins.
76 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Table 10-23. RSOFO/RDEN Output Pin Functions
FM[2:0]
PORT.CR2
RSOFOS
PORT.CR3
PIN
FUNCTION
0XX (FRM)
0
RDEN
0XX (FRM)
1
RSOFO
1XX (UFRM)
X
High
Table 10-24. RCLKO/RGCLK Output Pin Functions
FM[2:0]
PORT.CR2
RCLKS
PORT.CR3
PIN
FUNCTION
GAP SOURCE
0XX (FRM)
0
RGCLK
RDEN
0XX (FRM)
1
RCLKO
none
1XX (UFRM)
X
RCLKO
none
10.5.9 Framing Modes
The framing modes are selected independently of the line interface modes using the PORT.CR2.FM[2:0] control
bits. Different blocks are used in different framing modes. The bit error test (BERT) function can be enabled in any
mode. The LIU, JA and line encoder/decoder blocks are selected by the line mode (LM[2:0]) code.
Table 10-25. Framing Mode Select Bits FM[2:0]
FM[2:0]
0 00
0 01
0 10
0 11
1 00
1 01
1 10
1 11
DESCRIPTION
DS3 C-bit Framed
DS3 M23 Framed
E3 G.751 Famed
E3 G.832 Framed
DS3 Unframed
Undefined
E3 Unframed
Undefined
LINE CODE
B3ZS/AMI/UNI
B3ZS/AMI/UNI
HDB3/AMI/UNI
HDB3/AMI/UNI
B3ZS/AMI/UNI
--HDB3/AMI/UNI
---
FIGURE
Figure 7-1
Figure 7-1
Figure 7-1
Figure 7-1
Figure 7-2
Figure 7-2
10.5.10 Line Interface Modes
The line interface modes can be selected semi-independently of the framing modes using the PORT.CR2.LM[2:0]
control bits. The major blocks controlled are the transmit LIU (Tx LIU), receive LIU (RX LIU), jitter attenuator (JA)
and the line encoder/decoder. The line encoder/decoder is used for B3ZS, HDB3 and AMI line interface encoding
modes. The line encoder-decoder block is not used for line encoding or decoding in the UNI mode but the BPV
counter in it can be used to count external pulses on the RNEG / RCLV pin. The jitter attenuator (JA) can be off
(OFF) or put in either the transmit (Tx) or receive (RX) path with the Tx LIU or RX LIU. Both Tx LIU and RX LIU can
be enabled (ON) or disabled (OFF).
The “Analog Loop Back” (ALB) is available when the LIU is enabled or disabled. It is an actual loop back of the
analog positive and negative pulses from the TX LIU to the RX LIU when the LIU is enabled. If the LIU is disabled,
It is a digital loop back of the TLCLK, TPOS, TNEG signals to the RLCLK, RPOS and RNEG signals.
When the line is configured for B3ZS/HDB3/AMI line codes, the line codes are determined by the framing mode
and the AMI line mode selection is controlled by the TZCDS and RZCDS bits in the line encoder/decoder blocks.
The DS3 modes select the B3ZS line coding, the E3 modes select the HDB3 line codes. Refer to Table 10-26 for
configuration.
77 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Table 10-26. Line Mode Select Bits LM[2:0]
LINE.TCR.TZSD &
LINE.RCR.RZSD
LM[2:0]
(PORT.CR2)
Line Code
LIU
JA
0
000
B3ZS/HDB3
OFF
OFF
0
001
B3ZS/HDB3
ON
OFF
0
010
B3ZS/HDB3
ON
TX
0
011
B3ZS/HDB3
ON
RX
1
000
AMI
OFF
OFF
1
001
AMI
ON
OFF
1
010
AMI
ON
TX
1
011
AMI
ON
RX
X
1XX
UNI
OFF
OFF
78 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
10.6 DS3/E3 Framer / Formatter
10.6.1 General Description
The Receive DS3/E3 Framer receives a unipolar DS3/E3 signal, determines frame alignment and extracts the
DS3/E3 overhead in the receive direction. The Transmit DS3/E3 Formatter receives a DS3/E3 payload, generates
framing, inserts DS3/E3 overhead, and outputs a unipolar DS3/E3 signal in the transmit direction.
The Receive DS3/E3 Framer receives a DS3/E3 signal from the Receive LIU or RDAT (or RPOS and RNEG),
determines the frame alignment, extracts the DS3/E3 overhead, and outputs the payload with frame and overhead
The Transmit DS3/E3 Formatter receives a DS3/E3 payload on TSER, generates a DS3/E3 frame, optionally
inserts DS3/E3 overhead, and transmits the DS3/E3 signal.
Refer to Figure 10-12 for the location of the DS3/E3 Framer/Formatter blocks in the DS3170.
Figure 10-12. Framer Detailed Block Diagram
TAIS
TUA1
B3ZS/
HDB3
Decoder
Clock Rate
Adapter
Trail
FEAC Trace
Buffer
TX BERT
HDLC
PLB
DLB
LLB
ALB
DS3/E3
Receive
LIU
DS3 / E3
Transmit
Formatter
B3ZS/
HDB3
Encoder
DS3/E3
Transmit
LIU
RX BERT
DS3 / E3
Receive
Framer
IEEE P1149.1
JTAG Test
Access Port
UA1
GEN
Microprocessor
Interface
10.6.2 Features
10.6.2.1 Transmit Formatter
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Programmable DS3 or E3 formatter – Accepts a DS3 (M23 or C-bit) or E3 (G.751 or G.832) signal and
performs DS3/E3 overhead generation.
Arbitrary framing format support – Generates a signal with an arbitrary framing format. The line
overhead/stuff periods are added into the data stream using an overhead mask signal.
Generates alarms and errors – DS3 alarm conditions (AIS, RDI, and Idle) and errors (framing, parity, and
FEBE), or E3 alarm conditions (AIS and RDI/RAI) and errors (framing, parity, and REI) can be inserted into the
outgoing data stream.
Externally controlled serial DS3/E3 overhead insertion port – Can insert all DS3 or E3 overhead via a
serial interface. DS3/E3 overhead insertion is fully controlled via the serial overhead interface.
HDLC overhead insertion – An HDLC channel can be inserted into the DS3 or E3 data stream.
FEAC insertion – A FEAC channel can be inserted into the DS3 or E3 data stream.
Trail Trace insertion – Inputs and inserts the G.832 E3 TR byte.
10.6.2.2 Receive Framer
•
Programmable DS3 or E3 framer – Accepts a DS3 (M23 or C-bit) or E3 (G.751 or G.832) signal and performs
DS3/E3 overhead termination.
79 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
•
•
•
•
•
•
Arbitrary framing format support – Accepts a signal with an arbitrary framing format. The Line overhead/stuff
periods are removed from the data stream using an overhead mask signal.
Detects alarms and errors – Detects DS3 alarm conditions (SEF, OOMF, OOF, LOF, COFA, AIS, AIC, RDI,
and Idle) and errors (framing, parity, and FEBE), or E3 alarm conditions (OOF, LOF, COFA, AIS, and RDI/RAI)
and errors (framing, parity, and REI).
Serial DS3/E3 overhead extraction port – Extracts all DS3 or E3 overhead and outputs it on a serial
interface.
HDLC overhead extraction – An HDLC channel can be extracted from the DS3 or E3 data stream.
FEAC extraction – A FEAC channel can be extracted from the DS3 or E3 data stream.
Trail Trace extraction – Extracts and outputs the G.832 E3 TR byte.
10.6.3 Transmit Formatter
The Transmit Formatter receives a DS3 or E3 data stream and performs framing generation, error insertion,
overhead insertion, and AIS/Idle generation for C-bit DS3, M23 DS3, G.751 E3, or G.832 E3 framing protocols.
The bits in a byte are transmitted MSB first, LSB last. When they are input serially, they are input in the order they
are to be transmitted. The bits in a byte in an outgoing signal are numbered in the order they are transmitted, 1
(MSB) to 8 (LSB). However, when a byte is stored in a register, the MSB is stored in the highest numbered bit (7),
and the LSB is stored in the lowest numbered bit (0). This is to differentiate between a byte in a register and the
corresponding byte in a signal.
10.6.4 Receive Framer
The Receive Framer receives the incoming DS3,or E3, ine/tributary data stream, performs appropriate framing, and
terminates and extracts the associated overhead bytes.
The Receive Framer processes a C-bit format DS3, M23 format DS3, G.751 format E3, or G.832 format E3 data
stream, performing framing, performance monitoring, overhead extraction, and generates downstream AIS, if
necessary.
The bits in a byte are received MSB first, LSB last. When they are output serially, they are output MSB first, LSB
last. The bits in a byte in an incoming signal are numbered in the order they are received, 1 (MSB) to 8 (LSB).
However, when a byte is stored in a register, the MSB is stored in the highest numbered bit (7), and the LSB is
stored in the lowest numbered bit (0). This is to differentiate between a byte in a register and the corresponding
byte in a signal.
Some bits, bit groups, or bytes (data) are integrated before being stored in a register. Integration requires the data
to have the same new data value for five consecutive occurrences before the new data value will be stored in the
data register. Unless stated otherwise, integrated data may have an associated unstable indication. Integrated data
is considered unstable if the received data value does not match the currently stored (integrated) data value or the
previously received data value for eight consecutive occurrences. The unstable condition is terminated when the
same value is received for five consecutive occurrences.
10.6.4.1.1 Receive DS3 Framing
DS3 framing determines the DS3 frame boundary. In order to identify the DS3 frame boundary, first the subframe
boundary must be found. The subframe boundary is found by identifying the subframe alignment bits FX1, FX2, FX3,
and FX4, which have a value of one, zero, zero, and one respectively. See Figure 10-13. Once the subframe
boundary is found, the multiframe frame boundary can be found. The multiframe boundary is found by identifying
the multiframe alignment bits M1, M2, and M3, which have a value of zero, one, and zero respectively. The DS3
framer is an off-line framer that only updates the data path frame counters when either an out of frame (OOF) or an
out of multiframe (OOMF) condition is present. The use of an off-line framer reduces the average time required to
reframe, and reduces data loss caused by burst error. The DS3 framer has a Maximum Average Reframe Time
(MART) of approximately 1.0 ms.
80 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Figure 10-13. DS3 Frame Format
X1
F11
C11
F12
C12
F13
C13
F14
X2
F21
C21
F22
C22
F23
C23
F24
P1
F31
C31
F32
C32
F33
C33
F34
P2
F41
C41
F42
C42
F43
C43
F44
M1
F51
C51
F52
C52
F53
C53
F54
M2
F61
C61
F62
C62
F63
C63
F64
M3
F71
C71
F72
C72
F73
C73
F74
7 SubFrames
680 Bits
The subframe framer continually searches four adjacent bit positions for a subframe boundary. A subframe
alignment bit (F-bit) checker checks each bit position. All four bit positions must fail before any other bit positions
are checked for a subframe boundary. There are 170 possible bit positions that must be checked, and four
positions are checked simultaneously. Therefore up to 43 checks may be needed to identify the subframe
boundary. The subframe framer enables the multiframe frame once it has identified a subframe boundary. Refer to
Figure 10-14 for the subframe framer state diagram.
Figure 10-14. DS3 Subframe Framer State Diagram
its
tio
16
F-b
led
fai
osi
ns
itio
it p
pos
3b
bit
ns
4
All
fai
led
or
ver
ifie
d
Sync
All 4 bit positions failed
Verify
Load
2 F-bits loaded
The multiframe framer checks for a multiframe boundary. When the multiframe framer identifies a multiframe
boundary, it updates the data path frame counters if either an OOF or OOMF condition is present. The multiframe
framer waits until a subframe boundary has been identified. Then, each bit position is checked for the multiframe
81 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
boundary. The multiframe boundary is found by identifying the three multiframe alignment bits (M-bits). Since there
are seven multiframe bits and three bits are required to identify the multiframe boundary, up to 9 checks may be
needed to find the multiframe boundary. Once the multiframe boundary is identified, it is checked in each
subsequent frame. The data path frame counters are updated if the three multiframe alignment bits are error free,
and an OOF or OOMF condition exists. If the multiframe framer checks more than fifteen multiframe bit (X-bits, Pbits, and M-bits) positions without identifying the multiframe boundary, the multiframe framer times out, and forces
the subframe framer back into the load state. Refer to Figure 10-15 for the multiframe framer state diagram.
10.6.4.1.2 Receive DS3 Performance Monitoring
Performance monitoring checks the DS3 frame for alarm conditions and errors. The alarm conditions detected are
OOMF, OOF, SEF, LOF, COFA, LOS, AIS, Idle, RUA1, and RDI. The errors accumulated are framing, P-bit parity,
C-bit parity (C-bit format only), and Far-End Block Error (FEBE) (C-bit format only) errors.
An Out Of MultiFrame (OOMF) condition is declared when a multiframe alignment bit (M-bit) error has been
detected in two or more of the last four consecutive DS3 frames, or when a manual resynchronization is requested.
An OOMF condition is terminated when no M-bit errors have been detected in the last four consecutive DS3
frames, or when the DS3 framer updates the data path frame counters. Refer to Figure 10-15 for the multiframe
framer state diagram.
Figure 10-15. DS3 Multiframe Framer State Diagram
Sync
Mbit
err
or
im
t
eou
Mbit
s id
ent
i
fie
d
t
and
or
err
bit
M-
Timeout
Verify
Load
2 multiframe loaded
If multiframe alignment OOF is disabled, an Out Of Frame (OOF) condition is declared when three or more out of
the last sixteen consecutive subframe alignment bits (F-bits) have been errored, or a manual resynchronization is
requested. If multiframe alignment OOF is enabled, an OOF condition is declared when three or more out of the
last sixteen consecutive F-bits have been errored, when an OOMF condition is declared, or when a manual
resynchronization is requested. If multiframe alignment OOF is disabled, an OOF condition is terminated when
none of the last sixteen consecutive F-bits has been errored, or when the DS3 framer updates the data path frame
counters. If multiframe alignment OOF is enabled, an OOF condition is terminated when an OOMF condition is not
active and none of the last sixteen consecutive F-bits has been errored, or when the DS3 framer updates the data
path frame counters. Multiframe alignment OOF is programmable (on or off).
A Severely Errored Frame (SEF) condition is declared when three or more out of the last sixteen consecutive F-bits
have been errored, or when a manual resynchronization is requested. An SEF condition is terminated when an
OOF condition is absent.
82 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
A Loss Of Frame (LOF) condition is declared by the LOF integration counter when it has been active for a total of T
ms. The LOF integration counter is active (increments count) when an OOF condition is present, it is inactive (holds
count) when an OOF condition is absent, and it is reset when an OOF condition is absent for T continuous ms. T is
programmable (0, 1, 2, or 3). An LOF condition is terminated when an OOF condition is absent for T continuous
ms.
A Change Of Frame Alignment (COFA) is declared when the DS3 framer updates the data path frame counters
with a frame alignment that is different from the current data path DS3 frame alignment.
A Loss Of Signal (LOS) condition is declared when the B3ZS encoder is active, and it declares an LOS condition.
An LOS condition is terminated when the B3ZS encoder is inactive, or it terminates an LOS condition.
An Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) is a DS3 signal with valid F-bits and M-bits. The X-bits (X1 and X2) are set to one,
the P-bits (P1 and P2) are set to zero, all C-bits (CXY) are set to zero, and the payload bits are set to a 1010 pattern
starting with a one immediately after each DS3 overhead bit. An AIS signal is present when a DS3 frame is
received with valid F-bits and M-bits, both X-bits set to one, both P-bits set to zero, all C-bits set to zero, and all but
seven or fewer payload data bits matching the DS3 overhead aligned 1010 pattern. An AIS signal is absent when a
DS3 frame is received that does not meet the aforementioned criteria for an AIS signal being present. The AIS
integration counter declares an AIS condition when it has been active for a total of 10 to 17 DS3 frames. The AIS
integration counter is active (increments count) when an AIS signal is present, it is inactive (holds count) when an
AIS signal is absent, and it is reset when an AIS signal is absent for 10 to 17 consecutive DS3 frames. An AIS
condition is terminated when an AIS signal is absent for 10 to 17 consecutive DS3 frames.
A Receive Unframed All 1’s (RUA1) condition is declared if in each of 4 consecutive 2047 bit windows, five or less
zeros are detected and an OOF condition is continuously present . A RUA1 condition is terminated if in each of 4
consecutive 2047 bit windows, six or more zeros are detected or an OOF condition is continuously absent.
An Idle Signal (Idle) is a DS3 signal with valid F-bits, M-bits, and P-bits (P1 and P2). The X-bits (X1 and X2) are set
to one, C31, C32, and C33 are set to zero, and the payload bits are set to a 1100 pattern starting with 11 immediately
after each overhead bit. In C-bit mode, an Idle signal is present when a DS3 frame is received with valid F-bits, Mbits, and P-bits, both X-bits set to one, C31, C32, and C33 set to zero, and all but seven or fewer payload data bits
matching the T3 overhead aligned 1100 pattern. In M23 mode, an Idle signal is present when a T3 frame is
received with valid F-bits, M-bits, and P-bits, both X-bits set to one, and all but seven or fewer payload data bits
matching the overhead aligned 1100 pattern. An Idle signal is absent when a DS3 frame is received that does not
meet aforementioned criteria for an Idle signal being present. The Idle integration counter declares an Idle
condition when it has been active for a total of 10 to 17 DS3 frames. The Idle integration counter is active
(increments count) when an Idle signal is present, it is inactive (holds count) when an Idle signal is absent, and it is
reset when an Idle signal is absent for 10 to 17 consecutive DS3 frames. An Idle condition is terminated when an
Idle signal is absent for 10 to 17 consecutive DS3 frames.
A Remote Defect Indication (RDI) condition (also called a far-end SEF/AIS defect condition) is declared when four
consecutive DS3 frames are received with the X-bits (X1 and X2) set to zero. An RDI condition is terminated when
four consecutive DS3 frames are received with the X-bits set to one.
A DS3 Framing Format Mismatch (DS3FM) condition is declared when the DS3 format programmed (M13, C-bit)
does not match the incoming DS3 signal framing format. A DS3FM condition is terminated when the incoming
DS3 signal framing format is the same format as programmed. Framing errors are determined by comparing F-bits
and M-bits to their expected values. The type of framing errors accumulated is programmable (OOFs, F & M, F, or
M). An OOF error increments the count whenever an OOF condition is first detected . An F & M error increments
the count once for each F-bit or M-bit that does not match its expected value (up to 31 per DS3 frame). An F error
increments the count once for each F-bit that does not match its expected value (up to 28 per DS3 frame). An M
error increments the count once for each M-bit that does not match its expected value (up to 3 per DS3 frame).
P-bit parity errors are determined by calculating the parity of the current DS3 frame (payload bits only), and
comparing the calculated parity to the P-bits (P1 and P2) in the next DS3 frame. If the calculated parity does not
match P1 or P2, a single P-bit parity error is declared.
C-bit parity errors (C-bit format only) are determined by calculating the parity of the current DS3 frame (payload bits
only), and comparing the calculated parity to the C-bits in subframe three (C31, C32, and C33) in the next DS3 frame.
If the calculated parity does not match C31, C32, or C33, a single C-bit parity error is declared.
83 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
FEBE errors (C-bit format only) are determined by the C-bits in subframe four (C41, C42, and C43). A value of 111
indicates no error and any other value indicates an error.
The receive alarm indication (RAI) bit will be set high in the transmitter when one or more of the indicated alarm
conditions is present, and low when all of the indicated alarm conditions are absent. Setting the receive alarm
indication on LOS, SEF, LOF, or AIS is individually programmable (on or off).
The Application Identification Channel (AIC) is stored in a register bit. It is determined from the C11 bit. The AIC is
set to one (C-bit format) if the C11 bit is set to one in thirty-one consecutive multiframes. The AIC is set to zero (M23
format) if the C11 bit is set to zero in four of the last thirty-one consecutive multiframes. Note: The stored AIC bit
must not change when an LOS, OOF, or AIS condition is present.
A FEBE is transmitted by default upon reception of a DS3 frame in which a C-bit parity error or a framing error is
detected and counted.
10.6.5 C-bit DS3 Framer/Formatter
10.6.5.1 Transmit C-bit DS3 Frame Processor
The C-bit DS3 frame format is shown in Figure 10-13.
Figure 10-13. DS3 Frame Format
X1
F11
C11
F12
C12
F13
C13
F14
X2
F21
C21
F22
C22
F23
C23
F24
P1
F31
C31
F32
C32
F33
C33
F34
P2
F41
C41
F42
C42
F43
C43
F44
M1
F51
C51
F52
C52
F53
C53
F54
M2
F61
C61
F62
C62
F63
C63
F64
M3
F71
C71
F72
C72
F73
C73
F74
680 Bits
Table 10-27 shows the function of each overhead bit in the DS3 Frame
84 of 230
7 SubFrames
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Table 10-27. C-Bit DS3 Frame Overhead Bit Definitions
BIT
DEFINITION
X1, X2
Remote Defect Indication
(RDI)
P1, P2
Parity Bits
M1, M2, and M3
Multiframe Alignment Bits
FXY
Subframe Alignment Bits
C11
Application Identification
Channel (AIC)
C12
Reserved
C13
Far-End Alarm and Control
(FEAC) signal
C21, C22, and C23
Unused
C31, C32, and C33
C-bit parity bits
C41, C42, and C43
Far-End Block Error (FEBE)
bits
C51, C52, and C53
Path Maintenance Data Link
(or HDLC) bits
C61, C62, and C63
Unused
C71, C72, and C73
Unused
X1 and X2 are the Remote Defect Indication (RDI) bits (also referred to as the far-end SEF/AIS bits). P1 and P2 are
the parity bits used for line error monitoring. M1, M2, and M3 are the multiframe alignment bits. FXY are the subframe
alignment bits. C11 is the Application Identification Channel (AIC). C12 is reserved for future network use, and has a
value of one. C13 is the Far-End Alarm and Control (FEAC) signal. C21, C22, and C23 are unused, and have a value
of one. C31, C32, and C33 are the C-bit parity bits used for path error monitoring. C41, C42, and C43 are the Far-End
Block Error (FEBE) bits used for remote path error monitoring. C51, C52, and C53 are the path maintenance data link
(or HDLC) bits. C61, C62, and C63 are unused, and have a value of one. C71, C72, and C73 are unused, and have a
value of one. The X-bit, P-bit, M-bit, C-bit, and F-bit positions are overhead bits, and the other bit positions in the
T3 frame are payload bits regardless of how they are marked by TDEN.
10.6.5.2 Transmit C-bit DS3 Frame Generation
C-bit DS3 frame generation receives the incoming payload data stream, and overwrites all of the overhead bit
locations.
The multiframe alignment bits (M1, M2, and M3) are overwritten with the values zero, one, and zero (010)
respectively.
The subframe alignment bits (FX1, FX2, FX3, and FX4) are overwritten with the values one, zero, zero, and one (1001)
respectively.
The X-bits (X1 and X2) are both overwritten with the Remote Defect Indicator (RDI). The RDI source is
programmable (automatic, 1, or 0). If the RDI is generated automatically, the X-bits are set to zero when one or
more of the indicated alarm conditions is present, and set to one when all of the indicated alarm conditions are
absent. Automatically setting RDI on LOS, SEF, LOF, or AIS is individually programmable (on or off).
The P-bits (P1 and P2) are both overwritten with the calculated payload parity from the previous DS3 frame. The
payload parity is calculated by performing modulo 2 addition of all of the payload bits after all frame processing has
been completed. P-bit generation is programmable (on or off). The P-bits will be generated if either P-bit generation
is enabled or frame generation is enabled.
The bits C11, C12, C21, C22, C23, C61, C62, C63, C71, C72, and C73 are all overwritten with a one.
The bit C13 is overwritten with the Far-End Alarm and Control (FEAC) data input from the transmit FEAC controller.
85 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
The bits C31, C32, and C33 are all overwritten with the calculated payload parity from the previous DS3 frame.
The bits C41, C42, and C43 are all overwritten with the Far-End Block Error (FEBE) bit. The FEBE bit can be
generated automatically or inserted from a register bit. The FEBE bit source is programmable (automatic or
register). If the FEBE bit is generated automatically, it is zero when at least one C-bit parity error has been detected
during the previous frame.
The bits C51, C52, and C53 are overwritten with the path maintenance data link input from the HDLC controller.
Once all of the DS3 overhead bits have been overwritten, the data stream is passed on to error insertion. If frame
generation is disabled, the incoming DS3 signal is passed on to error insertion. Frame generation is programmable
(on or off). Note: P-bit generation may still be performed even if frame generation is disabled.
10.6.5.3 Transmit C-bit DS3 Error Insertion
Error insertion inserts various types of errors into the different DS3 overhead bits. The types of errors that can be
inserted are framing errors, P-bit parity errors, C-bit parity errors, and Far-End Block Error (FEBE) errors.
The framing error insertion mode is programmable (F-bit, M-bit, SEF, or OOMF). An F-bit error is a single subframe
alignment bit (FXY) error. An M-bit error is a single multiframe alignment bit (M1, M2, or M3) error. An SEF error is an
error in all the subframe alignment bits in a subframe (FX1, FX2, FX3, and FX4). An OOMF error is a single multiframe
alignment bit (M1, M2, or M3) error in two consecutive DS3 frames.
A P-bit parity error is generated by is inverting the value of the P-bits (P1 and P2) in a single DS3 frame. P-bit parity
error(s) can be inserted one error at a time, or continuously. The P-bit parity error insertion mode (single or
continuous) is programmable.
A C-bit parity error is generated by is inverting the value of the C31, C32, and C33 bits in a single DS3 frame. C-bit
parity error(s) can be inserted one error at a time, or continuously. The C-bit parity error insertion mode (single or
continuous) is programmable.
A FEBE error is generated by forcing the C41, C42, and C43 bits in a single multiframe to zero. FEBE error(s) can be
inserted one error at a time, or continuously. The FEBE error insertion rate (single or continuous) is programmable.
Each error type (framing, P-bit parity, C-bit parity, or FEBE) has a separate enable. Continuous error insertion
mode inserts errors at every opportunity. Single error insertion mode inserts an error at the next opportunity when
requested. the framing multi-error modes (SEF or OOMF) insert the indicated number of error(s) at the next
opportunities when requested; i.e., a single request will cause multiple errors to be inserted. The requests can be
initiated by a register bit(TSEI) or by the manual error insertion input (TMEI). The error insertion initiation type
(register or input) is programmable. The insertion of each particular error type is individually enabled. Once all error
insertion has been performed, the data stream is passed on to overhead insertion.
10.6.5.4 Transmit C-bit DS3 Overhead Insertion
Overhead insertion can insert any (or all) of the DS3 overhead bits into the DS3 frame. The DS3 overhead bits X1,
X2, P1, P2, MX, FXY, and CXY can be sourced from the transmit overhead interface (TOHCLK, TOH, TOHEN, and
TOHSOF). The P-bits (P1 and P2) and C31, C32, and C33 bits are received as an error mask (modulo 2 addition of
the input bit and the internally generated bit). The DS3 overhead insertion is fully controlled by the transmit
overhead interface. If the transmit overhead data enable signal (TOHEN) is driven high, then the bit on the transmit
overhead signal (TOH) is inserted into the output data stream. Insertion of bits using the TOH signal overwrites
internal overhead insertion.
10.6.5.5 Transmit C-bit DS3 AIS/Idle Generation
C-bit DS3 AIS/Idle generation overwrites the data stream with AIS or an Idle signal. If transmit Idle is enabled, the
data stream payload is forced to a 1100 pattern with two ones immediately following each DS3 overhead bit. M1,
M2, and M3 bits are overwritten with the values zero, one, and zero (010) respectively. FX1, FX2, FX3, and FX4 bits are
overwritten with the values one, zero, zero, and one (1001) respectively. X1 and X2 are overwritten with 11. And,
P1, P2, C31, C32, and C33 are overwritten with the calculated payload parity from the previous output DS3 frame.
If transmit AIS is enabled, the data stream payload is forced to a 1010 pattern with a one immediately following
each DS3 overhead bit. M1, M2, and M3 bits are overwritten with the values zero, one, and zero (010) respectively.
FX1, FX2, FX3, and FX4 bits are overwritten with the values one, zero, zero, and one (1001) respectively. X1 and X2
are overwritten with 11. P1, P2, C31, C32, and C33 are overwritten with the calculated payload parity from the previous
output DS3 frame. And, CX1, CX2, and CX3 (X ≠ 3) are overwritten with 000. AIS will overwrite a transmit Idle signal.
86 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
10.6.5.5.1 Receive C-bit DS3 Frame Format
The DS3 frame format is shown in Figure 10-13. X1 and X2 are the Remote Defect Indication (RDI) bits (also
referred to as the far-end SEF/AIS bits). P1 and P2 are the parity bits used for line error monitoring. M1, M2, and M3
are the multiframe alignment bits that define the multiframe boundary. FXY are the subframe alignment bits that
define the subframe boundary. Note: Both the M-bits and F-bits define the DS3 frame boundary. C11 is the
Application Identification Channel (AIC). C12 is reserved for future network use, and has a value of one. C13 is the
Far-End Alarm and Control (FEAC) signal. C21, C22, and C23 are unused, and have a value of one. C31, C32, and C33
are the C-bit parity bits used for path error monitoring. C41, C42, and C43 are the Far-End Block Error (FEBE) bits
used for remote path error monitoring. C51, C52, and C53 are the path maintenance data link (or HDLC) bits. C61,
C62, and C63 are unused, and have a value of one. C71, C72, and C73 are unused, and have a value of one.
10.6.5.5.2 Receive C-bit DS3 Overhead Extraction
Overhead extraction extracts all of the DS3 overhead bits from the C-bit DS3 frame. All of the DS3 overhead bits
X1, X2, P1, P2, MX, F XY, and CXY are output on the receive overhead interface (ROH, ROHSOF, and ROHCLK). The
P1, P2, C31, C32, and C33 bits are output as an error indication (modulo 2 addition of the calculated parity and the
bit). The C13 bit is sent over to the receive FEAC controller. The C51, C52, and C53 bits are sent to the receive HDLC
overhead controller.
10.6.6 M23 DS3 Framer/Formatter
10.6.6.1 Transmit M23 DS3 Frame Processor
The M23 DS3 frame format is shown in Figure 10-13. Table 10-28 defines the framing bits for M23 DS3. X1 and X2
are the Remote Defect Indication (RDI) bits (also referred to as the far-end SEF/AIS bits). P1 and P2 are the parity
bits used for line error monitoring. M1, M2, and M3 are the multiframe alignment bits. FXY are the subframe
alignment bits. C11 is the Application Identification Channel (AIC). CX1, CX2, and CX3 are the stuff control bits for
tributary #X. The X-bit, P-bit, M-bit, C-bit, and F-bit positions are overhead bits, and the remainder of the bit
positions in the T3 frame are payload bits regardless of how they are marked by TDEN.
Table 10-28. M23 DS3 Frame Overhead Bit Definitions
BIT
DEFINITION
X1, X2
Remote Defect Indication
(RDI)
P1, P2
Parity Bits
M1, M2, and M3
Multiframe Alignment Bits
FXY
Subframe Alignment Bits
C11
Application Identification
Channel (AIC)
CX1, CX2, and CX3
Stuff Control Bits for Tributary
#X
10.6.6.2 Transmit M23 DS3 Frame Generation
M23 DS3 frame generation receives the incoming payload data stream, and overwrites all of the DS3 overhead bit
locations.
The multiframe alignment bits (M1, M2, and M3) are overwritten with the values zero, one, and zero (010)
respectively.
The subframe alignment bits (FX1, FX2, FX3, and FX4) are overwritten with the values one, zero, zero, and one (1001)
respectively.
The X-bits (X1 and X2) are both overwritten with the Remote Defect Indicator (RDI). The RDI source is
programmable (automatic, 1, or 0). If the RDI is generated automatically, the X-bits are set to zero when one or
87 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
more of the indicated alarm conditions is present, and set to one when all of the indicated alarm conditions are
absent. Automatically setting RDI on LOS, SEF, LOF, or AIS is individually programmable (on or off).
The P-bits (P1 and P2) are both overwritten with the calculated payload parity from the previous DS3 frame. The
payload parity is calculated by performing modulo 2 addition of all of the payload bits after all frame processing has
been completed. P-bit generation is programmable (on or off). The P-bits will be generated if either P-bit generation
is enabled or frame generation is enabled.
If C-bit generation is enabled, the bit C11 is overwritten with an alternating one zero pattern, and all of the other Cbits (CXY) are overwritten with zeros. If C-bit generation is disabled, then all of the C-bit timeslots (CXY) will be
treated as payload data, and passed through. C-bit generation is programmable (on or off). Note: Overhead
insertion may still overwrite the C-bit time slots even if C-bit generation is disabled.
Once all of the DS3 overhead bits have been overwritten, the data stream is passed on to error insertion. If frame
generation is disabled, the incoming DS3 signal is passed on directly to error insertion. Frame generation is
programmable (on or off). Note: P-bit generation may still be performed even if frame generation is disabled.
10.6.6.3 Transmit M23 DS3 Error Insertion
Error insertion inserts various types of errors into the different DS3 overhead bits. The types of errors that can be
inserted are framing errors and P-bit parity errors.
The framing error insertion mode is programmable (F-bit, M-bit, SEF, or OOMF). An F-bit error is a single subframe
alignment bit (FXY) error. An M-bit error is a single multiframe alignment bit (M1, M2, or M3) error. An SEF error is an
error in all the subframe alignment bits in a subframe (FX1, FX2, FX3, and FX4). An OOMF error is a single multiframe
alignment bit (M1, M2, or M3) error in each of two consecutive DS3 frames.
A P-bit parity error is generated by is inverting the value of the P-bits (P1 and P2) in a single DS3 frame. P-bit parity
error(s) can be inserted one error at a time, or continuously. The P-bit parity error insertion mode (single or
continuous) is programmable.
Each error type (framing or P-bit parity) has a separate enable. Continuous error insertion mode inserts errors at
every opportunity. Single error insertion mode inserts an error at the next opportunity when requested. The
framing multi-error insertion modes (SEF or OOMF) insert the indicated number of error(s) at the next opportunities
when requested; i.e., a single request will cause multiple errors to be inserts. The requests can be initiated by a
register bit(TSEI) or by the manual error insertion input (TMEI). The error insertion request source (register or
input) is programmable. The insertion of each particular error type is individually enabled. Once all error insertion
has been performed, the data stream is passed on to overhead insertion.
10.6.6.4 Transmit M23 DS3 Overhead Insertion
Overhead insertion can insert any (or all) of the DS3 overhead bits into the DS3 frame. The DS3 overhead bits X1,
X2, P1, P2, MX, FXY, and CXY can be sourced from the transmit overhead interface (TOHCLK, TOH, TOHEN, and
TOHSOF). The P-bits (P1 and P2) are received as an error mask (modulo 2 addition of the input bit and the
internally generated bit). The DS3 overhead insertion is fully controlled by the transmit overhead interface. If the
transmit overhead data enable signal (TOHEN) is driven high, then the bit on the transmit overhead signal (TOH) is
inserted into the output data stream. Insertion of bits using the TOH signal overwrites internal overhead insertion.
10.6.6.5 Transmit M23 DS3 AIS/Idle Generation
M23 DS3 AIS/Idle generation overwrites the data stream with AIS or an Idle signal. If transmit Idle is enabled, the
data stream payload is forced to a 1100 pattern with two ones immediately following each DS3 overhead bit. M1,
M2, and M3 bits are overwritten with the values zero, one, and zero (010) respectively. FX1, FX2, FX3, and FX4 bits are
overwritten with the values one, zero, zero, and one (1001) respectively. X1 and X2 are overwritten with 11. P1 and
P2 are overwritten with the calculated payload parity from the previous output DS3 frame. And, C31, C32, and C33
are overwritten with 000.
If transmit AIS is enabled, the data stream payload is forced to a 1010 pattern with a one immediately following
each DS3 overhead bit. M1, M2, and M3 bits are overwritten with the values zero, one, and zero (010) respectively.
FX1, FX2, FX3, and FX4 bits are overwritten with the values one, zero, zero, and one (1001) respectively. X1 and X2
are overwritten with 11. P1 and P2 are overwritten with the calculated payload parity from the previous DS3 frame.
And, CX1, CX2, and CX3 are overwritten with 000. AIS will overwrite a transmit Idle signal.
88 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
10.6.6.5.1 Receive M23 DS3 Frame Format
The DS3 frame format is shown in Figure 10-13. The X1 and X2 are the Remote Defect Indication (RDI) bits (also
referred to as the far-end SEF/AIS bits). P1 and P2 are the parity bits used for line error monitoring. M1, M2, and M3
are the multiframe alignment bits that define the multiframe boundary. FXY are the subframe alignment bits that
define the subframe boundary. Note: Both the M-bits and F-bits define the DS3 frame boundary. C11 is the
Application Identification Channel (AIC). CX1, CX2, and CX3 are the stuff control bits for tributary #X.
10.6.6.5.2 Receive M23 DS3 Overhead Extraction
Overhead extraction extracts all of the DS3 overhead bits from the M23 DS3 frame. All of the DS3 overhead bits
X1, X2, P1, P2, MX, F XY, and CXY are output on the receive overhead interface (ROH, ROHSOF, and ROHCLK). The
P1 and P2 bits are output as an error indication (modulo 2 addition of the calculated parity and the bit).
10.6.6.5.3 Receive DS3 Downstream AIS Generation
Downstream DS3 AIS (all ‘1’s) can be automatically generated on an OOF, LOS, or AIS condition or manually
inserted. If automatic downstream AIS is enabled, downstream AIS is inserted when an LOS or AIS condition is
declared, or no earlier than 2.25 ms and no later than 2.75 ms after an OOF condition is declared. Automatic
downstream AIS is programmable (on or off). If manual downstream AIS insertion is enabled, downstream AIS is
inserted. Manual downstream AIS insertion is programmable (on or off). Downstream AIS is removed when all
OOF, LOS, and AIS conditions are terminated and manual downstream AIS insertion is disabled.
10.6.7 G.751 E3 Framer/Formatter
10.6.7.1 Transmit G.751 E3 Frame Processor
The G.751 E3 frame format is shown in Figure 10-16. FAS is the Frame Alignment Signal. A is the Alarm indication
bit used to indicate the presence of an alarm to the remote terminal equipment. N is the National use bit reserved
for national use.
Figure 10-16. G.751 E3 Frame Format
FAS
A N
4 Rows
1524 Bit Payload
384 bits
10.6.7.2 Transmit G.751 E3 Frame Generation
G.751 E3 frame generation receives the incoming payload data stream, and overwrites all of the E3 overhead bit
locations.
The first ten bits of the frame are overwritten with the frame alignment signal (FAS) which has a value of
1111010000b.
The eleventh bit of the frame is overwritten with the alarm indication (A) bit. The A bit can be generated
automatically, sourced from the transmit FEAC controller, set to one, or set to zero. The A bit source is
programmable (automatic, FEAC, 1, or 0). If the A bit is generated automatically, it is set to one when one or more
of the indicated alarm conditions is present, and set to zero when all of the indicated alarm conditions are absent.
Automatically setting RDI on LOS, LOF, or AIS is individually programmable (on or off).
The twelfth bit of the frame is overwritten with the national use (N) bit. The N bit can be sourced from the transmit
FEAC controller, sourced from the transmit HDLC overhead controller, set to one, or set to zero. The N bit source
is programmable (FEAC, HDLC, 1, or 0). Note: The FEAC controller will source one bit per frame regardless of
whether the A bit only, the N bit only, or both are programmed to be sourced from the FEAC controller.
89 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Once all of the E3 overhead bits have been overwritten, the data stream is passed on to error insertion. If frame
generation is disabled, the incoming E3 signal is passed on directly to error insertion. Frame generation is
programmable (on or off).
10.6.7.3 Transmit G.751 E3 Error Insertion
Error insertion inserts framing errors into the frame alignment signal (FAS). The type of error(s) inserted into the
FAS is programmable (errored FAS bit or errored FAS). An errored FAS bit is a single bit error in the FAS. An
errored FAS is an error in all ten bits of the FAS (a value of 0000101111b is inserted in the FAS). Framing error(s)
can be inserted one error at a time, or in four consecutive frames. The framing error insertion number (single or
four) is programmable.
Single error insertion mode inserts an error at the next opportunity when requested. The multi-error insertion mode
inserts the indicated number of errors at the next opportunities when requested. I.e., a single request will cause
multiple errors to be inserted. The requests can be initiated by a register bit(TSEI) or by the manual error insertion
input (TMEI). The error insertion initiation type (register or input) is programmable. The insertion of each particular
error type is individually enabled.
Once all error insertion has been performed, the data stream is passed on to overhead insertion.
10.6.7.4 Transmit G.751 E3 Overhead Insertion
Overhead insertion can insert any (or all) of the E3 overhead bits into the E3 frame. The FAS, A bit, and N bit can
be sourced from the transmit overhead interface (TOHCLK, TOH, TOHEN, and TOHSOF). The E3 overhead
insertion is fully controlled by the transmit overhead interface. If the transmit overhead data enable signal (TOHEN)
is driven high, then the bit on the transmit overhead signal (TOH) is inserted into the output data stream. Insertion
of bits using the TOH signal overwrites internal overhead insertion.
10.6.7.5 Transmit G.751 E3 AIS Generation
G.751 E3 AIS generation overwrites the data stream with AIS. If transmit AIS is enabled, the data stream (payload
and E3 overhead) is forced to all ones.
10.6.7.6 Receive G.751 E3 Frame Processor
The G.751 E3 frame format is shown in Figure 10-16. FAS is the Frame Alignment Signal. A is the Alarm indication
bit used to indicate the presence of an alarm to the remote terminal equipment. N is the National use bit reserved
for national use.
10.6.7.6.1 Receive G.751 E3 Framing
G.751 E3 framing determines the G.751 E3 frame boundary. The frame boundary is found by identifying the frame
alignment signal (FAS), which has a value of 1111010000b. The framer is an off-line framer that updates the data
path frame counters when an out of frame (OOF) condition has been detected. The use of an off-line framer
reduces the average time required to reframe, and reduces data loss caused by burst error. The G.751 E3 framer
checks each bit position for the FAS. The frame boundary is set once the FAS is identified. Since, the FAS check is
performed one bit at a time, up to 1536 checks may be needed to find the frame boundary. The data path frame
counters are updated if an error free FAS is received for two additional frames, and an OOF condition is present, or
if a manual frame resynchronization has been initiated.
10.6.7.6.2 Receive G.751 E3 Performance Monitoring
Performance monitoring checks the E3 frame for alarm conditions. The alarm conditions detected are OOF, LOF,
COFA, LOS, AIS, RUA1, and RAI. An Out Of Frame (OOF) condition is declared when four consecutive frame
alignment signals (FAS) contain one or more errors or at the next FAS check when a manual reframe is requested.
An OOF condition is terminated when three consecutive FAS’s are error free or the G.751 E3 framer updates the
data path frame counters.
A Loss Of Frame (LOF) condition is declared by the LOF integration counter when it has been active for a total of T
ms. The LOF integration counter is active (increments count) when an OOF condition is present, it is inactive (holds
count) when an OOF condition is absent, and it is reset when an OOF condition is absent for T continuous ms. T is
programmable (0, 1, 2, or 3). An LOF condition is terminated when an OOF condition is absent for T continuous
ms.
90 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
A Change Of Frame Alignment (COFA) is declared when the G.751 E3 framer updates the data path frame
counters with a frame alignment that is different from the current data path frame alignment.
A Loss Of Signal (LOS) condition is declared when the HDB3 encoder is active, and it declares an LOS condition.
An LOS condition is terminated when the HDB3 encoder is inactive, or it terminates an LOS condition.
An Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) condition is declared when 4 or less zeros are detected in each of two consecutive
frame periods. An AIS condition is terminated when 5 or more zeros are detected in each of two consecutive frame
periods.
A Receive Unframed All 1’s (RUA1) condition is declared if in each of 4 consecutive 2047 bit windows, five or less
zeros are detected and an OOF condition is continuously present. A RUA1 condition is terminated if in each of 4
consecutive 2047 bit windows, six or more zeros are detected or an OOF condition is continuously absent.
A Remote Alarm Indication (RAI) condition is declared when four consecutive frames are received with the A bit
(first bit after the FAS) set to one. An RAI condition is terminated when four consecutive frames are received with
the A bit set to zero.
Only framing errors are accumulated. Framing errors are determined by comparing the FAS to its expected value.
The type of framing errors accumulated is programmable (OOFs, bit, or word). An OOF error increments the count
whenever an OOF condition is first detected. A bit error increments the count once for each bit in the FAS that does
not match its expected value (up to 10 per frame. A word error increments the count once for each FAS that does
not match its expected value (up to 1 per frame).
The receive alarm indication (RAI) signal is high when one or more of the indicated alarm conditions is present, and
low when all of the indicated alarm conditions are absent. Setting the receive alarm indication on LOS, OOF, LOF,
or AIS is individually programmable (on or off).
10.6.7.6.3 Receive G.751 E3 Overhead Extraction
Overhead extraction extracts all of the E3 overhead bits from the G.751 E3 frame. The FAS, A bit, and N bit are
output on the receive overhead interface (ROH, ROHSOF, and ROHCLK). In addition, the A bit is integrated and
stored in a register along with a change indication, and can be output over the receive FEAC controller. The N bit is
integrated and stored in a register along with a change indication, is sent to the receive HDLC overhead controller,
and can also be sent to the receive FEAC controller. The bit sent to the receive FEAC controller is programmable
(A or N).
10.6.7.6.4 Receive G.751 Downstream AIS Generation
Downstream G.751 E3 AIS can be automatically generated on an OOF, LOS, or AIS condition or manually
inserted. If automatic downstream AIS is enabled, downstream AIS is inserted when an LOS, OOF, or AIS
condition is declared. Automatic downstream AIS is programmable (on or off). If manual downstream AIS insertion
is enabled, downstream AIS is inserted. Manual downstream AIS insertion is programmable (on or off).
Downstream AIS is removed when all OOF, LOS, and AIS conditions are terminated and manual downstream AIS
insertion is disabled. RPDT will be forced to all ones during downstream AIS.
10.6.8 G.832 E3 Framer/Formatter
10.6.8.1 Transmit G.832 E3 Frame Processor
The G.832 E3 frame format is shown in Figure 10-17.
91 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Figure 10-17. G.832 E3 Frame Format
FA1 FA2
EM
TR
MA
530 Byte Payload
NR
GC
59 Columns
Figure 10-18. MA Byte Format
MSB
1
RDI
LSB
8
REI
SL
SL
SL
MI
MI
TM
RDI - Remote Defect Indicator
REI - Remote Error Indicator
SL - Signal Label
MI - Multi-frame Indicator
TM - Timing Marker
Table 10-29 shows the function of each overhead bit in the DS3 Frame.
Table 10-29. G.832 E3 Frame Overhead Bit Definitions
BYTE
DEFINITION
FA1, FA2
Frame Alignment bytes
EM
Error Monitoring byte
TR
Trail Trace byte
MA
Maintenance and Adaption
byte
NR
Network Operator byte
GC
General Purpose
Communication Channel byte
92 of 230
9 Rows
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
FA1 and FA2 are the Frame Alignment bytes. EM is the Error Monitoring byte used for path error monitoring. TR is
the Trail Trace byte used for end-to-end connectivity verification. MA is the Maintenance and Adaptation byte used
for far-end path status and performance monitoring.
NR is the Network Operator byte allocated for network operator maintenance purposes. GC is the General Purpose
Communications Channel byte allocated for user communications purposes.
10.6.8.2 Transmit G.832 E3 Frame Generation
G.832 E3 frame generation receives the incoming payload data stream, and overwrites all of the E3 overhead byte
locations.
The first two bytes of the first row in the frame are overwritten with the frame alignment bytes FA1 and FA2, which
have a value of F6h and 28h respectively.
The first byte in the second row of the frame is overwritten with the EM byte which is a BIP-8 calculated over all of
the bytes of the previous frame after all frame processing (frame generation, error insertion, overhead insertion,
and AIS generation) has been performed. The first byte in the third row of the frame is overwritten with the TR byte
which is input from the transmit trail trace controller.
The first byte in the fourth row of the frame is overwritten with the MA byte (see Figure 10-18), which consists of the
RDI bit, REI bit, payload type, multiframe indicator, and timing source indicator.
The RDI bit can be generated automatically, set to one, or set to zero. The RDI source is programmable
(automatic, 1, or 0). If the RDI is generated automatically, it is set to one when one or more of the indicated alarm
conditions is present, and set to zero when all of the indicated alarm conditions are absent. Automatically setting
RDI on LOS, LOF, or AIS is individually programmable (on or off).
The REI bit can be generated automatically or inserted from a register bit. The REI source is programmable
(automatic or register). If REI is generated automatically, it is one when at least one parity error has been detected
during the previous frame.
The payload type is sourced from a register. The three register bits are inserted in the third, fourth, and fifth bits of
the MA byte in each frame.
The multiframe indicator and timing marker bits can be directly inserted from a 3-bit register or generated from a 4bit register. The multiframe indicator and timing marker insertion type is programmable (direct or generated). When
the multiframe indicator and timing marker bits are directly inserted, the three register bits are inserted in the last
three bits of the MA byte in each frame. When the multiframe indicator and timing marker bits are generated, the
four timing source indicator bits are transferred in a four-frame multiframe, MSB first. The multiframe indicator bits
(sixth and seventh bits of the MA byte) identify the phase of the multiframe (00, 01, 10, or 11), and the timing
marker bit (eighth bit of the MA byte) contains the corresponding timing source indicator bit (TMABR register bits
TTI3, TTI2, TTI1, or TTI0 respectively). Note: The initial phase of the multiframe is arbitrarily chosen.
The first byte in the fifth row of the frame is overwritten with the NR byte which can be sourced from a register, from
the transmit FEAC controller, or from the transmit HDLC controller. The NR byte source is programmable (register,
FEAC, or HDLC). Note: The HDLC controller will source eight bits per frame period regardless of whether the NR
byte only, GC byte only, or both are programmed to be sourced from the HDLC controller.
The first byte in the sixth row of the frame is overwritten with the GC byte which can be sourced from a register or
from the transmit HDLC controller. The GC byte source is programmable (register or HDLC).
Once all of the E3 overhead bytes have been overwritten, the data stream is passed on to error insertion. If frame
generation is disabled, the incoming E3 signal is passed on directly to error insertion. Frame generation is
programmable (on or off).
10.6.8.3 Transmit G.832 E3 Error Insertion
Error insertion inserts various types of errors into the different E3 overhead bytes. The types of errors that can be
inserted are framing errors, BIP-8 parity errors, and Remote Error Indication (REI) errors.
The type of framing error(s) inserted is programmable (errored frame alignment bit or errored frame alignment
word). A frame alignment bit error is a single bit error in the frame alignment word (FA1 or FA2). A frame alignment
word error is an error in all sixteen bits of the frame alignment word (the values 09h and D7h are inserted in the
FA1 and FA2 bytes respectively). Framing error(s) can be inserted one error at a time, or four consecutive frames.
The framing error insertion mode (single or four) is programmable.
93 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
The type of BIP-8 error(s) inserted is programmable (errored BIP-8 bit, or errored BIP-8 byte). An errored BIP-8 bit
is inverting a single bit error in the EM byte. An errored BIP-8 byte is inverting all eight bits in the EM byte. BIP-8
error(s) can be inserted one error at a time, or continuously. The BIP-8 error insertion mode (single or continuous)
is programmable.
An REI error is generated by forcing the second bit of the MA byte to a one. REI error(s) can be inserted one error
at a time, or continuously. The REI error insertion mode (single or continuous) is programmable.
Each error type (framing, BIP-8, or REI) has a separate enable. Continuous error insertion mode inserts errors at
every opportunity. Single error insertion mode inserts an error at the next opportunity when requested. The framing
multi-error insertion mode inserts the indicated number of errors at the next opportunities when requested. i.e., a
single request will cause multiple errors to be inserted. The requests can be initiated by a register bit(TSEI) or by
the manual error insertion input (TMEI). The error insertion request source (register or input) is programmable. The
insertion of each particular error type is individually enabled. Once all error insertion has been performed, the data
stream is passed on to overhead insertion.
10.6.8.4 Transmit G.832 E3 Overhead Insertion
Overhead insertion can insert any (or all) of the E3 overhead bytes into the E3 frame. The E3 overhead bytes FA1,
FA2, EM, TR, MA, NR, and GC can be sourced from the transmit overhead interface (TOHCLK, TOH, TOHEN, and
TOHSOF). The EM byte is sourced as an error mask (modulo 2 addition of the input EM byte and the generated
EM byte). The E3 overhead insertion is fully controlled by the transmit overhead interface. If the transmit overhead
data enable signal (TOHEN) is driven high, then the bit on the transmit overhead signal (TOH) is inserted into the
output data stream. Insertion of bits using the TOH signal overwrites internal overhead insertion.
10.6.8.5 Transmit G.832 E3 AIS Generation
G.832 E3 AIS generation overwrites the data stream with AIS. If transmit AIS is enabled, the data stream (payload
and E3 overhead) is forced to all ones.
10.6.8.6 Receive G.832 E3 Frame Processor
The G.832 E3 frame format is shown in Figure 10-17. FA1 and FA2 are the Frame Alignment bytes. EM is the
Error Monitoring byte used for path error monitoring. TR is the Trail Trace byte used for end-to-end connectivity
verification. MA is the Maintenance and Adaptation byte used for far-end path status and performance monitoring
(see Figure 10-18). NR is the Network Operator byte allocated for network operator maintenance purposes. GC is
the General Purpose Communications Channel byte allocated for user communications purposes.
10.6.8.7 Receive G.832 E3 Framing
G.832 E3 framing determines the G.832 E3 frame boundary. The frame boundary is found by identifying the frame
alignment bytes FA1 and FA2, which have a value of F6h and 28h respectively. The framer is an off-line framer
that updates the data path frame counters when an out of frame (OOF) condition has been detected. The use of an
off-line framer reduces the average time required to reframe, and reduces data loss caused by burst error. The
G.832 E3 framer checks each bit position for the frame alignment word (FA1 and FA2). The frame boundary is set
once the frame alignment word is identified. Since, the frame alignment word check is performed one bit at a time,
up to 4296 checks may be needed to find the frame boundary. The data path frame counters are updated if an
error free frame alignment word is received for two additional frames, and an OOF condition is present.
10.6.8.8 Receive G.832 E3 Performance Monitoring
Performance monitoring checks the E3 frame for alarm conditions and errors. The alarm conditions detected are
OOF, LOF, COFA, LOS, AIS, RUA1, and RDI. The errors accumulated are framing, parity, and Remote Error
Indication (REI) errors. An Out Of Frame (OOF) condition is declared when four consecutive frame alignment
words (FA1 and FA2) contain one or more errors, when 986 or more frames out of 1,000 frames has a BIP-8 block
error, or at the next framing word check when a manual reframe is requested. An OOF condition is terminated
when three consecutive frame alignment words (FA1 and FA2) are error free or the G.832 E3 framer updates the
data path frame counters.
A Loss Of Frame (LOF) condition is declared by the LOF integration counter when it has been active for a total of T
ms. The LOF integration counter is active (increments count) when an OOF condition is present, it is inactive (holds
count) when an OOF condition is absent, and it is reset when an OOF condition is absent for T continuous ms. T is
programmable (0, 1, 2, or 3). An LOF condition is terminated when an OOF condition is absent for T continuous
ms.
94 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
A Change Of Frame Alignment (COFA) is declared when the G.832 E3 framer updates the data path frame
counters with a frame alignment that is different from the current data path frame alignment.
A Loss Of Signal (LOS) condition is declared when the HDB3 encoder is active, and it declares an LOS condition.
An LOS condition is terminated when the HDB3 encoder is inactive, or it terminates an LOS condition.
An Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) condition is declared when 7 or less zeros are detected in each of two consecutive
frame periods that do not contain a frame alignment word. An AIS condition is terminated when 8 or more zeros are
detected in each of two consecutive frame periods.
A Receive Unframed All 1’s (RUA1) condition is declared if in each of 4 consecutive 2047 bit windows, five or less
zeros are detected and an OOF condition is continuously present. A RUA1 condition is terminated if in each of 4
consecutive 2047 bit windows, six or more zeros are detected or an OOF condition is continuously absent.
A Remote Defect Indication (RDI) condition is declared when four consecutive frames are received with the RDI bit
(first bit of MA byte) set to one. An RDI condition is terminated when four consecutive frames are received with the
RDI bit set to zero.
Three types of errors are accumulated, framing, parity, and Remote Error Indication (REI) errors. Framing errors
are determined by comparing FA1 and FA2 to their expected values. The type of framing errors accumulated is
programmable (OOFs, bit, byte, or word). An OOF error increments the count whenever an OOF condition is first
detected. A bit error increments the count once for each bit in FA1 and each bit in FA2 that does not match its
expected value (up to 16 per frame). A byte error increments the count once for each FA byte (FA1 or FA2) that
does not match its expected value (up to 2 per frame). A word error increments the count once for each FA word
(both FA1 and FA2) that does not match its expected value (up to 1 per frame).
Parity errors are determined by calculating the BIP-8 (8-Bit Interleaved Parity) of the current E3 frame (overhead
and payload bytes), and comparing the calculated BIP-8 to the EM byte in the next frame. The type of parity errors
accumulated is programmable (bit or block). A bit error increments the count once for each bit in the EM byte that
does not match the corresponding bit in the calculated BIP-8 (up to 8 per frame). A block error increments the
count if any bit in the EM byte does not match the corresponding bit in the calculated BIP-8 (up to 1 per frame).
REI errors are determined by the REI bit (second bit of MA byte). A one indicates an error and a zero indicates no
errors.
The receive alarm indication (RAI) signal is high when one or more of the indicated alarm conditions is present, and
low when all of the indicated alarm conditions are absent. Setting the receive alarm indication on LOS, OOF, LOF,
or AIS is individually programmable (on or off).
The receive error indication (REI) signal will transition from low to high once for each frame in which a parity error is
detected.
10.6.8.9 Receive G.832 E3 Overhead Extraction
Overhead extraction extracts all of the E3 overhead bytes from the G.832 E3 frame. All of the E3 overhead bytes
FA1, FA2, EM, TR, MA, NR, and GC are output on the receive overhead interface (ROH, ROHSOF, and
ROHCLK).
The EM byte is output as an error indication (modulo 2 addition of the calculated BIP-8 and the EM byte.
The TR byte is sent to the receive trail trace controller.
The payload type (third, fourth, and fifth bits of the MA byte) is integrated and stored in a register with change and
unstable indications. The integrated received payload type is also compared against an expected payload type. If
the received and expected payload types do not match (see Table 10-30), a mismatch indication is set.
95 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Table 10-30. Payload Label Match Status
EXPECTED
RECEIVED
STATUS
000
000
Match
000
001
Mismatch
000
XXX
Mismatch
001
000
Mismatch
001
001
Match
001
XXX
Match
XXX
000
Mismatch
XXX
001
Match
XXX
XXX
Match
XXX
YYY
Mismatch
XXX and YYY equal any value other than 000 or 001; XXX ≠ YYY.
The multiframe indicator and timing marker bits (sixth, seventh, and eighth bits of the MA byte) can be integrated
and stored in three register bits or extracted, integrated, and stored in four register bits. The bits (three or four) are
stored with a change indication. The multiframe indicator and timing marker storage type is programmable
(integrated or extracted). When the multiframe indicator and timing marker bits are integrated, the last three bits of
the MA byte are integrated and stored in three register bits. When the multiframe indicator and timing marker bits
are extracted, four timing source indicator bits are transferred in a four-frame multiframe, MSB first. The multiframe
indicator bits (sixth and seventh bits of the MA byte) identify the phase of the multiframe (00, 01, 10, or 11). The
timing marker bit (eighth bit of the MA byte) contains the timing source indicator bit indicated by the multiframe
indicator bits (first, second, third, or fourth bit respectively). The four timing source indicator bits are extracted from
the multiframe, integrated, and stored in four register bits with unstable and change indications.
The NR byte is integrated and stored in a register along with a change indication, it is sent to the receive FEAC
controller, and it can be sent to the receive HDLC controller. The byte sent to the receive HDLC controller is
programmable (NR or GC).
The GC byte is integrated and stored in a register along with a change indication, and can be sent to the receive
HDLC controller. The byte sent to the receive HDLC controller is programmable (NR or GC).
10.6.8.10 Receive G.832 Downstream AIS Generation
Downstream G.832 E3 AIS can be automatically generated on an OOF, LOS, or AIS condition or manually
inserted. If automatic downstream AIS is enabled, downstream AIS is inserted when an LOS, OOF, or AIS
condition is declared. Automatic downstream AIS is programmable (on or off). If manual downstream AIS insertion
is enabled, downstream AIS is inserted. Manual downstream AIS insertion is programmable (on or off).
Downstream AIS is removed when all OOF, LOS, and AIS conditions are terminated and manual downstream AIS
insertion is disabled. RPDT will be forced to all ones during downstream AIS.
10.7 HDLC Overhead Controller
10.7.1 General Description
The DS3170 device contains a built-in HDLC controller with 256 byte FIFOs for insertion/extraction of DS3 PMDL,
G.751 Sn bit and G.832 NR/GC bytes.
The HDLC Overhead Controller demaps HDLC overhead packets from the DS3/E3 data stream in the receive
direction and maps HDLC packets into the DS3/E3 data stream in the transmit direction.
The receive direction performs packet processing and stores the packet data in the FIFO. It removes packet data
from the FIFO and outputs the packet data to the microprocessor via the register interface.
The transmit direction inputs the packet data from the microprocessor via the register interface and stores the
packet data in the FIFO. It removes the packet data from the FIFO and performs packet processing.
96 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
The bits in a byte are received MSB first, LSB last. When they are output serially, they are output MSB first, LSB
last. The bits in a byte in an incoming signal are numbered in the order they are received, 1 (MSB) to 8 (LSB).
However, when a byte is stored in a register, the MSB is stored in the lowest numbered bit (0), and the LSB is
stored in the highest numbered bit (7). This is to differentiate between a byte in a register and the corresponding
byte in a signal.
See Figure 10-19 for the location of HDLC controllers within the DS3170 device.
Figure 10-19. HDLC Controller Block Diagram
TAIS
TUA1
DS3/E3
Receive
LIU
Clock Rate
Adapter
B3ZS/
HDB3
Decoder
Trail
FEAC Trace
Buffer
TX BERT
HDLC
PLB
DLB
LLB
ALB
DS3 / E3
Transmit
Formatter
B3ZS/
HDB3
Encoder
DS3/E3
Transmit
LIU
RX BERT
DS3 / E3
Receive
Framer
IEEE P1149.1
JTAG Test
Access Port
UA1
GEN
Microprocessor
Interface
10.7.2 Features
•
•
•
•
•
•
Programmable inter-frame fill – The inter-frame fill between packets can be all 1’s or flags.
Programmable FCS generation/monitoring – An FCS-16 can be generated and appended to the end of the
packet, and the FCS can be checked and removed from the end of the packet.
Programmable bit reordering – The packet data can be can be output MSB first or LSB first from the FIFO.
Programmable data inversion – The packet data can be inverted immediately after packet processing on the
transmit, and immediately before packet processing on the receive.
Fully independent transmit and receive paths
Fully independent Line side and register interface timing – The data storage can be read from or written to
via the microprocessor interface while all line side clocks and signals are inactive, and read from or written to
via the line side while all microprocessor interface clocks and signals are inactive.
10.7.3 Transmit FIFO
The Transmit FIFO block contains memory for 256 bytes of data with data status information and controller circuitry
for reading and writing the memory. The Transmit FIFO controller functions include filling the memory, tracking the
memory fill level, maintaining the memory read and write pointers, and detecting memory overflow and underflow
conditions. The Transmit FIFO receives data and status from the microprocessor interface, and stores the data
along with the data status information in memory. The Transmit Packet Processor reads the data and data status
information from the Transmit FIFO. The Transmit FIFO also outputs FIFO fill status (empty/data storage
available/full) via the microprocessor interface. All operations are byte based. The Transmit FIFO is considered
empty when its memory does not contain any data. The Transmit FIFO is considered to have data storage
available when its memory has a programmable number of bytes or more available for storage. The Transmit FIFO
is considered full when it does not have any space available for storage. The Transmit FIFO accepts data from the
register interface until full. If the Transmit FIFO is written to while the FIFO is full, the write is ignored, and a FIFO
overflow condition is declared. The Transmit Packet Processor reads the Transmit FIFO. If the Transmit Packet
Processor attempts to read the Transmit FIFO while it is empty, a FIFO underflow condition is declared.
97 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
10.7.4 Transmit HDLC Overhead Processor
The Transmit HDLC Overhead Processor accepts data from the Transmit FIFO, performs bit reordering, FCS
processing, stuffing, packet abort sequence insertion, and inter-frame padding.
A byte is read from the Transmit FIFO with a packet end status. When a byte is marked with a packet end
indication, the output data stream will be padded with FFh and marked with a FIFO empty indication if the Transmit
FIFO contains less than two bytes or transmit packet start is disabled. Transmit packet start is programmable (on
or off). When the Transmit Packet Processor reads the Transmit FIFO while it is empty, the output data stream is
marked with an abort indication. Once the Transmit FIFO is empty, the output data stream will be padded with
interframe fill until the Transmit FIFO contains two or more bytes of data and transmit packet start is enabled.
Bit reordering changes the bit order of each byte. If bit reordering is disabled, the outgoing 8-bit data stream
DT[1:8] with DT[1] being the MSB and DT[8] being the LSB is input from the Transmit FIFO with the MSB in TFD[0]
and the LSB in TFD[7] of the transmit FIFO data TFD[7:0]. If bit reordering is enabled, the outgoing 8-bit data
stream DT[1:8] is input from the Transmit FIFO with the MSB in TFD[7] and the LSB in TFD[0] of the transmit FIFO
data TFD[7:0]. DT[1] is the first bit transmitted on the outgoing data stream.
FCS processing calculates an FCS and appends it to the packet. FCS calculation is a CRC-16 calculation over the
16
12
5
entire packet. The polynomial used for the CRC-16 is x + x + x + 1. The CRC-16 is inverted after calculation,
and appended to the packet. For diagnostic purposes, an FCS error can be inserted. This is accomplished by
appending the calculated CRC-16 without inverting it. FCS error insertion is programmable (on or off). When FCS
processing is disabled, the packet is output without appending an FCS. FCS processing is programmable (on or
off).
Stuffing inserts control data into the packet to prevent packet data from mimicking flags. Stuffing is halted during
FIFO empty periods. The 8-bit parallel data stream is multiplexed into a serial data stream, and bit stuffing is
performed. Bit stuffing consists of inserting a '0' directly following any five contiguous '1's. Stuffing is performed
from a packet start until a packet end.
Inter-frame padding inserts inter-frame fill between the packet start and end flags when the FIFO is empty. The
inter-frame fill can be flags or '1's. If the inter-frame fill is flags, flags (minimum two) are inserted until a packet start
is received. If the inter-frame fill is all '1's, an end flag is inserted, ‘1’s are inserted until a packet start is received,
and a start flag is inserted after the ‘1’s. The number of '1's between the end flag and start flag may not be an
integer number of bytes, however, the inter-frame fill will be at least 15 consecutive '1's. If the FIFO is not empty
between a packet end and a packet start, then two flags are inserted between the packet end and packet start. The
inter-frame padding type is programmable (flags or ‘1’s).
Packet abort insertion inserts a packet abort sequences as necessary. If a packet abort indication is detected, a
packet abort sequence is inserted and inter-frame padding is done until a packet start is detected. The abort
sequence is FFh.
Once all packet processing has been completed, the datastream is inserted into the DS3/E3 datastream at the
proper locations. If transmit data inversion is enabled, the outgoing data is inverted after packet processing is
performed. Transmit data inversion is programmable (on or off).
10.7.5 Receive HDLC Overhead Processor
The Receive HDLC Overhead Packet Processor accepts data from the DS3/E3 Framer and performs packet
delineation, inter-frame fill filtering, packet abort detection, destuffing, FCS processing, and bit reordering. If receive
data inversion is enabled, the incoming data is inverted before packet processing is performed. Receive data
inversion is programmable (on or off).
Packet delineation determines the packet boundary by identifying a packet start flag. Each time slot is checked for
a flag sequence (7Eh). Once a flag is found, if it is identified as a start or end flag, and the packet boundary is set.
There may be a single flag (both end and start) between packets, there may be an end flag and a start flag with a
shared zero (011111101111110) between packets, there may be an end flag and a start flag (two flags) between
packets, or there may be an end flag, inter-frame fill, and a start flag between packets. The flag check is performed
one bit at a time.
Inter-frame fill filtering removes the inter-frame fill between a start flag and an end flag. All inter-frame fill is
discarded. The inter-frame fill can be flags (01111110) or all '1's. When inter-frame fill is all ‘1’s, the number of '1's
between the end flag and the start flag may not be an integer number of bytes. When inter-frame fill is flags, the
98 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
number of bits between the end flag and the start flag will be an integer number of bytes (flags). Any time there is
less than 16 bits between two flags, the data will be discarded.
Packet abort detection searches for a packet abort sequence. Between a packet start flag and a packet end flag, if
an abort sequence is detected, the packet is marked with an abort indication, and all subsequent data is discarded
until a packet start flag is detected. The abort sequence is seven consecutive ones.
Packet abort detection searches for a packet abort sequence. Between a packet start flag and a packet end flag, if
an abort sequence is detected, the packet is marked with an abort indication, and all subsequent data is discarded
until a packet start flag is detected. The abort sequence is seven consecutive ones.
Destuffing removes the extra data inserted to prevent data from mimicking a flag or an abort sequence. After a start
flag is detected, destuffing is performed until an end flag is detected. Destuffing consists of discarding any '0' that
directly follows five contiguous '1's. After destuffing is completed, the serial bit stream is demultiplexed into an 8-bit
parallel data stream and passed on with packet start, packet end, and packet abort indications. If there is less than
eight bits in the last byte, an invalid packet status is set, and the packet is tagged with an abort indication. If a
packet ends with five contiguous '1's, the packet will be processed as a normal packet regardless of whether or not
the five contiguous '1's are followed by a '0'.
FCS processing checks the FCS, discards the FCS bytes, and marks FCS erred packets. The FCS is checked for
errors, and the last two bytes are removed from the end of the packet. If an FCS error is detected, the packet is
marked with an FCS error indication. The HDLC CONTROLLER performs FCS-16 checking. FCS processing is
programmable (on or off). If FCS processing is disabled, FCS checking is not performed, and all of the packet data
is passed on.
Bit reordering changes the bit order of each byte. If bit reordering is disabled, the incoming 8-bit data stream
DT[1:8] with DT[1] being the MSB and DT[8] being the LSB is output to the Receive FIFO with the MSB in RFD[0]
and the LSB in RFD[7] of the receive FIFO data RFD[7:0]. If bit reordering is enabled, the incoming 8-bit data
stream DT[1:8] is output to the Receive FIFO with the MSB in RFD[7] and the LSB in RFD[0] of the receive FIFO
data RFD[7:0]. DT[1] is the first bit received from the incoming data stream.
Once all of the packet processing has been completed, The 8-bit parallel data stream is passed on to the Receive
FIFO with packet start, packet end, and packet error indications.
10.7.6 Receive FIFO
The Receive FIFO block contains memory for 256 bytes of data with data status information and controller circuitry
for reading and writing the memory. The Receive FIFO Controller controls filling the memory, tracking the memory
fill level, maintaining the memory read and write pointers, and detecting memory overflow and underflow
conditions. The Receive FIFO accepts data and data status from the Receive Packet Processor and stores the
data along with data status information in memory. The data is read from the receive FIFO via the microprocessor
interface. The Receive FIFO also outputs FIFO fill status (empty/data available/full) via the microprocessor
interface. All operations are byte based. The Receive FIFO is considered empty when it does not contain any data.
The Receive FIFO is considered to have data available when there is a programmable number of bytes or more
stored in the memory. The Receive FIFO is considered full when it does not have any space available for storage.
The Receive FIFO accepts data from the Receive Packet Processor until full. If a packet start is received while full,
the data is discarded and a FIFO overflow condition is declared. If any other packet data is received while full, the
current packet being transferred is marked with an abort indication, and a FIFO overflow condition is declared.
Once a FIFO overflow condition is declared, the Receive FIFO will discard incoming data until a packet start is
received while the Receive FIFO has sixteen or more bytes available for storage. If the Receive FIFO is read while
the FIFO is empty, the read is ignored, and an invalid data indication given.
10.8 Trail Trace Controller
10.8.1 General Description
The DS3170 has a dedicated Trail Trace Buffer for E3-G.832 link management
The Trail Trace Controller performs extraction and storage of the incoming G.832 trail access point identifier in a
16-byte receive register.
99 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
The Trail Trace Controller extracts/inserts E3-G.832 trail access point identifiers using a 16-byte register(one for
transmit, one for receive).
The Trail Trace Controller demaps a 16-byte trail trace identifier from the E3-G.832 datastream in the receive
direction and maps a trace identifier into the E3-G.832 datastream in the transmit direction.
The receive direction inputs the trace ID data stream, performs trace ID processing, and stores the trace identifier
data in the data storage using line timing. It removes trace identifier data from the data storage and outputs the
trace identifier data to the microprocessor via the microprocessor interface using register timing. The data is forced
to all ones during LOS, LOF and AIS detection to eliminate false messages
The transmit direction inputs the trace identifier data from the microprocessor via the microprocessor interface and
stores the trace identifier data in the data storage using register timing. It removes the trace identifier data from the
data storage, performs trace ID processing, and outputs the trace ID data stream. Refer to Figure 10-20 for the
location of the Trail Trace Controller with the DS3170 device.
Figure 10-20. Trail Trace Controller Block Diagram
TAIS
TUA1
B3ZS/
HDB3
Decoder
Clock Rate
Adapter
Trail
FEAC Trace
Buffer
TX BERT
HDLC
PLB
DLB
LLB
ALB
DS3/E3
Receive
LIU
DS3 / E3
Transmit
Formatter
B3ZS/
HDB3
Encoder
DS3/E3
Transmit
LIU
RX BERT
DS3 / E3
Receive
Framer
IEEE P1149.1
JTAG Test
Access Port
UA1
GEN
Microprocessor
Interface
10.8.2 Features
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Programmable trail trace ID – The trail trace ID controller can be programmed to handle a 16-byte trail trace
identifier (trail trace mode).
Programmable transmit trace ID – All sixteen bytes of the transmit trail trace identifier are programmable.
Programmable receive expected trace ID – A 16-byte expected trail trace identifier can be programmed.
Both a mismatch and unstable indication are provided.
Programmable trace ID multiframe alignment – The transmit side can be programmed to perform trail trace
multiframe alignment insertion. The receive side can be programmed to perform trail trace multiframe
synchronization.
Programmable bit reordering – The trace identifier data can be output MSB first or LSB first from the data
storage.
Programmable data inversion – The trace identifier data can be inverted immediately after trace ID
processing on the transmit side, and immediately before trail ID processing on the receive side.
Fully independent transmit and receive sides
Fully independent Line side and register interface timing – The data storage can be read from or written to
via the microprocessor interface while all line side clocks and signals are inactive, and read from or written to
via the line side while all microprocessor interface clocks and signals are inactive.
10.8.3 Functional Description
The bits in a byte are received most significant bit (MSB) first and least significant bit (LSB) last. When they are
output serially, they are output MSB first and LSB last. The bits in a byte in an incoming signal are numbered in the
100 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
order they are received, 1 (MSB) to 8 (LSB). However, when a byte is stored in a register, the MSB is stored in the
highest numbered bit (7), and the LSB is stored in the lowest numbered bit (0). This is to differentiate between a
byte in a register and the corresponding byte in a signal.
10.8.4 Transmit Data Storage
The Transmit Data Storage block contains memory for 16 bytes of data and controller circuitry for reading and
writing the memory. The Transmit Data Storage controller functions include filling the memory and maintaining the
memory read and write pointers. The Transmit Data Storage receives data from the microprocessor interface, and
stores the data in memory. The Transmit Trace ID Processor reads the data from the Transmit Data Storage. The
Transmit Data Storage contains the transmit trail trace identifier. Note: The contents of the transmit trail (path) trace
identifier memory will be random data immediately after power-up, and will not change during a reset (RST or DRST
low).
10.8.5 Transmit Trace ID Processor
The Transmit Trace ID Processor accepts data from Transmit Data Storage, processes the data according to the
Transmit Trace ID mode, and outputs the serial trace ID data stream.
10.8.6 Transmit Trail Trace Processing
The Transmit Trail Trace Processing accepts data from the Transmit Data Storage performs bit reordering and
multiframe alignment insertion.
Bit reordering changes the bit order of each byte. If bit reordering is disabled, the outgoing 8-bit data stream
DT[1:8] with DT[1] being the MSB and DT[8] being the LSB is input from the Transmit Data Storage with the MSB
in TTD[7] and the LSB in TTD[0] of the transmit trace ID data TTD[7:0]. If bit reordering is enabled, the outgoing 8bit data stream DT[1:8] is input from the Transmit Data Storage with the MSB is in TTD[0] and the LSB is in TTD[7]
of the transmit trace ID data TTD[7:0]. DT[1] is the first bit transmitted on the outgoing data stream.
Multiframe alignment insertion overwrites the MSB of each trail trace byte with the multiframe alignment signal. The
MSB of the first byte in the trail trace identifier is overwritten with a one, the MSB of the other fifteen bytes in the
trail trace identifier are overwritten with a zero. Multiframe alignment insertion is programmable (on or off).
If transmit data inversion is enabled, the outgoing data is inverted after trail trace processing is performed. Transmit
data inversion is programmable (on or off). If transmit trail trace identifier idle (Idle) is enabled, the trail trace data is
overwritten with all zeros. Transmit Idle is programmable (on or off).
10.8.7 Receive Trace ID Processor
The Receive Trace ID Processor receives the incoming serial trace ID data stream and processes the incoming
data according to the Receive Trace ID mode, and passes the trace ID data on to Receive Data Storage.
The bits in a byte are received MSB first, LSB last. The bits in a byte in an incoming signal are numbered in the
order they are received, 1 (MSB) to 8 (LSB). However, when a byte is stored in a register, the MSB is stored in the
highest numbered bit (7), and the LSB is stored in the lowest numbered bit (0). This is to differentiate between a
byte in a register and the corresponding byte in a signal.
10.8.8 Receive Trail Trace Processing
The Receive Trail Trace Processing accepts an incoming data line and performs trail trace alignment, trail trace
extraction, expected trail trace comparison, and bit reordering. If receive data inversion is enabled, the incoming
data is inverted before trail trace processing is performed. Receive data inversion is programmable (on or off).
Trail trace alignment determines the trail trace identifier boundary by identifying the multiframe alignment signal.
The multiframe alignment signal (MAS) is located in the MSB of each byte (Figure 10-21). The MAS bits are each
checked for the multiframe alignment start bit, which is a one. Once a multiframe alignment start bit is found, the
remaining fifteen bits of the MAS are verified as being zero. The MAS check is performed one byte at a time.
Multiframe alignment is programmable (on or off). When multiframe alignment is disabled, the incoming bytes are
sequentially stored starting with a random byte.
101 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Figure 10-21. Trail Trace Byte (DT = Trail Trace Data)
Bit 1
MSB
Bit 2
Bit 3
Bit 4
Bit 5
Bit 6
Bit 7
Bit 8
LSB
MAS or
DT[1]
DT[2]
DT[3]
DT[4]
DT[5]
DT[6]
DT[7]
DT[8]
Trail trace extraction extracts the trail trace identifier from the incoming trail trace data stream, generates a trail
trace identifier change indication, detects a trail trace identifier idle (Idle) condition, and detects a trail trace
identifier unstable (TIU) condition. The trail trace identifier bytes are stored sequentially with the first byte (MAS
equals 1 if trail trace alignment is enabled) being stored in the first byte of memory. If the exact same nonzero trail
trace identifier is received five consecutive times and it is different from the receive trail trace identifier, a receive
trail trace identifier update is performed, and the receive trail trace identifier change indication is set.
An Idle condition is declared when an all zeros trail trace identifier is received five consecutive times. An Idle
condition is terminated when a nonzero trail trace identifier is received five consecutive times or a TIU condition is
declared. A TIU condition is declared if eight consecutive trail trace identifiers are received that do not match either
the receive trail trace identifier or the previously stored current trail trace identifier. The TIU condition is terminated
when a nonzero trail trace identifier is received five consecutive times or an Idle condition is declared.
Expected trail trace comparison compares the received and expected trail trace identifiers. The comparison is a 7bit comparison of the seven least significant bits (DT[2:8] (see Figure 10-21) of each trail trace identifier byte (The
multiframe alignment signal is ignored). If the received and expected trail trace identifiers do not match, a trail trace
identifier mismatch (TIM) condition is declared. If they do match the TIM condition is terminated. The 16-byte
expected trail trace identifier is programmable. Expected trail trace comparison is programmable (on or off). If
multiframe alignment is disabled, expected trail trace comparison is disabled. Immediately after a reset, the receive
trail trace identifier is invalid. All comparisons between the receive trail trace identifier and expected trail trace
identifier will match (a TIM condition cannot occur) until after the first receive trail trace identifier update occurs.
Bit reordering changes the bit order of each byte. If bit reordering is disabled, the incoming 8-bit data stream
DT[1:8] with DT[1] being the MSB and DT[8] being the LSB is output to the Receive Data Storage with the MSB in
RTD[7] and the LSB in RTD[0] of the receive trace ID data RTD[7:0]. If bit reordering is enabled, the incoming 8-bit
data stream DT[1:8] is output to the Receive Data Storage with the MSB in RTD[0] and the LSB in RTD[7] of the
receive trace ID data RTD[7:0]. DT[1] is the first bit received from the incoming data stream.
Once all of the trail trace processing has been completed, The 8-bit parallel data stream is passed on to the
Receive Data Storage.
10.8.9 Receive Data Storage
The Receive Data Storage block contains memory for 48 bytes of data, maintains data status information, and has
controller circuitry for reading and writing the memory. The Receive Data Storage controller functions include filling
the memory and maintaining the memory read and write pointers. The Receive Data Storage accepts data and
data status from the Receive Trace ID Processor, stores the data in memory, and maintains data status
information. The data is read from the Receive Data Storage via the microprocessor interface. The Receive Data
Storage contains the current trail trace identifier, the receive trail trace identifier, and the expected trail trace
identifier.
10.9 FEAC Controller
10.9.1 General Description
The FEAC Controller demaps FEAC codewords from a DS3/E3 data stream in the receive direction and maps
FEAC codewords into a DS3/E3 data stream in the transmit direction. The transmit direction demaps FEAC
codewords from a DS3/E3 data stream.
The receive direction performs FEAC processing, and stores the codewords in the FIFO using line timing. It
removes the codewords from the FIFO and outputs them to the microprocessor via the register interface.
102 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
The transmit direction inputs codewords from the microprocessor via the register interface and stores the
codewords. It removes the codewords and performs FEAC processing. See Figure 10-22 for the location of the
FEAC Controller in the block diagram
Figure 10-22. FEAC Controller Block Diagram
TAIS
TUA1
Trail
FEAC Trace
Buffer
RX BERT
DS3 / E3
Receive
Framer
B3ZS/
HDB3
Decoder
Clock Rate
Adapter
TX BERT
HDLC
PLB
DLB
LLB
ALB
DS3/E3
Receive
LIU
DS3 / E3
Transmit
Formatter
B3ZS/
HDB3
Encoder
DS3/E3
Transmit
LIU
IEEE P1149.1
JTAG Test
Access Port
UA1
GEN
Microprocessor
Interface
10.9.2 Features
•
•
•
•
Programmable dual codeword output – The transmit side can be programmed to output a single codeword
ten times, one codeword ten times followed by a second codeword ten times, or a single codeword
continuously.
Four codeword receive FIFO
Fully independent transmit and receive paths
Fully independent Line side and register side timing – The FIFO can be read from or written to at the
register interface side while all line side clocks and signals are inactive, and read from or written to at the line
side while all register interface side clocks and signals are inactive.
10.9.3 Functional Description
The bits in a code are received MSB first, LSB last. When they are output serially, they are output MSB first, LSB
last. The bits in a code in an incoming signal are numbered in the order they are received, 1 (MSB) to 6 (LSB).
However, when a code is stored in a register, the MSB is stored in the lowest numbered bit (0), and the LSB is
stored in the highest numbered bit (5). This is to differentiate between a code in a register and the corresponding
code in a signal.
10.9.3.1 Transmit Data Storage
The Transmit Data Storage block contains the registers for two FEAC codes (C{1:6]) and controller circuitry for
reading and writing the memory. The Transmit Data Storage receives data from the microprocessor interface, and
stores the data in memory. The Transmit FEAC Processor reads the data from the Transmit Data Storage.
10.9.3.2 Transmit FEAC Processor
The Transmit FEAC Processor accepts data from the Transmit Data Storage performs FEAC processing. The
FEAC codes are read from Transmit Data Storage with the MSB (C[1]) in TFCA[0] or TFCB[0], and the LSB (C[6])
in TFCA[5] or TFCB[5].
FEAC processing has four modes of operation (Idle, single code, dual code, and continuous code). In Idle mode, all
ones are output on the outgoing FEAC data stream. In single code mode, the code from TFCA[5:0] is inserted into
a codeword (Figure 10-23), and sent ten consecutive times. Once the ten codewords have been sent, all ones are
output. In dual code mode, the code from TFCA[5:0] is inserted into a codeword, and sent ten consecutive times.
Then the code from TFCB[5:0] is inserted into a codeword, and sent ten consecutive times. Once both codewords
103 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
have both been sent ten times, all ones are output. In continuous mode, the code from TFCA[5:0] is inserted into a
codeword, and sent until the mode is changed
10.9.3.3 Receive FEAC Processor
The Receive FEAC Processor accepts an incoming data line and extracts all overhead and performs FEAC code
extraction , and Idle detection.
Figure 10-23. FEAC Codeword Format
LSB
16
0
MSB
1
Receive/Transmit Order
C6 C5 C4 C3 C2 C1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Cx - FEAC Code
FEAC code extraction determines the codeword boundary by identifying the codeword sequence and extracts the
FEAC code. A FEAC codeword is a repeating 16-bit pattern (see Figure 10-23). The codeword sequence is the
pattern (0xxxxxx011111111) that contains each FEAC code (C[6:1]). Each time slot is checked for a codeword
sequence. Once a codeword sequence is found, the FEAC code is checked. If the same FEAC code is received in
three consecutive codewords without errors, the FEAC code detection indication is set, and the FEAC code is
stored in the Receive FIFO with the MSB (C[1]) in RFF[0], and the LSB (C[6]) in RFF[5]. The FEAC code detection
indication is cleared if two consecutively received FEAC codewords differ from the current FEAC codeword, or a
FEAC Idle condition is detected.
Idle detection detects a FEAC Idle condition. A FEAC idle condition is declared if sixteen consecutive ones are
received. The FEAC Idle condition is terminated when the FEAC code detection indication is set.
10.9.3.4 Receive FEAC FIFO
The Receive FIFO block contains memory for four FEAC codes (C{1:6]) and controller circuitry for reading and
writing the memory. The Receive FIFO controller functions include filling the memory, tracking the memory fill level,
maintaining the memory read and write pointers, and detecting memory overflow and underflow conditions. The
Receive FIFO accepts data from the Receive FEAC Processor and stores the data in memory. The data is read
from the receive FIFO via the microprocessor interface. The Receive FIFO also outputs FIFO fill status (empty) via
the microprocessor interface. All operations are code based (six bits). The Receive FIFO is considered empty when
it does not contain any data. The Receive FIFO accepts data from the Receive FEAC Processor until full. If a
FEAC code is received while full, the data is discarded and a FIFO overflow condition is declared. If the Receive
FIFO is read while the FIFO is empty, the read is ignored.
10.10 Line Encoder/Decoder
10.10.1 General Description
The B3ZS/HDB3 Decoder converts a bipolar signal to a unipolar signal in the receive direction. B3ZS/HDB3
Encoder converts a unipolar signal to a bipolar signal in the transmit direction.
In the transmit direction, the Encoder receives a unipolar signal, converts it to a bipolar signal, optionally performs
zero suppression encoding, optionally inserts errors, and outputs the bipolar signals.
In the receive direction, the Decoder receives a bipolar signal, monitors it for alarms and errors, optionally performs
zero suppression decoding, and converts it to a unipolar signal.
If the port line interface is configured for a Unipolar mode, the BPV detector will count pulses on the RLCV pin. See
Figure 10-24 for the locations of the Line Encoder/ Decorder block in the DS3170 device.
104 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Figure 10-24. Line Encoder/Decoder Block Diagram
TAIS
TUA1
DS3/E3
Receive
LIU
Trail
FEAC Trace
Buffer
RX BERT
DS3 / E3
Receive
Framer
B3ZS/
HDB3
Decoder
Clock Rate
Adapter
TX BERT
HDLC
PLB
DLB
LLB
ALB
DS3 / E3
Transmit
Formatter
B3ZS/
HDB3
Encoder
DS3/E3
Transmit
LIU
IEEE P1149.1
JTAG Test
Access Port
UA1
GEN
Microprocessor
Interface
10.10.2 Features
•
•
•
•
Performs bipolar to unipolar encoding and decoding – Converts a unipolar signal into an AMI bipolar signal
(POS data, and NEG data) and vice versa.
Programmable zero suppression – B3ZS or HDB3 zero suppression encoding and decoding can be
performed, or the bipolar data stream can be left as an AMI encoded data stream.
Programmable receive zero suppression code format – The signature of B3ZS or HDB3 is selectable.
Generates and detects alarms and errors – In the receive direction, detects LOS alarm condition BPV
errors, and EXZ errors. In the transmit direction, errors can be inserted into the outgoing data stream.
10.10.3 B3ZS/HDB3 Encoder
B3ZS/HDB3 Encoder performs unipolar to bipolar conversion and zero suppression encoding.
Unipolar to bipolar conversion converts the unipolar data stream into an AMI bipolar data stream (POS and NEG).
In an AMI bipolar data stream a zero is represented by a zero on both the POS and NEG signals, and a one is
represented by a one on a bipolar signal (POS or NEG), and a zero on the other bipolar signal (NEG or POS).
Successive ones are represented by ones that are alternately output on the POS and NEG signals. i.e., if a one is
represented by a one on POS and a zero on NEG, the next one will be represented by a one on NEG and a zero
on POS.
Zero suppression encoding converts an AMI bipolar data stream into a B3ZS or HDB3 encoded bipolar data
stream. A B3ZS encoded bipolar signal is generated by inserting a B3ZS signature into the bipolar data stream if
both the POS and NEG signals are zero for three consecutive clock periods. An HDB3 encoded bipolar signal is
generated by inserting an HDB3 signature into the bipolar data stream if both the POS and NEG signals are zero
for four consecutive clock periods. Zero suppression encoding can be disabled which will result in AMI-coded data.
Error insertion is also performed. Error insertion inserts bipolar violation (BPV) or excessive zero (EXZ) errors onto
the bipolar signal. A BPV error will be inserted when three consecutive ones occur. An EXZ error will be inserted
when three (or four) consecutive zeros on the bipolar signal occur by inhibiting the insertion of a B3ZS (HDB3)
signature. There will be at least one intervening pulse between consecutive BPV or EXZ errors. A single BPV or
EXZ error inserted will be detected as a single BPV/EXZ error at the far-end, and will not cause any other type of
error to be detected. For example, if a BPV error is inserted, the far-end should not also detect a data error.
10.10.4 Transmit Line Interface
The Transmit Line Interface accepts a bipolar data stream from the B3ZS/HDB3 Encoder, performs error insertion,
and transmits the bipolar data stream.
Error insertion inserts BPV or EXZ errors into the bipolar signal. When a BPV error is to be inserted, the Transmit
Line Interface waits for the next occurrence of three consecutive ones. The first bipolar one is generated according
to the normal AMI rules. The second bipolar one is generated by transmitting the same values on TPOS and TNEG
105 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
as the values for the first one. The third bipolar one is generated according to the normal AMI rules. When an EXZ
error is to be inserted, the Transmit Line Interface waits for the next occurrence of three (four) consecutive zeros on
the bipolar signal, and inhibits the insertion of a B3ZS (HDB3) signature. There must be at least one intervening
one between consecutive BPV or EXZ errors. A single BPV or EXZ error inserted must be detected as a single
BPV/EXZ error at the far-end, and not cause any other type of error to be detected. For example, if a BPV error is
inserted, the far-end should not also detect a data error. If a second error insertion request of a given type (BPV or
EXZ) is initiated before a previous request has been completed, the second request will be ignored.
The outgoing bipolar data stream consists of positive pulse data (TPOS) and negative pulse data (TNEG). TPOS
and TNEG are updated on the rising edge of TLCLK.
10.10.5 Receive Line Interface
The Receive Line Interface receives a bipolar signal. The incoming bipolar data line consists of positive pulse data
(RPOS), negative pulse data (RNEG), and clock (RLCLK) signals. RPOS and RNEG are sampled on the rising
edge of RLCLK. The incoming bipolar signal is checked for a Loss Of Signal (LOS) condition, and passed on to
B3ZS/HDB3 Decoder. An LOS condition is declared if both RPOS and RNEG do not have any transitions for 192
clock cycles. The LOS condition is terminated after 192 clock cycles without any EXZ errors. Note: When zero
suppression (B3ZS or HDB3) decoding is disabled, the LOS condition is cleared, and cannot be detected.
10.10.6 B3ZS/HDB3 Decoder
The B3ZS/HDB3 Decoder receives a bipolar signal from the LIU (or the RPOS/RNEG pins). The incoming bipolar
signal is checked for a Loss of Signal (LOS) condition. An LOS condition is declared if both the positive pulse data
and negative pulse data signals do not have any transitions for 192 clock cycles. The LOS condition is terminated
after 192 clock cycles without any EXZ errors.
B3ZS/HDB3 Decoder performs EXZ detection, zero suppression decoding, BPV detection, and bipolar to unipolar
conversion.
EXZ detection checks the bipolar data stream for excessive zeros (EXZ) errors. In B3ZS mode, an EXZ error is
declared whenever there is an occurrence of 3 or more zeros. In HDB3 mode, an EXZ error is declared whenever
there is an occurrence of 4 or more zeros. EXZ errors are accumulated in the EXZ counter (LINE.REXZCR
register).
Zero-suppression decoding converts B3ZS or HDB3 encoded bipolar data into an AMI bipolar signal. In B3ZS
mode, the encoded bipolar signal is checked for a B3ZS signature. If a B3ZS signature is found, it is replaced with
three zeros. In HDB3 mode, the encoded bipolar signal is checked for an HDB3 signature. If an HDB3 signature is
found, it is replaced with four zeros. The format of both an HDB3 signature and a B3ZS signature is programmable.
When LINE.RCR.RZSF = 0, the decoder will search for a zero followed by a BPV in B3ZS mode, and in HDB3
mode it will search for two zeros followed by a BPV. If LINE.RCR.RZSF = 1, the same criteria is applied with an
additional requirement that the BPV must be the opposite polarity of the previous BPV. Please refer to Figure
10-25 and Figure 10-26. Zero suppression decoding is also programmable (on or off). Note: Immediately after a
reset or a LOS condition, the first B3ZS/HDB3 signature to be detected will not depend upon the polarity of any
BPV contained within the signature.
106 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Figure 10-25. B3ZS Signatures
RLCLK
(RX DATA)
RPOS
RNEG
V
B3ZS SIGNATURE WHEN
LINE.RCR.RZSF = 0
RLCLK
(RX DATA)
RPOS
V
RNEG
V
B3ZS SIGNATURE WHEN
LINE.RCR.RZSF = 1
Figure 10-26. HDB3 Signatures
RLCLK
(RX DATA)
RPOS
RNEG
V
HDB3 SIGNATURE WHEN
LINE.RCR.RZSF = 0
RLCLK
(RX DATA)
RPOS
RNEG
V
V
HDB3 SIGNATURE WHEN
LINE.RCR.RZSF = 1
BPV detection checks the bipolar signal for bipolar violation (BPV) errors and E3 code violation (CV) errors. A BPV
error is declared if two 1’s are detected on RXP or RXN without an intervening 1 on RXN or RXP, and the 1’s are
not part of a B3ZS/HDB3 signature, or when both RXP and RXN are a one. An E3 coding violation is declared if
consecutive BPVs of the same polarity are detected (ITU O.161 definition). E3 CVs are accumulated in the BPV
counter (LINE.RBPVCR register) if E3 CV detection has been enabled (applicable only in HDB3 mode), otherwise,
BPVs are accumulated in the BPV counter. If zero code suppression is disabled, the BPV counter will count all
bipolar violations. The BPV counter will count pulses on the RLCV pin when the device is configured for unipolar
mode.
Immediately after a reset (or datapath reset) or a LOS condition, a BPV will not be declared when the first valid one
(RPOS high and RNEG low, or RPOS low and RNEG high) is received. Bipolar to unipolar conversion converts the
AMI bipolar data into a unipolar signal by OR’ing together the RXP and RXN signals.
107 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
10.11 BERT
10.11.1 General Description
The BERT is a software programmable test pattern generator and monitor capable of meeting most error
performance requirements for digital transmission equipment. It will generate and synchronize to pseudo-random
n
y
patterns with a generation polynomial of the form x + x + 1, where n and y can take on values from 1 to 32 and to
repetitive patterns of any length up to 32 bits.
The transmit direction generates the programmable test pattern, and inserts the test pattern payload into the data
stream.
The receive direction extracts the test pattern payload from the receive data stream, and monitors the test pattern
payload for the programmable test pattern. See Figure 10-27 for the location of the BERT Block within the DS3170
device.
Figure 10-27. BERT Block Diagram
TAIS
TUA1
DS3/E3
Receive
LIU
Clock Rate
Adapter
B3ZS/
HDB3
Decoder
Trail
FEAC Trace
Buffer
TX BERT
HDLC
PLB
DLB
LLB
ALB
DS3 / E3
Transmit
Formatter
B3ZS/
HDB3
Encoder
DS3/E3
Transmit
LIU
RX BERT
DS3 / E3
Receive
Framer
IEEE P1149.1
JTAG Test
Access Port
UA1
GEN
Microprocessor
Interface
10.11.2 Features
•
•
•
•
•
Programmable PRBS pattern – The Pseudo Random Bit Sequence (PRBS) polynomial (xn + xy + 1) and seed
n
are programmable (length n = 1 to 32, tap y = 1 to n - 1, and seed = 0 to 2 - 1).
Programmable repetitive pattern – The repetitive pattern length and pattern are programmable (the length n
= 1 to 32 and pattern = 0 to 2n - 1).
24-bit error count and 32-bit bit count registers
Programmable bit error insertion – Errors can be inserted individually, on a pin transition, or at a specific
rate. The rate 1/10n is programmable (n = 1 to 7).
Pattern synchronization at a 10-3 BER – Pattern synchronization will be achieved even in the presence of a
-3
random Bit Error Rate (BER) of 10 .
10.11.3 Configuration and Monitoring
Set PORT.CR1.BENA = 1 to enable the BERT. The BERT must be enabled before the pattern is loaded for the
pattern load operation to take affect.
The following tables show how to configure the on-board BERT to send and receive common patterns.
108 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Table 10-31. Pseudo-Random Pattern Generation
PATTERN TYPE
29-1 O.153 (511 type)
211-1 O.152 and O.153
(2047 type)
215-1 O.151
BERT.CR
BERT.PCR Register
PTF[4:0]
PLF[4:0]
PTS
(hex)
(hex)
04
08
0
BERT.
PCR
0x0408
QRSS
0
0x080A
BERT.
SPR2
0xFFFF
BERT.
SPR1
0xFFFF
0xFFFF
0xFFFF
TPIC,
RPIC
0
0
08
0A
0
0
0D
0E
0
0
0x0D0E
0xFFFF
0xFFFF
1
2 -1 O.153
10
13
0
0
0x1013
0xFFFF
0xFFFF
0
220-1 O.151 QRSS
02
13
0
1
0x0253
0xFFFF
0xFFFF
0
11
16
0
0
0x1116
0xFFFF
0xFFFF
1
20
23
2 -1 O.151
Table 10-32. Repetitive Pattern Generation
PATTERN TYPE
all 1s
all 0s
alternating 1s and 0s
BERT.PCR Register
PTF[4:0] PLF[4:0]
QRSS
(hex)
(hex)
PTS
NA
00
1
0
NA
00
1
0
NA
01
1
0
BERT.
PCR
0x0020
BERT.
SPR2
0xFFFF
BERT.
SPR1
0xFFFF
0x0020
0xFFFF
0xFFFE
0x0021
0xFFFF
0xFFFE
double alternating and 0s
NA
03
1
0
0x0023
0xFFFF
0xFFFC
3 in 24
NA
17
1
0
0x0037
0xFF20
0x0022
1 in 16
NA
0F
1
0
0x002F
0xFFFF
0x0001
1 in 8
NA
07
1
0
0x0027
0xFFFF
0xFF01
1 in 4
NA
03
1
0
0x0023
0xFFFF
0xFFF1
After configuring these bits, the pattern must be loaded into the BERT. This is accomplished via a zero-to-one
transition on BERT.CR.TNPL and BERT.CR.RNPL
Monitoring the BERT requires reading the BERT.SR Register which contains the Bit Error Count (BEC) bit and the
Out of Synchronization (OOS) bit. The BEC bit will be one when the bit error counter is one or more. The OOS will
be one when the receive pattern generator is not synchronized to the incoming pattern, which will occur when it
receives a minimum 6 bit errors within a 64 bit window. The Receive BERT Bit Count Register (BERT.RBCR1) and
the Receive BERT Bit Error Count Register (BERT.RBECR1) will be updated upon the reception of a Performance
Monitor Update signal (e.g. BERT.CR.LPMU). This signal will update the registers with the values of the counter
since the last update and will reset the counters. Please see section 10.4.5 for more details of the PMU.
10.11.4 Receive Pattern Detection
Since the Receive BERT is always enabled, it can be used as an off-line monitor. The Receive BERT receives
only the payload data and synchronizes the receive pattern generator to the incoming pattern. The receive pattern
generator is a 32-bit shift register that shifts data from the least significant bit (LSB) or bit 1 to the most significant
n
y
bit (MSB) or bit 32. The input to bit 1 is the feedback. For a PRBS pattern (generating polynomial x + x + 1), the
feedback is an XOR of bit n and bit y. For a repetitive pattern (length n), the feedback is bit n. The values for n and
y are individually programmable (1 to 32). The output of the receive pattern generator is the feedback. If QRSS is
enabled, the feedback is an XOR of bits 17 and 20, and the output will be forced to one if the next 14 bits are all
zeros. QRSS is programmable (on or off). For PRBS and QRSS patterns, the feedback will be forced to one if bits
1 through 31 are all zeros. Depending on the type of pattern programmed, pattern detection performs either PRBS
synchronization or repetitive pattern synchronization.
10.11.4.1 Receive PRBS Synchronization
PRBS synchronization synchronizes the receive pattern generator to the incoming PRBS or QRSS pattern. The
receive pattern generator is synchronized by loading 32 data stream bits into the receive pattern generator, and
109 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
then checking the next 32 data stream bits. Synchronization is achieved if all 32 bits match the incoming pattern. If
at least six incoming bits in the current 64-bit window do not match the receive pattern generator, automatic pattern
resynchronization is initiated. Automatic pattern resynchronization can be disabled.
Refer to Figure 10-28 for the PRBS synchronization diagram.
Figure 10-28. PRBS Synchronization State Diagram
Sync
th
wi
sw
ith
ou
t er
ror
s
its
4b
f6
6o
32
bit
ors
err
1 bit error
Verify
Load
32 bits loaded
10.11.4.2 Receive Repetitive Pattern Synchronization
Repetitive pattern synchronization synchronizes the receive pattern generator to the incoming repetitive pattern.
The receive pattern generator is synchronized by searching each incoming data stream bit position for the
repetitive pattern, and then checking the next 32 data stream bits. Synchronization is achieved if all 32 bits match
the incoming pattern. If at least six incoming bits in the current 64-bit window do not match the receive PRBS
pattern generator, automatic pattern resynchronization is initiated. Automatic pattern resynchronization can be
disabled.
Refer to Figure 10-29 for the repetitive pattern synchronization state diagram.
110 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Figure 10-29. Repetitive Pattern Synchronization State Diagram
Sync
th
wi
sw
ith
its
ou
4b
f6
t er
ror
s
6o
32
bit
ors
err
1 bit error
Verify
Match
Pattern Matches
10.11.4.3 Receive Pattern Monitoring
Receive pattern monitoring monitors the incoming data stream for both an OOS condition and bit errors and counts
the incoming bits. An Out Of Synchronization (OOS) condition is declared when the synchronization state machine
is not in the “Sync” state. An OOS condition is terminated when the synchronization state machine is in the “Sync”
state.
Bit errors are determined by comparing the incoming data stream bit to the receive pattern generator output. If they
do not match, a bit error is declared, and the bit error and bit counts are incremented. If they match, only the bit
count is incremented. The bit count and bit error count are not incremented when an OOS condition exists.
10.11.5 Transmit Pattern Generation
Pattern Generation generates the outgoing test pattern, and passes it onto Error Insertion. The transmit pattern
generator is a 32-bit shift register that shifts data from the least significant bit (LSB) or bit 1 to the most significant
n
y
bit (MSB) or bit 32. The input to bit 1 is the feedback. For a PRBS pattern (generating polynomial x + x + 1), the
feedback is an XOR of bit n and bit y. For a repetitive pattern (length n), the feedback is bit n. The values for n and
y are individually programmable (1 to 32). The output of the receive pattern generator is the feedback. If QRSS is
enabled, the feedback is an XOR of bits 17 and 20, and the output will be forced to one if the next 14 bits are all
zeros. QRSS is programmable (on or off). For PRBS and QRSS patterns, the feedback will be forced to one if bits
1 through 31 are all zeros. When a new pattern is loaded, the pattern generator is loaded with a seed/pattern value
n
before pattern generation starts. The seed/pattern value is programmable (0 – 2 - 1).
10.11.5.1 Transmit Error Insertion
Error insertion inserts errors into the outgoing pattern data stream. Errors are inserted one at a time or at a rate of
n
one out of every 10 bits. The value of n is programmable (1 to 7 or off). Single bit error insertion can be initiated
from the microprocessor interface, or by the manual error insertion input (TMEI). The method of single error
insertion is programmable (register or input). If pattern inversion is enabled, the data stream is inverted before the
overhead/stuff bits are inserted. Pattern inversion is programmable (on or off).
111 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
10.12 LIU – Line Interface Unit
10.12.1 General Description
The line interface units (LIUs) perform the functions necessary for interfacing at the physical layer to DS3 or E3
lines. The LIU has independent receive and transmit paths and a built-in jitter attenuator. See Figure 10-30 for the
location within the DS3170 device of the LIU.
Figure 10-30. LIU Functional Diagram
TAIS
TUA1
DS3/E3
Receive
LIU
B3ZS/
HDB3
Decoder
Clock Rate
Adapter
Trail
FEAC Trace
Buffer
TX BERT
HDLC
PLB
DLB
LLB
ALB
DS3 / E3
Transmit
Formatter
B3ZS/
HDB3
Encoder
DS3/E3
Transmit
LIU
RX BERT
DS3 / E3
Receive
Framer
IEEE P1149.1
JTAG Test
Access Port
UA1
GEN
Microprocessor
Interface
10.12.2 Features
•
•
•
•
•
•
Performs Receive Clock/Data Recovery and Transmit Waveshaping
Jitter Attenuators can be Placed in Either the Receive or Transmit Paths
Interfaces to 75Ω Coaxial Cable at Lengths Up to 380 meters (DS3), 440 meters (E3)
Use 1:2 Transformers on Tx and RX
Requires Minimal External Components
Local and Remote Loopbacks
10.12.2.1 Transmitter
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Gapped clock capable up to 52MHz
Wide 50 ±20% transmit clock duty cycle
Clock inversion for glueless interfacing
Unframed all-ones generator (E3 AIS)
Line build-out (LBO) control
Tri-state line driver outputs support protection switching applications
Per-channel power-down control
Output driver monitor
10.12.2.2 Receiver
•
•
•
•
•
•
AGC/equalizer block handles from 0 to 15dB of cable loss
Loss-of-lock (LOL) PLL status indication
Interfaces directly to a DSX monitor signal (~20dB flat loss) using built-in preamp
Digital and analog loss-of-signal (LOS) detectors (ANSI T1.231 and ITU G.775)
Clock inversion for glueless interfacing
Per-channel power-down control
10.12.3 Detailed Description
The receiver performs clock and data recovery from an alternate mark inversion (AMI) coded signal or a B3ZS- or
HDB3-coded AMI signal and monitors for loss of the incoming signal. The transmitter drives standard pulse-shape
112 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
waveforms onto 75Ω coaxial cable. Refer to Figure 10-31 for a detailed functional block diagram of the DS3/E3
LIU. The jitter attenuator can be mapped into the receiver data path, mapped into the transmitter data path, or be
disabled. The DS3/E3 LIU conforms to the telecommunications standards listed in Table 5-1. Figure 2-1 shows the
external components required for proper operation.
Figure 10-31. DS3/E3 LIU Block Diagram
REFCLK
VSS
Power
Supply
Clock Rate
Adapter
Automatic
Gain
Control
+
Adaptive
Equalizer
Preamp
RXPn
FROM DS3/E3
LINE
RXNn
Jitter Attenuator
(can be placed in either the receive path or the transmit path)
VDD
Clock &
Data
Recovery
ALOS
squelch
Analog
Local
Loopback
TXNn
Line Driver
TXPn
TO DS3/E3 LINE
Waveshaping
Driver
Monitor
TO B3ZS/HDB3
DECODER
FROM B3ZS/HDB3
ENCODER
10.12.4 Transmitter
10.12.4.1 Transmit Clock
The clock used in the LIU Transmitter is typically based on either the CLAD clock or TCLKI, selected by the
CLADC bit in PORT.CR3.
10.12.4.2 Waveshaping, Line Build-Out, Line Driver
The waveshaping block converts the transmit clock, positive data, and negative data signals into a single AMI
signal with the waveshape required for interfacing to DS3/E3 lines. Table 16-7 through Table 16-9 and Figure
16-11 (AC Timing Section) show the waveform template specifications and test parameters.
Because DS3 signals must meet the waveform templates at the cross-connect through any cable length from 0 to
450ft, the waveshaping circuitry includes a selectable LBO feature. For cable lengths of 225ft or greater, the TLBO
configuration bit (PORT.CR2.TLBO) should be low. When TLBO is low, output pulses are driven onto the coaxial
cable without any preattenuation. For cable lengths less than 225ft, TLBO should be high to enable the LBO
circuitry. When TLBO is high, pulses are preattenuated by the LBO circuitry before being driven onto the coaxial
cable. The LBO circuitry provides attenuation that mimics the attenuation of 225ft of coaxial cable.
The transmitter line driver can be disabled and the TXP and TXN outputs tri-stated by asserting the LTS
configuration bit (PORT.CR2.LTS). Powering down the transmitter through the TPD configuration bit (CPU bus
mode) also tri-states the TXP and TXN outputs.
113 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
10.12.4.3 Interfacing to the Line
The transmitter interfaces to the outgoing DS3/E3 coaxial cable (75Ω) through a 2:1 step-down transformer
connected to the TXP and TXN pins. Figure 2-1 shows the arrangement of the transformer and other
recommended interface components. Table 10-33 specifies the required characteristics of the transformer.
10.12.4.4 Transmit Driver Monitor
If the transmit driver monitor detects a faulty transmitter, it sets the PORT.SR.TDM status bit. When the transmitter
is tri-stated, the transmit driver monitor is also disabled. The transmitter is declared to be faulty when the
transmitter outputs see a load of less than ~25Ω.
10.12.4.5 Transmitter Power-Down
To minimize power consumption when the transmitter is not being used, assert the PORT.CR1.PD configuration
bit. When the transmitter is powered down, the TXP and TXN pins are put in a high-impedance state and the
transmit amplifiers are powered down.
10.12.4.6 Transmitter Jitter Generation (Intrinsic)
The transmitter meets the jitter generation requirements of all applicable standards, with or without the jitter
attenuator enabled.
10.12.4.7 Transmitter Jitter Transfer
Without the jitter attenuator enabled in the transmit side, the transmitter passes jitter through unchanged. With the
jitter attenuator enabled in the transmit side, the transmitter meets the jitter transfer requirements of all applicable
telecommunication standards. See Table 5-1.
10.12.5 Receiver
10.12.5.1 Interfacing to the Line
The receiver can be transformer-coupled or capacitor-coupled to the line. Typically, the receiver interfaces to the
incoming coaxial cable (75Ω) through a 1:2 step-up transformer. Figure 2-1 shows the arrangement of the
transformer and other recommended interface components. Table 10-33 specifies the required characteristics of
the transformer. Figure 10-31 shows a general overview of the LIU block. The receiver expects the incoming signal
to be in B3ZS- or HDB3-coded AMI format.
Table 10-33. Transformer Characteristics
PARAMETER
Turns Ratio
Bandwidth 75Ω
VALUE
1:2ct ±2%
0.250MHz to 500MHz (typ)
Primary Inductance
19µH (min)
Leakage Inductance
0.12µH (max)
Interwinding Capacitance
Isolation Voltage
10pF (max)
1500VRMS (min)
114 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Table 10-34. Recommended Transformers
PIN-PACKAGE/
SCHEMATIC
PART
TEMP
RANGE
Pulse Engineering
PE-65968
0°C to +70°C
Pulse Engineering
PE-65969
0°C to +70°C
MANUFACTURER
Halo Electronics
Halo Electronics
TG070206NS
TD070206NE
0°C to +70°C
0°C to +70°C
6 SMT
LS-1/C
6 Thru-Hole
LC-1/C
6 SMT
SMD/B
6 DIP
DIP/B
OCL
PRIMARY
(µH) (min)
LL
(µH)
(max)
BANDWIDTH
75Ω (MHz)
19
0.06
0.250 to 500
19
0.06
0.250 to 500
19
0.06
0.250 to 500
19
0.06
0.250 to 500
Note: Table subject to change. Industrial temperature range and multiport transformers are also available. Contact the manufacturers for details
at www.pulseeng.com and www.haloelectronics.com.
10.12.5.2 Optional Preamp
The receiver can be used in monitoring applications, which typically have series resistors with a resistive loss of
approximately 20dB. When the PORT.CR2.RMON bit is high, the receiver compensates for this resistive loss by
applying flat gain to the incoming signal before sending the signal to the AGC/equalizer block.
10.12.5.3 Automatic Gain Control (AGC) and Adaptive Equalizer.
The AGC circuitry applies flat (frequency independent) gain to the incoming signal to compensate for flat losses in
the transmission channel and variations in transmission power. Since the incoming signal also experiences
frequency-dependent losses as it passes through the coaxial cable, the adaptive equalizer circuitry applies
frequency-dependent gain to offset line losses and restore the signal. The AGC/equalizer circuitry automatically
adapts to coaxial cable losses from 0 to 15dB, which translates into 0 to 380 meters (DS3) or 0 to 440 meters (E3)
of coaxial cable (AT&T 734A or equivalent). The AGC and the equalizer work simultaneously but independently to
supply a signal of nominal amplitude and pulse shape to the clock and data recovery block. The AGC/equalizer
block automatically handles direct (0 meters) monitoring of the transmitter output signal.
10.12.5.4 Clock and Data Recovery (CDR)
The CDR block takes the amplified, equalized signal from the AGC/equalizer block and produces a separate clock,
positive data, and negative data signals. The CDR requires a master clock. The master clock is derived from
REFCLK.
The receive clock is locked using a clock recovery PLL. The status of the PLL lock is indicated in the RLOL
(PORT.SR) status bit. The receive loss-of-lock status bit (RLOL) is set when the difference between the recovered
clock frequency and the master clock frequency is greater than 7900ppm and cleared when the difference is less
than 7700ppm. A change of state of the PORT.SR.RLOL status bit can cause an interrupt on the INT pin if enabled
to do so by the PORT.SRIE.RLOLIE interrupt-enable bit. Note that if the master clock is not present, or the master
clock is high and TCLK is not present, RLOL is not set.
10.12.5.5 Loss-of-Signal (LOS) Detector
The receiver contains analog and digital LOS detectors. The analog LOS detector resides in the AGC/equalizer
block. If the incoming signal level is less than a signal level approximately 24dB below nominal, analog LOS
(ALOS) is declared. The ALOS signal cannot be directly examined, but when ALOS occurs the AGC/equalizer
mutes the recovered data, forcing all zeros out of the data recovery circuitry and causing digital LOS (DLOS).
DLOS is determined by the Line Decoder block (see Section 10.10.4) and indicated by the LOS status bit
(LINE.RSR.LOS).
ALOS clears when the incoming signal level is greater than or equal to a signal level approximately 18dB below
nominal.
For E3 LOS Assertion:
115 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
The ALOS detector in the AGC/equalizer block detects that the incoming signal is less than or equal to a signal
level approximately 24dB below nominal, and mutes the data coming out of the clock and data recovery block.
(24dB below nominal in the “tolerance range” of G.775, where LOS may or may not be declared.)
For E3 LOS Clear:
The ALOS detector in the AGC/equalizer block detects that the incoming signal is greater than or equal to a signal
level approximately 18dB below nominal, and enables data to come out of the CDR block. (18dB is in the
“tolerance range” of G.775, where LOS may or may not be declared.)
10.12.5.6 Receiver Power-Down
To minimize power consumption when the receiver is not being used, write a one to the PORT.CR1.PD bit. When
the receiver is powered down, the RCLKO pin is tri-stated. In addition, the RXP and RXN pins become high
impedance.
10.12.5.7 Receiver Jitter Tolerance.
The receiver exceeds the input jitter tolerance requirements of all applicable telecommunication standards in
Table 5-1. See Figure 10-32.
Figure 10-32. Receiver Jitter Tolerance
JITTER TOLERANCE (UIP-P)
15
10
STS-1 GR253
DS3 GR-499 Cat II
10
DS3 GR-499 Cat I
5
DS3170 JITTER TOLERANCE
1.5
E3 G.823
1.0
0.3
0.15
0.1
0.1
30
10
300
100
669
2.3k
1k
FREQUENCY (Hz)
116 of 230
22.3k
10k
60k
300k
100k
800k
1M
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
11 OVERALL REGISTER MAP
The register addresses of the global, test and the port are concatenated to cover the address range of 000 to 7FF.
The address map requires 9 bits of address, ADR[8:0].
The register banks that are not marked with an “X” are not writeable and read back all zeroes. Bits that are
underlined are read-only; all other bits are read-write.
Unused bits and registers marked with “—“ are ignored when written to, and return zero when read.
Configuration registers can be written to and read from during a data path reset (DRST low, and RST high).
However, all changes to these registers will be ignored during the data path reset. As a result, all initiating action
requiring a “0 to 1” transition must be re-initiated after the data path reset is released.
All counters saturate at their maximum count. A counter register is updated by asserting (low to high transition) the
performance monitoring update signal (PMU). During the counter register update process, the performance
monitoring status signal (PMS) will be deasserted. The counter register update process consists of loading the
counter register with the current count, resetting the counter, forcing the zero count status indication low for one
clock period, and then asserting PMS. No events shall be missed during an update procedure.
A latched bit is set when the associated event occurs, and remains set until it is cleared. Once cleared, a latched
bit will not be set again until the associated event reoccurs (goes away and comes back). A latched on change bit
is a latched bit that is set when the event occurs, and when it goes away. A latched status bit can be cleared using
clear on read or clear on write techniques, selectable by the GL.CR1.LSBCRE bit. When clear on write is selected,
the latched bits in a latched status register will be cleared after the register is read from. If the device is configured
for 16-bit mode, all 16 latched status bits will be cleared. If the device is configured for 8-bit mode, only the 8 bits
being accessed will be cleared. When clear on write is selected, the latched bits in a latched status register will be
cleared when a logic 1 is written to that bit position. For example, writing a FFFFh to a 16-bit latched status register
will clear any latched status bit, whereas writing a 0001h will only clear latched bit 0 of the latched status register.
Reserved bits and registers are implemented in a different mode. Reserved configuration bits and registers can be
written and read, however they will not affect the operation of the current mode. Reserved status bits will be zero.
Reserved latched status bits cannot be set, however, they may remain set or get set during a mode change.
Reserved interrupt enable bits can be written and read, and can cause an interrupt if the associated latched status
bit is set. Reserved counter registers and the associated counter will retain the values held before a mode change,
however, the associated counter cannot be incremented. A performance monitor update will operate normally. If
the data path reset is set during or after a mode change, the latched status bits and counter registers (with the
associated counters) will be automatically cleared. If the data path reset is not used, then the latched status bits
must be cleared via the register interface in the normal manner. And, the counter registers must be cleared by
performing two performance monitor updates. The first to clear the associated counter, and load the current count
into the counter register, and the second to clear the counter register.
The term “global” is used to make the register names compatible with the mult-port versions (DS3174, DS3173,
DS3172, DS3171) of this device.
NOTE: The RDY signal will not go active if the user attempts to read or write unused registers not assigned to any
design blocks. The RDY signal will go active if the user writes or reads reserved registers or unused registers within
design blocks.
Table 11-1. Register Address Map
Address
offset
Description
000 - 01F
Global registers
020 – 03F
Unused
040 - 05F
Port control registers
060 – 07F
BERT
080 – 08B
Unused
117 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Address
offset
Description
08C – 08F
B3ZS/HDB3 transmit line encoder
090 – 09F
B3ZS/HDB3 receive line decoder
0A0 – 0AF
HDLC Transmit
0B0 – 0BF
HDLC Receive
0C0 – 0CF
FEAC Transmit
0D0 – 0DF
FEAC Receive
0E0 – 0E7
Unused
0E8 – 0EF
Trail Trace Transmit
0F0 – 0FF
Trail Trace Receive
100 – 117
Unused
118 – 11F
DS3/E3 Framer Transmit
120 – 13F
DS3/E3 Framer Receive
140 – 17F
Unused
180 – 19F
Test Registers
1A0 – 1FF
Unused
118 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
12 REGISTER MAPS AND DESCRIPTIONS
12.1 Registers Bit Maps
Note: In 8-bit mode, register bits[15:8] correspond to the upper byte, and register bits[7:0] correspond to the lower
byte. For example, address 001h is the upper byte (bits [15:8]) and address 000h is the lower byte (bits [7:0]) for
register GL.IDR in 8-bit mode.
All registers listed, including those designated Unused and Reserved, will cause the RDY signal to go low when
written to or read from. The “—“ designation indicates that the bit is not assigned.
12.1.1 Global Register Bit Map
Table 12-1. Global Register Bit Map
Address
16-bit 8-bit
000
000
001
002
002
003
004
004
005
006- 006008 009
00A
00A
00B
00C
00C
00D
010
010
011
012
012
013
014
014
015
016
016
017
018
018
019
01A
01A
01B
01C
01C
01D
01E
01E
01F
Register
Type Bit 7
Bit 15
GL.IDR
R
GL.CR1
RW
GL.CR2
RW
UNUSED
GL.GIOCR
RW
UNUSED
GL.ISR
R
GL.ISRIE
RW
GL.SR
R
GL.SRL
RL
GL.SRIE
R
UNUSED
GL.GIORR
UNUSED
R
Bit 6
Bit 14
Bit 5
Bit 13
Bit 4
Bit 12
ID7
ID15
TMEI
---
ID6
ID14
MEIMS
INTM
--
ID5
ID13
GPM1
---
ID4
ID12
GPM0
---
--
--
--
--
Bit 3
Bit 11
ID3
ID11
PMU
-CLAD2
Bit 2
Bit 10
ID2
ID10
LSBCRE
-CLAD1
Bit 1
Bit 9
ID1
ID9
RSTDP
-CLAD0
G8KRS1 G8KRS0 G8K0S
Bit 0
Bit 8
ID0
ID8
RST
---
G8KIS
----------------GPIO4S1 GPIO4S0 GPIO3S1 GPIO3S0 GPIO2S1 GPIO2S0 GPIO1S1 GPIO1S0
GPIO8S1 GPIO8S0 GPIO7S1 GPIO7S0 GPIO6S1 GPIO6S0 GPIO5S1 GPIO5S0
----------------PISR
---GSR
--------PISRIE
---GSRIE
---------
---------
---------
--8KREFL
------
--CLADL
------
--ONESL
-ONESIE
----
CLOL
-CLOLL
-CLOLIE
----
GPMS
-GPMSL
-GPMSIE
----
GPIO8
GPIO7
GPIO6
GPIO5
GPIO4
GPIO3
GPIO2
GPIO1
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
Bit 4
Bit 12
Bit 3
Bit 11
Bit 2
Bit 10
Table 12-2. Port Register Bit Map
Address Register
16-bit 8-bit
Type Bit 7
Bit 15
Bit 6
Bit 14
Bit 5
Bit 13
119 of 230
Bit 1
Bit 9
Bit 0
Bit 8
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Address
16-bit 8-bit
040
040
041
042
042
043
044
044
045
046
046
047
048
048
049
04A
04A
04B
04C
04C
04D
04E
04E
04F
050
050
051
052
052
053
054
054
055
056
056
057
058- 05805E 05F
Register
Type Bit 7
Bit 15
PORT.CR1
RW
PORT.CR2
RW
PORT.CR3
RW
PORT.CR4
RW
UNUSED
PORT.INV1
RW
PORT.INV2
RW
UNUSED
PORT.ISR
R
PORT.SR
R
PORT.SRL
RL
PORT.SRIE
RW
UNUSED
TMEI
RES
RES
TLEN
Bit 6
Bit 14
Bit 5
Bit 13
Bit 4
Bit 12
Bit 3
Bit 11
MEIM
PAIS2
RES
TTS
-PMUM
PMU
PAIS1
PAIS0
LAIS1
FM2
FM1
FM0
RMON
TLBO
RES
P8KRS1 P8KRS0 P8KREF LOOPT CLADC
--RCLKS RSOFOS
RES
GPIOB3 GPIOB2 GPIOB1 GPIOB0 GPIOA3
RES
--------------TOHI
TOHCKI TSOFII
TNEGI
TDATI
RES
RES
-TSOFOI
RES
ROHI
ROHCKI
-RNEGI
RPOSI
-RES
RES
RSOFOI
-----------TTSR
FSR
HSR
BSR
RES
---------------RLCLKL TCLKIL
-----------------------------
Bit 2
Bit 10
Bit 1
Bit 9
Bit 0
Bit 8
PD
LAIS0
RES
LM2
RFTS
TCLKS
GPIOA2
RSTDP
BENA
RES
LM1
TFTS
TSOFOS
GPIOA1
RST
RES
RES
LM0
TLTS
RES
GPIOA0
LBM2
LBM1
LBM0
--TLCKI
TSERI
RLCKI
RSERI
--RES
-TDM
-TDML
-TDMIE
----
--TCKOI
TOHSI
RCLKOI
ROHSI
--RES
PSR
RLOL
-RLOLL
-RLOLIE
----
--TCKII
TOHEI
----FMSR
LCSR
PMS
-PMSL
-PMSIE
----
Table 12-3. BERT Register Bit Map
Address
16-bit 8-bit
060
060
061
062
062
063
064
064
065
066
066
067
068
068
069
06A
06A
06B
06C
06C
06D
06E
06E
06F
070
070
071
072
072
073
Register
Type Bit 7
Bit 15
BERT.CR
RW
BERT.PCR
RW
BERT.SPR1
RW
BERT.SPR2
RW
BERT.TEICR
RW
UNUSED
BERT.SR
R
BERT.SRL
RL
BERT.SRIE
RW
UNUSED
PMUM
---BSP7
BSP15
BSP23
BSP31
-------------
Bit 6
Bit 14
LPMU
-QRSS
-BSP6
BSP14
BSP22
BSP30
-------------
Bit 5
Bit 13
RNPL
-PTS
-BSP5
BSP13
BSP21
BSP29
TEIR2
------------
120 of 230
Bit 4
Bit 12
RPIC
-PLF4
PTF4
BSP4
BSP12
BSP20
BSP28
TEIR1
------------
Bit 3
Bit 11
MPR
-PLF3
PTF3
BSP3
BSP11
BSP19
BSP27
TEIR0
---PMS
-PMSL
-PMSIE
----
Bit 2
Bit 10
APRD
-PLF2
PTF2
BSP2
BSP10
BSP18
BSP26
BEI
-----BEL
-BEIE
----
Bit 1
Bit 9
TNPL
-PLF1
PTF1
BSP1
BSP9
BSP17
BSP25
TSEI
---BEC
-BECL
-BECIE
----
Bit 0
Bit 8
TPIC
-PLF0
PTF0
BSP0
BSP8
BSP16
BSP24
MEIMS
---OOS
-OOSL
-OOSIE
----
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Address
16-bit 8-bit
074
074
075
076
076
077
078
078
079
07A
07A
07B
07C- 07C
07E 07F
Register
Type Bit 7
Bit 15
BERT.RBECR1
R
BERT.RBECR2
R
BERT.RBCR1
R
BERT.RBCR2
R
UNUSED
BEC7
BEC15
BEC23
-BC7
BC15
BC23
BC31
---
Bit 6
Bit 14
BEC6
BEC14
BEC22
-BC6
BC14
BC22
BC30
---
Bit 5
Bit 13
BEC5
BEC13
BEC21
-BC5
BC13
BC21
BC29
---
Bit 4
Bit 12
BEC4
BEC12
BEC20
-BC4
BC12
BC20
BC28
---
Bit 3
Bit 11
BEC3
BEC11
BEC19
-BC3
BC11
BC19
BC27
---
Bit 2
Bit 10
BEC2
BEC10
BEC18
-BC2
BC10
BC18
BC26
---
Bit 1
Bit 9
BEC1
BEC9
BEC17
-BC1
BC9
BC17
BC25
---
Bit 0
Bit 8
BEC0
BEC8
BEC16
-BC0
BC8
BC16
BC24
---
Table 12-4. Line Register Bit Map
Address
16-bit 8-bit
08C
08C
08D
08E
08E
08F
090
090
091
092
092
093
094
094
095
096
096
097
098
098
099
09A
09A
09B
09C
09C
09D
09E
09E
09F
12.1.2
Register
Type Bit 7
Bit 15
LINE.TCR
RW
UNUSED
LINE.RCR
RW
UNUSED
LINE.RSR
R
LINE.RSRL
RL
LINE.RSRIE
RW
UNUSED
LINE.RBPVCR
R
LINE.REXZCR
R
Bit 6
Bit 14
Bit 5
Bit 13
Bit 4
Bit 12
Bit 3
Bit 11
Bit 2
Bit 10
Bit 1
Bit 9
Bit 0
Bit 8
--------------
--------------
----------ZSCDL
-ZSCDIE
TZSD
---------EXZL
-EXZIE
EXZI
---E3CVE
---EXZC
-EXZCL
-EXZCIE
BPVI
---REZSF
-----BPVL
-BPVIE
TSEI
---RDZSF
---BPVC
-BPVCL
-BPVCIE
MEIMS
---RZSD
---LOS
-LOSL
-LOSIE
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
BPV7
BPV15
EXZ7
EXZ15
BPV6
BPV14
EXZ6
EXZ14
BPV5
BPV13
EXZ5
EXZ13
BPV4
BPV12
EXZ4
EXZ12
BPV3
BPV11
EXZ3
EXZ11
BPV2
BPV10
EXZ2
EXZ10
BPV1
BPV9
EXZ1
EXZ9
BPV0
BPV8
EXZ0
EXZ8
HDLC Register Bit Map
Table 12-5. HDLC Register Bit Map
Address
16-bit 8-bit
0A0
0A0
0A1
0A2
0A2
0A3
0A4
0A4
0A5
0A6
0A6
0A7
0A8
0A8
0A9
Register
Type Bit 7
Bit 15
HDLC.TCR
RW
HDLC.TFDR
RW
HDLC.TSR
R
HDLC.TSRL
RL
HDLC.TSRIE
RW
---TFD7
-------
Bit 6
Bit 14
TPSD
--TFD6
-------
Bit 5
Bit 13
TFEI
--TFD5
-TFFL5
TFOL
-TFOIE
--
121 of 230
Bit 4
Bit 12
TIFV
TDAL4
-TFD4
-TFFL4
TFUL
-TFUIE
--
Bit 3
Bit 11
TBRE
TDAL3
-TFD3
-TFFL3
TPEL
-TPEIE
--
Bit 2
Bit 10
TDIE
TDAL2
-TFD2
TFF
TFFL2
-----
Bit 1
Bit 9
TFPD
TDAL1
-TFD1
TFE
TFFL1
TFEL
-TFEIE
--
Bit 0
Bit 8
TFRST
TDAL0
TDPE
TFD0
THDA
TFFL0
THDAL
-THDAIE
--
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Address
16-bit 8-bit
0AA- 0AA
0AE 0AF
0B0
0B0
0B1
0B2
0B2
0B3
0B4
0B4
0B5
0B6
0B6
0B7
0B8
0B8
0B9
0BA
0BA
0BB
0BC
0BC
0BD
0BE
0BE
0BF
Register
Type Bit 7
Bit 15
UNUSED
HDLC.RCR
RW
UNUSED
HDLC.RSR
R
HDLC.RSRL
RL
HDLC.RSRIE
RW
UNUSED
HDLC.RFDR
UNUSED
R
--------RFOL
-RFOIE
----RFD7
---
Bit 6
Bit 14
---------------RFD6
---
Bit 5
Bit 13
---------------RFD5
---
Bit 4
Bit 12
---RDAL4
----RPEL
-RPEIE
----RFD4
---
Bit 3
Bit 11
--RBRE
RDAL3
----RPSL
-RPSIE
---RPS2
RFD3
---
Bit 2
Bit 10
--RDIE
RDAL2
--RFF
-RFFL
-RFFIE
---RPS1
RFD2
---
Bit 1
Bit 9
Bit 0
Bit 8
--RFPD
RDAL1
--RFE
-------RPS0
RFD1
---
--RFRST
RDAL0
--RHDA
-RHDAL
-RHDAIE
---RFDV
RFD0
---
Bit 1
Bit 9
TFS1
-TFCA1
TFCB1
------------RFCD
-RFCDL
-RFCDIE
---RFF1
----
Bit 0
Bit 8
TFS0
-TFCA0
TFCB0
TFI
-TFIL
-TFIIE
---RFR
---RFI
-RFIL
-RFIIE
---RFF0
----
Table 12-6. FEAC Register Bit Map
Address
16-bit 8-bit
0C0
0C0
0C1
0C2
0C2
0C3
0C4
0C4
0C5
0C6
0C6
0C7
0C8
0C8
0C9
0CA- 0CA
0CE 0CF
0D0
0D0
0D1
0D2
0D2
0D3
0D4
0D4
0D5
0D6
0D6
0D7
0D8
0D8
0D9
0DA
0DA
0DB
0DC
0DC
0DD
0DE
0DE
0DF
Register
FEAC.TCR
FEAC.TFDR
FEAC.TSR
FEAC.TSRL
FEAC.TSRIE
UNUSED
FEAC.RCR
UNUSED
FEAC.RSR
FEAC.RSRL
FEAC.RSRIE
UNUSED
FEAC.RFDR
UNUSED
Type Bit 7
Bit 15
-RW
--RW
--R
--RL
--RW
----RW
----R
--RL
--RW
---RFFI
R
----
Bit 6
Bit 14
-----------------------------
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 13
Bit 12
Bit 11
Bit 10
---TFCL
----TFCA5 TFCA4 TFCA3 TFCA2
TFCB5 TFCB4 TFCB3 TFCB2
--------------------------------------------------RFFE
--------RFFOL
-------RFFOIE
------------RFF5
RFF4
RFF3
RFF2
-------------
122 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Table 12-7. Trail Trace Register Bit Map
Address
16-bit 8-bit
0E8
0E8
0E9
0EA
0EA
0EB
0EC
0EC
0ED
0EE
0EE
0EF
0F0
0F0
0F1
0F2
0F2
0F3
0F4
0F4
0F5
0F6
0F6
0F7
0F8
0F8
0F9
0FA
0FA
0FB
0FC
0FC
0FD
0FE
0FE
0FF
100- 100116 1117
Register
Type Bit 7
Bit 15
TT.TCR
RW
TT.TTIAR
R
TT.TIR
R
UNUSED
TT.RCR
RW
TT.RTIAR
R
TT.RSR
R
TT.RSRL
RL
TT.RSRIE
RW
UNUSED
TT.RIR
R
TT.EIR
R
RESERVED
----TTD7
---------------RTD7
-ETD7
----
Bit 6
Bit 14
----TTD6
---------------RTD6
-ETD6
----
Bit 5
Bit 13
Bit 4
Bit 12
Bit 3
Bit 11
--Reserved
-TTD5
---Reserved
-Reserved
Reserved
--------RTD5
-ETD5
----
Reserved TMAD
--Reserved TTIA3
--TTD4
TTD3
------Reserved RMAD
--Reserved RTIA3
Reserved ETIA3
-----RTICL
---RTICIE
------RTD4
RTD3
--ETD4
ETD3
-------
Bit 5
Bit 13
Bit 4
Bit 12
Bit 2
Bit 10
TIDLE
-TTIA2
-TTD2
---RETCD
-RTIA2
ETIA2
RTIM
-RTIML
-RTIMIE
---RTD2
-ETD2
----
Bit 1
Bit 9
TDIE
-TTIA1
-TTD1
---RDIE
-RTIA1
ETIA1
RTIU
-RTIUL
-RTIUIE
---RTD1
-ETD1
----
Bit 0
Bit 8
TBRE
-TTIA0
-TTD0
---RBRE
-RTIA0
ETIA0
RIDL
-RIDLL
-RIDLIE
---RTD0
-ETD0
----
12.1.3 T3 Register Bit Map
Table 12-8. T3 Register Bit Map
Address
16-bit 8-bit
118
118
119
11A
11A
11B
11C- 11C
11E 11F
120
120
121
122
122
123
124
124
125
126
126
127
128
128
129
Register
Type Bit 7
Bit 15
T3.TCR
RW
T3.TEIR
RW
RESERVED
T3.RCR
RW
RESERVED
T3.RSR1
R
T3.RSR2
R
T3.RSRL1
RL
Bit 6
Bit 14
--TFEBE
---Reserved CPEIE
PEI
---------RAILE
RAILD
RAIOD
Reserved COVHD MAOD
------OOMF
SEF
-Reserved Reserved
-------OOMFL
SEFL
COFAL
Reserved Reserved Reserved
123 of 230
Bit 3
Bit 11
AFEBED
TRDI
PBGE
TIDLE
FEIC1
FEIC0
-CCPEIE
----RAIAD
ROMD
MDAISI
AAISD
----LOF
RAI
Reserved T3FM
-CPEC
--LOFL
RAIL
Reserved T3FML
Bit 2
Bit 10
ARDID
CBGE
FEI
CPEI
--LIP1
ECC
--AIS
AIC
FBEC
-AISL
AICL
Bit 1
Bit 9
Bit 0
Bit 8
TFGD
TAIS
--TSEI
MEIMS
CFBEIE
FBEI
----LIP0
FRSYNC
FECC1
FECC0
----OOF
LOS
IDLE
RUA1
PEC
FEC
--OOFL
LOSL
IDLEL
RUA1L
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Address
16-bit 8-bit
12A
12A
12B
12C
12C
12D
12E
12E
12F
130- 130
132 133
134
134
135
136
136
137
138
138
139
13A
13A
13B
13C- 13C
13E 13F
12.1.4
Register
Type Bit 7
Bit 15
T3.RSRL2
RL
T3.RSRIE1
RW
T3.RSRIE2
RW
RESERVED
T3.RFECR
R
T3.RPECR
R
T3.RFBECR
R
T3.RCPECR
R
UNUSED
Bit 6
Bit 14
Bit 5
Bit 13
Bit 4
Bit 12
Bit 3
Bit 11
----CPECL
----CPEL
OOMFIE SEFIE COFAIE LOFIE
RAIIE
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved T3FMIE
----CPECIE
----CPEIE
----------FE7
FE6
FE5
FE4
FE3
FE15
FE14
FE13
FE12
FE11
PE7
PE6
PE5
PE4
PE3
PE15
PE14
PE13
PE12
PE11
FBE7
FBE6
FBE5
FBE4
FBE3
FBE15
FBE14
FBE13
FBE12
FBE11
CPE7
CPE6
CPE5
CPE4
CPE3
CPE15
CPE14
CPE13
CPE12
CPE11
-----------
Bit 2
Bit 10
FBECL
FBEL
AISIE
AICIE
FBECIE
FBEIE
--FE2
FE10
PE2
PE10
FBE2
FBE10
CPE2
CPE10
---
Bit 1
Bit 9
PECL
PEL
OOFIE
IDLEIE
PECIE
PEIE
--FE1
FE9
PE1
PE9
FBE1
FBE9
CPE1
CPE9
---
Bit 0
Bit 8
FECL
FEL
LOSIE
RUA1IE
FECIE
FEIE
--FE0
FE8
PE0
PE8
FBE0
FBE8
CPE0
CPE8
---
E3 G.751 Register Bit Map
Table 12-9. E3 G.751 Register Bit Map
Address
16-bit 8-bit
118
118
119
11A
11A
11B
11C- 11C
11E 11F
120
120
121
122
122
123
124
124
125
126
126
127
128
128
129
12A
12A
12B
12C
12C
12D
12E
12E
12F
130- 130
132 133
134
134
135
Register
Type Bit 7
Bit 15
E3G751.TCR
RW
E3G751.TEIR
RW
RESERVED
E3G751.RCR
RW
RESERVED
E3G751.RSR1
R
E3G751.RSR2
R
E3G751.RSRL1
RL
E3G751.RSRL2
RL
E3G751.RSRIE1
RW
E3G751.RSRIE2 RW
RESERVED
E3G751.RFECR
R
Bit 6
Bit 14
Bit 5
Bit 13
Bit 4
Bit 12
Bit 3
Bit 11
Bit 2
Bit 10
Bit 1
Bit 9
Bit 0
Bit 8
--Reserved Reserved TABC1
TABC0
TFGD
TAIS
Reserved
--Reserved Reserved Reserved TNBC1
TNBC0
Reserved Reserved Reserved FEIC1
FEIC0
FEI
TSEI
MEIMS
----Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved
----------------RAILE
RAILD
RAIOD
RAIAD
ROMD
LIP1
LIP0
FRSYNC
Reserved Reserved
DLS
MDAISI
AAISD
ECC
FECC1
FECC0
----------------RAB
RNB
-LOF
RAI
AIS
OOF
LOS
Reserved Reserved
-Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved RUA1
----Reserved Reserved Reserved
FEC
--
--
--
--
--
--
ACL
NCL
COFAL
LOFL
RAIL
AISL
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved
----Reserved Reserved
----Reserved Reserved
ACIE
NCIE
COFAIE LOFIE
RAIIE
AISIE
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved
----Reserved Reserved
----Reserved Reserved
------------FE7
FE6
FE5
FE4
FE3
FE2
FE15
FE14
FE13
FE12
FE11
FE10
124 of 230
--
--
OOFL
LOSL
Reserved RUA1L
Reserved FECL
Reserved
FEL
OOFIE
LOSIE
Reserved RUA1IE
Reserved FECIE
Reserved
FEIE
----FE1
FE0
FE9
FE8
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Address Register
16-bit 8-bit
136- 136RESERVED
13A 13B
13C- 13CUNUSED
13E 13F
12.1.5
Type Bit 7
Bit 15
Bit 6
Bit 14
-----
Bit 5
Bit 13
-----
-----
Bit 4
Bit 12
-----
Bit 3
Bit 11
-----
Bit 2
Bit 10
-----
Bit 1
Bit 9
Bit 0
Bit 8
-----
-----
Bit 1
Bit 9
Bit 0
Bit 8
E3 G.832 Register Bit Map
Table 12-10. E3 G.832 Register Bit Map
Address
16-bit 8-bit
118
118
119
11A
11A
11B
11C
11C
11D
11E
11E
11F
120
120
121
122
122
123
124
124
125
126
126
127
128
128
129
12A
12A
12B
12C
12C
12D
12E
12E
12F
130
130
131
132
132
133
134
134
135
136
136
137
138
138
139
13A
13A
13B
13C- 13C13E 13F
Register
Type Bit 7
Bit 15
E3G832.TCR
RW
E3G832.TEIR
RW
E3G832.TMABR
RW
E3G832.TNGBR
RW
E3G832.RCR
RW
E3G832.RMACR RW
E3G832.RSR1
R
E3G832.RSR2
R
E3G832.RSRL1
RL
E3G832.RSRL2
RL
E3G832.RSRIE1 RW
E3G832.RSRIE2 RW
E3G832.RMABR R
E3G832.RNGBR R
E3G832.RFECR
R
E3G832.RPECR
R
E3G832.RFBER
R
RESERVED
UNUSED
Bit 6
Bit 14
Bit 5
Bit 13
Bit 4
Bit 12
Bit 3
Bit 11
Bit 2
Bit 10
--TFEBE AFEBED
TRDI
ARDID
TFGD
TAIS
Reserved
--Reserved Reserved TGCC
TNRC1 TNRC0
PBEE
CPEIE
PEI
FEIC1
FEIC0
FEI
TSEI
MEIMS
----Reserved Reserved CFBEIE
FBEI
TPT2
TPT1
TPT0
TTIGD
TTI3
TTI2
TTI1
TTI0
--------TNR7
TNR6
TNR5
TNR4
TNR3
TNR2
TNR1
TNR0
TGC7
TGC6
TGC5
TGC4
TGC3
TGC2
TGC1
TGC0
RAILE
RAILD
RAIOD
RAIAD
ROMD
LIP1
LIP0
FRSYNC
Reserved
PEC
DLS
MDAISI
AAISD
ECC
FECC1
FECC0
----EPT2
EPT1
EPT0
TIED
--------Reserved Reserved
-LOF
RAI
AIS
OOF
LOS
Reserved
--RPTU
RPTM Reserved Reserved RUA1
----Reserved FBEC
PEC
FEC
--------GCL
NRL
COFAL
LOFL
RAIL
AISL
OOFL
LOSL
Reserved
-TIL
RPTUL RPTML
RPTL Reserved RUA1L
----Reserved FBECL
PECL
FECL
----Reserved FBEL
PEL
FEL
GCIE
NRIE
COFAIE LOFIE
RAIIE
AISIE
OOFIE
LOSIE
Reserved
-TIIE
RPTUIE RPTMIE RPTIE Reserved RUA1IE
----Reserved FBECIE PECIE
FECIE
----Reserved FBEIE
PEIE
FEIE
-RPT2
RPT1
RPT0
TI3
TI2
TI1
TI0
--------RNR7
RNR6
RNR5
RNR4
RNR3
RNR2
RNR1
RNR0
RGC7
RGC6
RGC5
RGC4
RGC3
RGC2
RGC1
RGC0
FE7
FE6
FE5
FE4
FE3
FE2
FE1
FE0
FE15
FE14
FE13
FE12
FE11
FE10
FE9
FE8
PE7
PE6
PE5
PE4
PE3
PE2
PE1
PE0
PE15
PE14
PE13
PE12
PE11
PE10
PE9
PE8
FBE7
FBE6
FBE5
FBE4
FBE3
FBE2
FBE1
FBE0
FBE15
FBE14
FBE13
FBE12
FBE11
FBE10
FBE9
FBE8
---------------------------------
Bits that are underlined are read-only; all other bits are read-write.
125 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
12.2 Global Registers
Table 12-11. Global Register Map
Address
000h
002h
004h
006h
008h
00Ah
00Ch
00Eh
010h
012h
014h
016h
018h
01Ah
01Ch
01Eh
Register
Register Description
Global ID Register
Global Control Register 1
Global Control Register 2
Unused
Unused
Global General Purpose IO Control Register
Unused
Unused
Global Interrupt Status Register
Global Interrupt Enable Register
Global Status Register
Global Status Register Latched
Global Status Register Interrupt Enable
Unused
Global General Purpose IO read register
Unused
GL.IDR
GL.CR1
GL.CR2
--GL.GIOCR
--GL.ISR
GL.ISRIE
GL.SR
GL.SRL
GL.SRIE
-GL.GIORR
--
12.2.1 Register Bit Descriptions
GL.IDR
Global ID Register
000h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
15
ID15
14
ID14
13
ID13
12
ID12
11
ID11
10
ID10
9
ID9
8
ID8
Bit #
Name
7
ID7
6
ID6
5
ID5
4
ID4
3
ID3
2
ID2
1
ID1
0
ID0
Bits 15 to 12: Device REV ID Bits 15 to 12 (ID15 to ID12). These bits of the device ID register has same
information as the four bits of JTAG REV ID portion of the JTAG ID register. JTAG ID[31:28].
Bits 11 to 0: Device CODE ID Bits 11 to 0 (ID11 to ID0). These bits of the device code ID register has same
information as the lower 12 bits of JTAG CODE ID portion of the JTAG ID register. JTAG ID[23:12].
126 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
GL.CR1
Global Control Register 1
002h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
13
0
14
INTM
0
0
12
-0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
TMEI
0
6
MEIMS
0
5
GPM1
0
4
GPM0
0
--
--
11
0
10
-0
9
-0
8
-0
3
PMU
0
2
LSBCRE
0
1
RSTDP
1
0
RST
0
--
Bit 14: INT pin mode (INTM) This bit determines the inactive mode of the INT pin. The INT pin always drives low
when active.
0 = Pin is high impedance when not active
1 = Pin drives high when not active
Bit 7: Transmit Manual Error Insert (TMEI) This bit is used insert an error if the port is configured for global error
insertion. An error(s) is inserted at the next opportunity when this bit transitions from low to high. The
GL.CR1.MEIMS bit must be clear for this bit to operate.
Bit 6: Transmit Manual Error Insert Select (MEIMS) This bit is used to select the source of the global manual
error insertion signal
0 = Global error insertion using TMEI bit
1 = Global error insertion using the GPIO6 pin
Bits 5 and 4: Global Performance Monitor Update Mode (GPM[1:0]) These bits select the global performance
monitor register update mode.
00 = Global PM update using the PMU bit
01 = Global PM update using the GPIO8 pin
1x = One second PM update using the internal one second counter
Bit 3: Global Performance Monitor Update Register (PMU) This bit is used to update all of the performance
monitor registers configured to use this bit. When this bit is toggled from low to high the performance registers
configured to use this signal will be updated with the latest count value from the counters, and the counters will be
reset. The bit should remain high until the performance register update status bit (GL.SR.PMS) goes high, then it
should be brought back low which clears the PMS status bit.
Bit 2: Latched Status Bit Clear on Read Enable (LSBCRE). This signal determines when latched status register
bits are cleared.
0 = Latched status register bits are cleared on a write
1 = Latched status register bits are cleared on a read
Bit 1: Reset Data Path (RSTDP). When this bit is set, it will force all of the internal data path registers to their
default state. This bit must be set high for a minimum of 100ns. See the Reset and Power-Down section 10.3.
Note: The default state is a 1 (after a general reset, this bit will be set to one).
0 = Normal operation
1 = Force all data path registers to their default values
Bit 0: Reset (RST). When this bit is set, all of the internal data path and status and control registers (except this
RST bit), will be reset to their default state. This bit must be set high for a minimum of 100ns. See the Reset and
Power-Down section 10.3.
0 = Normal operation
1 = Force all internal registers to their default values
127 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
GL.CR2
Global Control Register 2
004h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
-0
14
-0
13
-0
12
-0
11
G8KRS1
0
10
G8KRS0
0
9
G8K0S
0
8
G8KIS
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
-0
6
-0
5
-0
4
-0
3
CLAD2
0
2
CLAD1
0
1
CLAD0
0
0
-0
Bits 11 to 10: Global 8KHz Reference Source [1:0] (G8KRS[1:0]). These bits determine the source for the
internally generated 8 kHz reference as well as the internal one second reference, which is derived from the Global
8 kHz reference. The source is selected from the CLAD clock or from the port 8KREF clock source. See Table
10-12. Global 8 kHz Reference Source Table
These bits are ignored when the G8KIS bit = 1.
Table 10-12. Global 8 kHz Reference Source Table
GL.CR2.
G8KIS
0
0
0
0
1
GL.CR2.
G8KRS[1:0]
00
01
10
11
XX
SOURCE
None, the 8KHZ divider is disabled.
Derived from CLAD output clock
8KREF source selected by P8KRS[1:0]
Undefined
GPIO4
Bit 9: Global 8KHz Reference Output Select (G8KOS). This bit determines whether GPIO2 pin is used for the
global 8KREFO output signal, or is used as specified by GL.GIOCR.GPIO2S[1:0].
0 = GPIO2 pin mode selected by GL.GIOCR.GPIO2S[1:0]
1 = GPIO2 is the global 8KREFO output signal selected by GL.CR2.8KRS[2:0]
Bit 8: Global 8KHz Reference Input Select (G8KIS). This bit determines whether GPIO4 pin is used for the global
8KREFI input signal, or is used as specified by GL.GIOCR.GPIO4S[1:0]. G8KREFI signal will be low if not
selected. Global 8KREF pin signal will be low if not selected.
0 = GPIO4 pin mode selected by GL.GIOCR.GPIO4S[1:0]
1 = GPIO4 is the global 8KREFI input signal for one second timer and port to use
Bits 3 to 1: CLAD IO Mode [2:0] (CLAD[2:0]). These bits control the CLAD. See Table 10-11.
Table 10-11. CLAD Clock Source Settings
CLAD[2:0]
REFCLK (INPUT)
000
44.736 MHz
001
34.368 MHz
010
51.84 MHz
011
19.44 MHz
100
77.76 MHz
101
Undefined
11X
Undefined
128 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
GL.GIOCR
Global General Purpose IO Control Register
00Ah
Bit #
Name
Default
15
GPIO8S1
0
14
GPIO8S0
0
13
GPIO7S1
0
12
GPIO7S0
0
11
GPIO6S1
0
10
GPIO6S0
0
9
GPIO5S1
0
8
GPIO5S0
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
GPIO4S1
0
6
GPIO4S0
0
5
GPIO3S1
0
4
GPIO3S0
0
3
GPIO2S1
0
2
GPIO2S0
0
1
GPIO1S1
0
0
GPIO1S0
0
Bits 15 to 14: General Purpose IO 8 Select [1:0] (GPIO8S[1:0]). These bits determine the function of the GPIO8
pin. These selections are only valid if GL.CR1.GPM[1:0] is not set to 01.
00 = Input
01 = Reserved
10 = Output logic 0
11 = Output logic 1
Bits 13 to 12: General Purpose IO 7 Select [1:0] (GPIO7S[1:0]). These bits determine the function of the GPIO7
pin.
00 = Input
01 = Reserved
10 = Output logic 0
11 = Output logic 1
Bits 11 to 10 : General Purpose IO 6 Select [1:0] (GPIO6S[1:0]). These bits determine the function of the
GPIO6 pin. These selections are only valid if GL.CR1.MEIMS=0.
00 = Input
01 = Reserved
10 = Output logic 0
11 = Output logic 1
Bits 9 to 8: General Purpose IO 5 Select [1:0] (GPIO5S[1:0]). These bits determine the function of the GPIO5
pin.
00 = Input
01 = Reserved
10 = Output logic 0
11 = Output logic 1
Bits 7 to 6: General Purpose IO 4 Select [1:0] (GPIO4S[1:0]). These bits determine the function of the GPIO4
pin. These selections are only valid if GL.CR2 .G8KRIS=0.
00 = Input
01 = Reserved
10 = Output logic 0
11 = Output logic 1
Bits 5 to 4: General Purpose IO 3 Select [1:0] (GPIO3S[1:0]). These bits determine the function of the GPIO3
pin.
00 = Input
01 = Reserved
10 = Output logic 0
11 = Output logic 1
Bits 3 to 2: General Purpose IO 2 Select [1:0] (GPIO2S[1:0]). These bits determine the function of the GPIO2
pin. These selections are only valid if GL.CR2.GKROS=0.
00 = Input
01 = Port B status output selected by PORT.CR4:GPIOB[3:0] in port control registers
10 = Output logic 0
11 = Output logic 1
129 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Bits 1 to 0: General Purpose IO 1 Select [1:0] (GPIO1S[1:0]). These bits determine the function of the GPIO1
pin.
00 = Input
01 = Port A status output selected by PORT.CR4:GPIOA[3:0] in port control registers
10 = Output logic 0
11 = Output logic 1
GL.ISR
Global Interrupt Status Register
010h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
15
--
14
--
13
--
12
--
11
--
10
--
9
--
8
--
Bit #
Name
7
--
6
--
5
--
4
PISR
3
--
2
--
1
0
GSR
--
Bit 4: Port Interrupt Status Register (PISR) This bit is set when any of the bits in the port interrupt status
registers (PORT.ISR) are set. The INT interrupt pin will be driven low when this bit is set and the GL.ISRIE.PISRIE
interrupt enable bit is enabled.
Bit 0: Global Status Register Interrupt Status (GSR) This bit is set when any of the latched status register bits
in the global latched status register (GL.SRL) are set and enabled for interrupt. The INT interrupt pin will be driven
low when this bit is set and the GL.ISRIE.GSRIE interrupt enable bit is enabled.
GL.ISRIE
Global Interrupt Status Register Interrupt Enable
012h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
-0
14
-0
13
-0
12
-0
11
-0
10
-0
9
-0
8
-0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
-0
6
-0
5
-0
4
PISRIE
0
3
-0
2
-0
1
RESERVED
0
GSRIE
0
0
Bit 4: Port Interrupt Status Register Interrupt Enable (PISRIE) When this is enabled and the GL.ISR.PISR
status bit is set, the INT pin will be driven low.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 0: Global Status Register Interrupt Status Interrupt Enable (GSRIE) When this interrupt enable bit is
enabled, and the GL.ISR.GSR status bit is set, the INT pin will be driven low.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
130 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
GL.SR
Global Status Register
014h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
15
--
14
--
13
--
12
--
11
--
10
--
9
--
8
--
Bit #
Name
7
--
6
--
5
--
4
--
3
--
2
--
1
CLOL
0
GPMS
Bit 1 : CLAD Loss of Lock (CLOL) – This bit is set when any of the PLLs in the CLAD are not locked to the
reference frequency.
Bit 0: Global Performance Monitoring Update Status (GPMS) This bit is set when all of the port performance
register update status bits (PORT.SR.PMU), that are enabled for global update control (PORT.CR2.PMUM=1), are
set. It is an “AND” of all the globally enabled port PMU status bits. In global software update mode, the global
update request bit (GL.CR.GPMU) should be held high until this status bit goes high.
0 = The associated update request signal is low or not all register updates are completed
1 = The requested performance register updates are all completed
GL.SRL
Global Status Register Latched
016h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
15
--
14
--
13
--
12
--
11
--
10
--
9
--
8
--
Bit #
Name
7
--
6
--
5
--
4
8KREFL
3
CLADL
2
ONESL
1
CLOLL
0
GPMSL
Bit 4: 8kHz Reference Activity Status Latched (8KREFL) This bit will be set when the 8 kHz reference signal on
the GPIO4 pin is active. The GL.CR2.G8KIS bit must be set for the activity to be monitored.
Bit 3: CLAD Reference Clock Activity Status Latched (CLADL) This bit will be set when the CLAD PLL
reference clock signal on the REFCLK pin is active.
Bit 2: One Second Status Latched (ONESL) This bit will be set once a second. The GL.ISR.GSR status bit will
be set when this bit is set and the GL.SRIE.ONESIE bit is enabled. The INT pin will be driven low if this bit is set
and the GL.SRIE.ONESIE bit and the GL.ISRIE.GSRIE bit are enabled.
Bit 1: CLAD Loss Of Lock Latched (CLOLL) This bit will be set when the GL.SR.CLOL status bit changes from
low to high. The GL.ISR.GSR bit will be set when this bit is set and the GL.SRIE.CLOLIE bit is set and the INT pin
will be driven low if the GL.ISRIE.GSRIE bit is also enabled.
Bit 0: Global Performance Monitoring Update Status Latched (GPMSL) This bit will be set when the
GL.SR.GPMS status bit changes from low to high. This bit will set the GL.ISR.GSR status bit if the
GL.SRIE.GPMSIE is enabled. This bit will drive the interrupt pin low if the GL.SRIE.GPMSIE bit and the
GL.ISRIE.GSRIE bit are enabled.
131 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
GL.SRIE
Global Status Register Interrupt Enable
018h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
-0
14
-0
13
-0
12
-0
11
-0
10
-0
9
-0
8
-0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
-0
6
-0
5
-0
4
-0
3
-0
2
ONESIE
0
1
CLOLIE
0
0
GPMSIE
0
Bit 2: One Second Interrupt Enable (ONESIE) This bit will drive the interrupt pin low if the GL.SRL.ONESL bit is
set, and the GL.ISRIE.GSRIE bit is enabled.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 1: CLAD Loss Of Lock Interrupt Enable (CLOLIE) The interrupt pin will be driven when this bit is enabled, the
GL.SRL.CLOLL is set, and GL.ISRIE.GSRIE bit is enabled.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 0: Global Performance Monitoring Update Status Interrupt Enable (GPMSIE) The interrupt pin will be
driven when this bit is enabled and the GL.SRL.GPMSL bit is set and the GL.ISRIE.GSRIE bit is enabled.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
GL.GIORR
Global General Purpose IO Read Register
01Ch
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
15
--
14
--
13
--
12
--
11
--
10
--
9
--
8
--
Bit #
Name
7
GPIO8
6
GPIO7
5
GPIO6
4
GPIO5
3
GPIO4
2
GPIO3
1
GPIO2
0
GPIO1
Bits 7 to 0: General Purpose IO Status [8:1]] (GPIO[8:1] ) These bits reflect the input or output signal on the 8
general purpose IO pins.
132 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
12.3 Port Register
12.3.1 Register Bit Descriptions
Table 12-12. Port Register Map
Address
040h
042h
044h
046h
048h
04Ah
04Ch
04Eh
050h
052h
054h
056h
058h
05Ah
05Ch
05Eh
Register
PORT.CR1
PORT.CR2
PORT.CR3
PORT.CR4
-PORT.INV1
PORT.INV2
-PORT.ISR
PORT.SR
PORT.SRL
PORT.SRIE
-----
Register Description
Port Control Register 1
Port Control Register 2
Port Control Register 3
Port Control Register 4
Unused
Port IO Invert Control Register 1
Port IO Invert Control Register 2
Unused
Port Interrupt Status Register
Port Status Register
Port Status Register Latched
Port Status Register Interrupt Enable
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
133 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
PORT.CR1
Port Control Register 1
040h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
RESERVED
15
13
PAIS1
0
12
PAIS0
0
11
LAIS1
0
10
LAIS0
0
9
BENA
0
RESERVED
0
14
PAIS2
0
Bit #
Name
Default
8
7
TMEI
0
6
MEIM
0
5
---
4
PMUM
0
3
PMU
0
2
PD
1
1
RSTDP
1
0
RST
0
0
Bits 14 to 12: Payload AIS Select [2:0] (PAIS[2:0]). This bit controls when an unframed all ones signal is forced
on the receive data path after the receive framer and payload loopback mux. Default: Payload AIS always sent.
PAIS[2:0]
PORT.CR1
WHEN AIS IS SENT
AIS CODE
000
Always
UA1
001
When LLB (no DLB) active
UA1
010
When PLB active
UA1
011
When LLB(no DLB) or PLB active
UA1
100
When LOS (no DLB) active
UA1
101
When OOF active
UA1
110
When OOF, LOS. LLB (no DLB), or
PLB active
UA1
111
Never
none
Bits 11 to 10: Line AIS Select [1:0] (LAIS[1:0). These bits control when a DS3 framed AIS or an unframed all
ones signal is to be transmitted on TPOS/TNEG and/or TXP/TXN. The signal on TPOS/TNEG can be AMI or
unipolar. This signal is sent even when in diagnostic loopback and always over-rides signals from the framers.
Default: AIS sent if DLB is enabled.
LAIS[1:0]
PORT.CR1
FRAME MODE
DESCRIPTION
AIS CODE
DS3
Automatic AIS when DLB is enabled
(PORT.CR4.LBM = 1XX)
DS3AIS
00
E3
Automatic AIS when DLB is enabled
UA1
01
Any
Send UA1
UA1
10
DS3
Send AIS
DS3AIS
10
E3
Send AIS
UA1
11
Any
Disable
none
00
Bit 9: BERT Enable (BENA). This bit is used to enable the transmit BERT logic; the receive BERT is always
enabled. The BERT pattern will replace the the system interface datastream (TSER) into the payload datastream.
0 = Tranmit BERT logic disabled and powered down
134 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
1 = Transmit BERT logic enabled
Bit 7: Transmit Manual Error Insert (TMEI) This bit is used to insert errors in all error insertion logic configured to
use this bit when PORT.CR1.MEIM=0. The error(s) will be inserted when this bit is toggled low to high.
Bit 6 : Transmit Manual Error Insert Mode (MEIM). These bits select the method transmit manual error insertion
for this port for error generators configured to use the external TMEI signal. The global updates are controlled by
the GL.CR1.MEIMS bit.
0 = Port software update via PORT.CR1.TMEI
1 = Global update source
Bit 4: Performance Monitor Update Mode (PMUM). These bits select the method of updating the performance
monitor registers. The global updates are controlled by the GL.CR1.GPMU bits.
0 = Port software update
1 = Global update
Bit 3: Performance Monitor Register Update (PMU) This bit is used to update all of the performance monitor
registers configured to use this bit when PORT.CR1.PMUM=0. The performance registers configured to use this
signal will be updated with the latest count value and the counters reset when this bit is toggled low to high. The bit
should remain high until the performance register update status bit (PORT.SR.PMS) goes high, then it should be
brought back low which clears the PMS status bit.
Bit 2: Power-Down (PD). When this bit is set, the LIU and digital logic for this port are powered down and
considered “out of service”. The logic is powered down by stopping the clocks. See the Reset and Power-Down
section 10.3.
0 = Normal operation
1 = Power-down port circuits (default state)
Bit 1: Reset Data Path (RSTDP). When this bit is set, it will force all of the internal data path registers to their
default state. This bit must be set high for a minimum of 100ns and then set back low. See the Reset and PowerDown section 10.3. Note: The Default State of this bit is 1 (after a general reset (port or global), this bit will be set
to one).
0 = Normal operation
1 = Force all data path registers to their default values
Bit 0: Reset (RST). When this bit is set, it will force all the internal data path and status and control registers
(except this RST bit) of this port to their default state. See the Reset and Power-Down section 10.3. This bit must
be set high for a minimum of 100ns and then set back low. This software bit is logically OR’ed with the inverted
hardware signal RST and the GL.CR1.RST bit.
0 = Normal operation
1 = Force all internal registers to their default values
PORT.CR2
Port Control Register 2
042h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
TLEN
0
14
TTS
0
13
RMON
0
12
TLBO
0
RESERVED
Bit #
Name
Default
0
0
11
7
6
RESERVED
RESERVED
5
FM2
0
4
FM1
0
3
FM0
0
0
10
LM2
0
9
LM1
0
8
LM0
0
2
1
0
RESERVED
RESERVED
RESERVED
0
0
0
Bit 15: Transmit Line IO Signal Enable (TLEN). This bit is used to enable to transmit line interface output pins
TLCLK, TPOS/TDAT and TNEG.
0 = Disable, force outputs low
1 = Enable normal operation
Bit 14: Transmit LIU Tri-State (TTS) This bit is used to tri-state the transmit TXP and TXN pins. The LIU is still
powered up when the pins are tri-stated. It has no effect when the LIU is disabled and powered down.
135 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
0 = TXP and TXN driven
1 = TXP and TXN tri-stated
Bit 13: Receive LIU Monitor Mode (RMON) This bit is used to enable the receive LIU monitor mode pre-amplifier.
Enabling the pre-amplifier adds about 20 dB of linear amplification for use in monitor applications where the signal
has been reduced 20 dB using resistive attenuator circuits.
0 = Disable the 20 dB pre-amp
1 = Enable the 20 dB pre-amp
Bit 12: Transmit LIU LBO (TLBO) This bit is used enable the transmit LBO circuit which causes the transmit
signal to have a wave shape that approximates about 225 feet of cable. This is used to reduce near end crosstalk
when the cable lengths are short. This signal is only valid in DS3 LIU mode.
0 = TXP and TXN have full amplitude signals
1 = TXP and TXN signals approximate 225 feet of cable
Bits 10 to 8 : Port Interface Mode (LM[2:0]). The LM[2:0] bits select main port interface operational modes. The
default state disables the LIU and the JA.
Table 10-26. Line Mode Select Bits LM[2:0]
LINE.TCR.TZSD &
LINE.RCR.RZSD
LM[2:0]
(PORT.CR2)
Line Code
LIU
JA
0
000
B3ZS/HDB3
OFF
OFF
0
001
B3ZS/HDB3
ON
OFF
0
010
B3ZS/HDB3
ON
TX
0
011
B3ZS/HDB3
ON
RX
1
000
AMI
OFF
OFF
1
001
AMI
ON
OFF
1
010
AMI
ON
TX
1
011
AMI
ON
RX
X
1XX
UNI
OFF
OFF
Bits 5 to 3: Framing mode (FM[2:0]). The FM[2:0] bits select main framing operational modes. Default: DS3 Cbit.
FM[2:0]
0 00
0 01
0 10
0 11
1 00
1 01
1 10
1 11
DESCRIPTION
DS3 C-bit Framed
DS3 M23 Framed
E3 G.751 Famed
E3 G.832 Framed
DS3 Unframed
Undefined
E3 Unframed
Undefined
LINE CODE
B3ZS/AMI/UNI
B3ZS/AMI/UNI
HDB3/AMI/UNI
HDB3/AMI/UNI
B3ZS/AMI/UNI
--HDB3/AMI/UNI
---
136 of 230
FIGURE
Figure 7-1
Figure 7-1
Figure 7-1
Figure 7-1
Figure 7-2
Figure 7-2
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
PORT.CR3
Port Control Register 3
044h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
-0
14
-0
13
RCLKS
0
12
RSOFOS
0
RESERVED
11
9
TSOFOS
0
RESERVED
0
10
TCLKS
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
P8KRS1
0
6
P8KRS0
0
5
P8KREF
0
4
LOOPT
0
8
3
CLADC
0
2
RFTS
0
1
TFTS
0
0
TLTS
0
0
Bit 13: Receive Clock Output Select (RCLKS). This bit is used to select the function of the RGCLK / RCLKO
pins. See Table 10-24.
0 = Selects the RGCLK signal, or the drive low pin function.
1 = Selects RCLKO signal.
Bit 12: Receive Start Of Frame Output Select (RSOFOS). This bit is to select the function of the RSOFO /
RDEN pins. See Table 10-23.
0 = Selects RDEN signal.
1 = Selects RSOFO signal.
Bit 10: Transmit Clock Output Select (TCLKS). This bit is used to select the function of the TGCLK / TCLKO
pins. See Table 10-22.
0 = Selects TGCLK signal.
1 = Selects TCLKO signal.
Bit 9: Transmit Start Of Frame Output Select (TSOFOS). This bit is used to select the function of the TSOFO /
TDEN pins. See Table 10-21.
0 = Selects TDEN signal.
1 = Selects TSOFO signal.
Bits 7 to 6: Port 8 kHz Reference Source Select (P8KRS[1:0]). This bit selects the source of the 8 kHz
reference from the port sources. The 8K reference for this port can be used as the global 8K reference source. See
Table 10-13.
Table 10-13. Port 8 kHz Reference Source Table
PORT.CR3.P8KRS[1:0]
0X
10
11
SOURCE
Undefined
Internal receive framer clock
Internal transmit framer clock
Bit 5: PORT 8 kHz Reference Source (P8KREF). This bit selects the source of the 8 kHz reference for one
second timer.
0 = 8 kHz reference from global source
1 = 8 kHz reference from port’s selected source
Bit 4: LOOP Time Enable (LOOPT). When this bit is set, the port is in loop time mode. The transmit clock is set
to the receive clock from the RLCLK pin or the recovered clock from the LIU or the CLAD clock and the TCLKI pin
is not used. This function of this bit is conditional on other control bits. See Table 10-4 for more details.
0 = Normal transmit clock operation
1 = Transmit using the receive clock
Bit 3: CLAD Transmit Clock Source Control (CLADC). This bit is used to enable the CLAD clocks as the
source of the internal transmit clock. This function of this bit is conditional on other control bits. See Table 10-4 for
more details.
0 = Use CLAD clocks for the transmit clock as appropriate
1 = Do not use CLAD clocks for the transmit clock – (if no loopback is enabled, TCLKI is the source)
137 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Bit 2: Receive Framer IO Signal Timing Select (RFTS). This bit controls the timing reference for the signals on
the receive framer interface IO pins. The pins controlled are RSER, RSOFO / RDEN. See Table 10-8 for more
details.
0 = Use output clocks for timing reference
1 = Use input clocks for timing reference
Bit 1: Transmit Framer IO Signal Timing Select (TFTS). This bit controls the timing reference for the signals on
the transmit framer interface IO pins. The pins controlled are TSOFIn, TSER, and TSOFO / TDEN. See Table 10-7
for more details.
0 = Use output clocks for timing reference
1 = Use input clocks for timing reference
Bit 0: Transmit Line IO Signal Timing Select (TLTS). This bit controls the timing reference for the signals on the
transmit line interface IO pins. The pins controlled are TPOS / TDAT and TNEG. See Table 10-6 for more details.
0 = Use output clocks for timing reference
1 = Use input clocks for timing reference
PORT.CR4
Port Control Register 4
046h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
-0
14
-0
13
-0
12
-0
RESERVED
11
0
10
LBM2
0
9
LBM1
0
8
LBM0
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
GPIOB3
0
6
GPIOB2
0
5
GPIOB1
0
4
GPIOB0
0
3
GPIOA3
0
2
GPIOA2
0
1
GPIOA1
0
0
GPIOA0
0
Bits 10 to 8: Loopback Mode [2:0] (LBM[2:0]). These bits select the loopback modes for analog loopback (ALB),
line loopback (LLB), payload loopback (PLB) and diagnostic loopback (DLB). See Table 10-17 for the loopback
select codes. Default: No Loopback.
LBM[2:0]
ALB
LLB
PLB
DLB
000
001
010
011
10X
110
111
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
Bits 7 to 4: General Purpose IO B Output Select[3:0] (GPIOB[3:0]) These bits determine which alarm status
signal to output on the GPIO2, pin. The GPIO pin must be enabled by setting the bits in the GL.GIOCR and
GL.CR2 registers to output the selected alarm signal. See Table 10-15. See Table 10-16 for the alarm select
codes.
Bits 3 to 0: General Purpose IO A Output Select[3:0] (GPIOA[3:0]) These bits determine which alarm status
signal to output on the GPIO1 pin. The GPIO pin must be enabled for output by setting the bits in the GL.GIOCR
register. See Table 10-15 for configuration settings. See Table 10-16 below for the alarm select codes.
138 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
0000
0001
0010
0011
0100
0101
0110
0111
1000
1001
1010
1011
1100
1101
1110
1111
DS3 IDLE
DS3/E3 RAI
DS3/E3 AIS
DS3/E3 LOF
DS3/E3 OOF
PORT.CR4
GPIO(A/B)[3:0]
LINE LOS
Table 10-16. GPIO Port Alarm Monitor Select
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
139 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
PORT.INV1
Port IO Invert Control Register 1
04Ah
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
14
RESERVED
RESERVED
12
TSOFOI
0
RESERVED
0
13
-0
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
TOHI
0
11
0
10
TSERI
0
9
TOHSI
0
8
TOHEI
0
6
TOHCKI
0
5
TSOFII
0
4
TNEGI
0
3
TDATI
0
2
TLCKI
0
1
TCKOI
0
0
TCKII
0
Bit 12 : TSOFO / TDEN/ Invert (TSOFOI). This bit inverts the TSOFO / TDEN pin when set.
Bit 10 : TSER Invert (TSERI). This bit inverts the TSER pin when set.
Bit 9 : TOHSOF Invert (TOHSI). This bit inverts the TOHSOF pin when set.
Bit 8 : TOHEN Invert (TOHEI). This bit inverts the TOHEN pin when set.
Bit 7 : TOH Invert (TOHI). This bit inverts the TOH pin when set.
Bit 6 : TOHCLK Invert (TOHCKI). This bit inverts the TOHCLK pin when set.
Bit 5 : TSOFIn Invert (TSOFII). This bit inverts the TSOFIn pin when set.
Bit 4 : TNEG Invert (TNEGI). This bit inverts the TNEG pin when set.
Bit 3 : TDAT Invert (TDATI). This bit inverts the TDAT pin when set.
Bit 2 : TLCLK Invert (TLCKI). This bit inverts the TLCLK pin when set.
Bit 1 : TCLKO / TGCLK Invert (TCKOI). This bit inverts the TCLKO / TGCLK pin when set.
Bit 0 : TCLKI Invert (TCKII). This bit inverts the TCLKI pin when set.
PORT.INV2
Port IO Invert Control Register 2
04Ch
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
-0
14
13
RESERVED
RESERVED
0
12
RSOFOI
0
11
-0
10
RSERI
0
9
ROHSI
0
8
-0
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
ROHI
0
6
ROHCKI
0
5
-0
4
RNEGI
0
3
RPOSI
0
2
RLCKI
0
1
RCLKOI
0
0
-0
Bit 12 : RSOFO / RDEN Invert (RSOFOI). This bit inverts the RSOFO / RDEN pin when set.
Bit 10 : RSER Invert (RSERI). This bit inverts the RSER pin when set.
Bit 9 : ROHSOF Invert (ROHSI). This bit inverts the ROHSOF pin when set.
Bit 7 : ROH Invert (ROHI). This bit inverts the ROH pin when set.
Bit 6 : ROHCLK Invert (ROHCKI). This bit inverts the ROHCLK pin when set.
Bit 4 : RNEG / RLCV Invert (RNEGI). This bit inverts the RNEG / RLCV when set.
Bit 3 : RPOS / RDAT Invert (RPOSI). This bit inverts the RPOS / RDAT pin when set.
Bit 2 : RLCLK Invert (RLCKI). This bit inverts the RLCLK pin when set.
Bit 1 : RCLKO / RGCLK Invert (RCLKOI). This bit inverts the RCLKO / RGCLK pin when set.
140 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
PORT.ISR
Port Interrupt Status Register
050h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
15
--
14
--
13
--
12
--
11
--
10
--
9
Bit #
Name
7
TTSR
6
FSR
5
HSR
4
BSR
3
2
1
RESERVED
RESERVED
RESERVED
PSR
8
LCSR
0
FMSR
Bit 9: Port Status Register Interrupt Status (PSR) This bit is set when any of the latched status register bits, that
are enabled for interrupt, in the PORT.SRL register are set. The interrupt pin will be driven when this bit is set and
the GL.ISRIE.PISRIE bit is set.
Bit 8: Line Code Status Register Interrupt Status (LCSR) This bit is set when any of the latched status register
bits, that are enabled for interrupt, in the B3ZS/HDB3 Line Encoder/Decoder block are set. The interrupt pin will be
driven when this bit is set and the GL.ISRIE.PISRIE bit is set.
Bit 7: Trail Trace Status Register Interrupt Status (TTSR) This bit is set when any of the latched status register
bits, that are enabled for interrupt, in the trail trace block are set. The interrupt pin will be driven when this bit is set
and the GL.ISRIE.PISRIE bit is set.
Bit 6: FEAC Status Register Interrupt Status (FSR) This bit is set when any of the latched status register bits,
that are enabled for interrupt, in the FEAC block are set. The interrupt pin will be driven when this bit is set and the
GL.ISRIE.PISRIE bit is set.
Bit 5: HDLC Status Register Interrupt Status (HSR) This bit is set when any of the latched status register bits,
that are enabled for interrupt, in the HDLC block are set. The interrupt pin will be driven when this bit is set and the
GL.ISRIE.PISRIE bit is set.
Bit 4: BERT Status Register Interrupt Status (BSR) This bit is set when any of the latched status register bits,
that are enabled for interrupt, in the BERT block are set. The interrupt pin will be driven when this bit is set and the
GL.ISRIE.PISRIE bit is set.
Bit 0: Framer Status Register Interrupt Status (FMSR) This bit is set when any of the latched status register bits,
that are enabled for interrupt, in the active DS3 or E3 framer block are set. The interrupt pin will be driven when this
bit is set and the GL.ISRIE.PISRIE bit is set.
PORT.SR
Port Status Register
052h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
15
--
14
--
13
--
12
--
11
--
10
--
9
--
8
--
Bit #
Name
7
--
6
--
5
--
4
--
3
--
2
TDM
1
RLOL
0
PMS
Bit 2: Transmit Driver Monitor Status (TDM) This bits indicates the status of the transmit monitor circuit in the
transmit LIU.
0 = Transmit output not over loaded
1 = Transmit signal is overloaded
141 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Bit 1: Receive Loss Of Lock Status (RLOL) This bits indicates the status of the receive LIU clock recovery PLL
circuit.
0 = Locked to the incoming signal
1 = Not locked to the incoming signal
Bit 0: Performance Monitoring Update Status (PMS) This bits indicates the status of all active performance
monitoring register and counter update signals in this port. It is an “AND” of all update status bits and is not set until
all performance registers are updated and the counters reset. In software update modes, the update request bit
PORT.CR1.PMU should be held high until this status bit goes high.
0 = The associated update request signal is low
1 = The requested performance register updates are all completed
PORT.SRL
Port Status Register Latched
054h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
15
--
14
--
13
--
12
--
11
--
10
--
9
--
8
--
Bit #
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
RLCLKL
TCLKIL
---TDML
RLOLL
PMSL
Bit 7: Receive Line Clock Activity Status Latched (RLCLKL) This bit will be set when the signal on the RLCLK
pin or the recovered clock from the LIU for this port is active.
Bit 6: Transmit Input Clock Activity Status Latched (TCLKIL) This bit will be set when the signal on the TCLKI
pin for this port is active.
Bit 2: Transmit Driver Monitor Status Latched (TDML) This bit will be set when the PORT.SR.TDM status bit
changes from low to high. This bit will also set the PORT.ISR.PSR status bit if the PORT.SRIE.TDMIE bit is
enabled.
The interrupt pin will be driven when this bit is set, the PORT.SRIE.TDMIE bit is set, and the
corresponding GL.ISRIE.PISRIE bit is also set.
Bit 1: Receive Loss Of Lock Status Latched (RLOLL) This bit will be set when the PORT.SR.RLOL status bit
changes from low to high. This bit will also set the PORT.ISR.PSR status bit if the PORT.SRIE.RLOLIE bit is
enabled.
The interrupt pin will be driven when this bit is set, the PORT.SRIE.RLOLIE bit is set, and the
corresponding GL.ISRIE.PISRIE bit is also set.
Bit 0: Performance Monitoring Update Status Latched (PMSL) This bit will be set when the PORT.SR.PMS
status bit changes from low to high. This bit will also set the PORT.ISR.PSR status bit if the PORT.SRIE.PMUIE bit
is enabled. The interrupt pin will be driven when this bit is set, the PORT.SRIE.PMUIE bit is set, and the
PORT.SRIE.PMSIE bit are set.
PORT.SRIE
Port Status Register Interrupt Enable
056h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
-0
14
-0
13
-0
12
-0
11
-0
10
-0
9
-0
8
-0
Bit #
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
-----TDMIE
RLOLIE
PMSIE
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit 2: Transmit Driver Monitor Latched Status Interrupt Enable (TDMIE) The interrupt pin will be driven when
this bit is enabled and the PORT.SRL.TDML bit is set and the GL.ISRIE.PISRIE bit is enabled.
142 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Bit 1: Receive Loss Of Lock Latched Status Interrupt Enable (RLOLIE) The interrupt pin will be driven when
this bit is enabled and the PORT.SRL.RLOLL bit is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PISRIE bit is enabled.
Bit 0: Performance Monitoring Update Latched Status Interrupt Enable (PMSIE) The interrupt pin will be
driven when this bit is enabled and the PORT.SRL.PMSL bit is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PISRIE bit is enabled.
143 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
12.4 BERT
12.4.1 BERT Register Map
The BERT utilizes twelve registers.
Table 12-13. BERT Register Map
Address
060h
062h
064h
066h
068h
06Ah
06Ch
06Eh
070h
072h
074h
076h
078h
07Ah
07Ch
07Eh
Register
Register Description
BERT.CR
BERT.PCR
BERT.SPR1
BERT.SPR2
BERT.TEICR
-BERT.SR
BERT.SRL
BERT.SRIE
-BERT.RBECR1
BERT.RBECR2
BERT.RBCR1
BERT.RBCR2
---
BERT Control Register
BERT Pattern Configuration Register
BERT Seed/Pattern Register #1
BERT Seed/Pattern Register #2
BERT Transmit Error Insertion Control Register
Unused
BERT Status Register
BERT Status Register Latched
BERT Status Register Interrupt Enable
Unused
BERT Receive Bit Error Count Register #1
BERT Receive Bit Error Count Register #2
BERT Receive Bit Count Register #1
BERT Receive Bit Count Register #2
Unused
Unused
12.4.2 BERT Register Bit Descriptions
BERT.CR
BERT Control Register
060h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
-0
14
-0
13
-0
12
-0
11
-0
10
-0
9
-0
8
-0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
PMUM
0
6
LPMU
0
5
RNPL
0
4
RPIC
0
3
MPR
0
2
APRD
0
1
TNPL
0
0
TPIC
0
Bit 7: Performance Monitoring Update Mode (PMUM) – When 0, a performance monitoring update is initiated by
the LPMU register bit. When 1, a performance monitoring update is initiated by the global or port PMU register bit.
Note: If the LPMU bit or the global or port PMU bit is one, changing the state of this bit may cause a performance
monitoring update to occur.
Bit 6: Local Performance Monitoring Update (LPMU) – This bit causes a performance monitoring update to be
initiated if local performance monitoring update is enabled (PMUM = 0). A 0 to 1 transition causes the performance
monitoring registers to be updated with the latest data, and the counters reset (0 or 1). For a second performance
monitoring update to be initiated, this bit must be set to 0, and back to 1. If LPMU goes low before the PMS bit
goes high; an update might not be performed. This bit has no affect when PMUM=1.
Bit 5: Receive New Pattern Load (RNPL) – A zero to one transition of this bit will cause the programmed test
pattern (QRSS, PTS, PLF[4:0}, PTF[4:0], and BSP[31:0]) to be loaded in to the receive pattern generator. This bit
144 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
must be changed to zero and back to one for another pattern to be loaded. Loading a new pattern will forces the
receive pattern generator out of the “Sync” state which causes a resynchronization to be initiated. Note: QRSS,
PTS, PLF[4:0}, PTF[4:0], and BSP[31:0] must not change from the time this bit transitions from 0 to 1 until four
receive clock cycles after this bit transitions from 0 to 1.
Bit 4: Receive Pattern Inversion Control (RPIC) – When 0, the receive incoming data stream is not altered.
When 1, the receive incoming data stream is inverted.
Bit 3: Manual Pattern Resynchronization (MPR) – A zero to one transition of this bit will cause the receive
pattern generator to resynchronize to the incoming pattern. This bit must be changed to zero and back to one for
another resynchronization to be initiated. Note: A manual resynchronization forces the receive pattern generator
out of the “Sync” state.
Bit 2: Automatic Pattern Resynchronization Disable (APRD) – When 0, the receive pattern generator will
automatically resynchronize to the incoming pattern if six or more times during the current 64-bit window the
incoming data stream bit and the receive pattern generator output bit did not match. When 1, the receive pattern
generator will not automatically resynchronize to the incoming pattern.
Bit 1: Transmit New Pattern Load (TNPL) – A zero to one transition of this bit will cause the programmed test
pattern (QRSS, PTS, PLF[4:0}, PTF[4:0], and BSP[31:0]) to be loaded in to the transmit pattern generator. This bit
must be changed to zero and back to one for another pattern to be loaded. Note: QRSS, PTS, PLF[4:0}, PTF[4:0],
and BSP[31:0] must not change from the time this bit transitions from 0 to 1 until four transmit clock cycles after this
bit transitions from 0 to 1.
Bit 0: Transmit Pattern Inversion Control (TPIC) – When 0, the transmit outgoing data stream is not altered.
When 1, the transmit outgoing data stream is inverted.
BERT.PCR
BERT Pattern Configuration Register
062h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
-0
14
-0
13
-0
12
PTF4
0
11
PTF3
0
10
PTF2
0
9
PTF1
0
8
PTF0
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
-0
6
QRSS
0
5
PTS
0
4
PLF4
0
3
PLF3
0
2
PLF2
0
1
PLF1
0
0
PLF0
0
Bits 12 to 8: Pattern Tap Feedback (PTF[4:0]) – These five bits control the PRBS “tap” feedback of the pattern
generator. The “tap” feedback will be from bit y of the pattern generator (y = PTF[4:0] +1). These bits are ignored
when programmed for a repetitive pattern. For a PRBS signal, the feedback is an XOR of bit n and bit y.
Bit 6: QRSS Enable (QRSS) – When 0, the pattern generator configuration is controlled by PTS, PLF[4:0], and
PTF[4:0], and BSP[31:0]. When 1, the pattern generator configuration is forced to a PRBS pattern with a
20
17
generating polynomial of x + x + 1. The output of the pattern generator will be forced to one if the next fourteen
output bits are all zero.
Bit 5: Pattern Type Select (PTS) – When 0, the pattern is a PRBS pattern. When 1, the pattern is a repetitive
pattern.
Bits 4 to 0: Pattern Length Feedback (PLF[4:0]) – These five bits control the “length” feedback of the pattern
generator. The “length” feedback will be from bit n of the pattern generator (n = PLF[4:0] +1). For a PRBS signal,
the feedback is an XOR of bit n and bit y. For a repetitive pattern the feedback is bit n.
145 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
BERT.SPR1
BERT Seed/Pattern Register #1
064h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
BSP15
0
14
BSP14
0
13
BSP13
0
12
BSP12
0
11
BSP11
0
10
BSP10
0
9
BSP9
0
8
BSP8
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
BSP7
0
6
BSP6
0
5
BSP5
0
4
BSP4
0
3
BSP3
0
2
BSP2
0
1
BSP1
0
0
BSP0
0
Bits 15 to 0: BERT Seed/Pattern (BSP[15:0]) – Lower sixteen bits of 32 bits. Register description follows next
register.
BERT.SPR2
BERT Seed/Pattern Register #2
066h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
BSP31
0
14
BSP30
0
13
BSP29
0
12
BSP28
0
11
BSP27
0
10
BSP26
0
9
BSP25
0
8
BSP24
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
BSP23
0
6
BSP22
0
5
BSP21
0
4
BSP20
0
3
BSP19
0
2
BSP18
0
1
BSP17
0
0
BSP16
0
Bits 15 to 0: BERT Seed/Pattern (BSP[31:16]) - Upper 16 bits of 32 bits.
BERT Seed/Pattern (BSP[31:0]) – These 32 bits are the programmable seed for a transmit PRBS pattern, or the
programmable pattern for a transmit or receive repetitive pattern. BSP(31) will be the first bit output on the transmit
side for a 32-bit repetitive pattern or 32-bit length PRBS. BSP(31) will be the first bit input on the receive side for a
32-bit repetitive pattern.
BERT.TEICR
BERT Transmit Error Insertion Control Register
068h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
-0
14
-0
13
-0
12
-0
11
-0
10
-0
9
-0
8
-0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
-0
6
-0
5
TEIR2
0
4
TEIR1
0
3
TEIR0
0
2
BEI
0
1
TSEI
0
0
MEIMS
0
Bits 5 to 3: Transmit Error Insertion Rate (TEIR[2:0]) – These three bits indicate the rate at which errors are
n
inserted in the output data stream. One out of every 10 bits is inverted. TEIR[2:0] is the value n. A TEIR[2:0] value
th
of 0 disables error insertion at a specific rate. A TEIR[2:0] value of 1 result in every 10 bit being inverted. A
th
TEIR[2:0] value of 2 result in every 100 bit being inverted. Error insertion starts when this register is written to with
a TEIR[2:0] value that is nonzero. If this register is written to during the middle of an error insertion process, the
new error rate will be started after the next error is inserted.
146 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
TEIR[2:0]
Error Rate
000
Disabled
001
1*10-1
010
1*10-2
011
1*10-3
100
1*10-4
101
1*10-5
110
1*10-6
111
1*10-7
Bit 2: Bit Error Insertion Enable (BEI) – When 0, single bit error insertion is disabled. When 1, single bit error
insertion is enabled.
Bit 1: Transmit Single Error Insert (TSEI) – This bit causes a bit error to be inserted in the transmit data stream if
manual error insertion is disabled (MEIMS = 0) and single bit error insertion is enabled. A 0 to 1 transition causes a
single bit error to be inserted. For a second bit error to be inserted, this bit must be set to 0, and back to 1. Note: If
MEIMS is low, and this bit transitions more than once between error insertion opportunities, only one error will be
inserted.
Bit 0: Manual Error Insert Mode Select (MEIMS) – When 0, error insertion is initiated by the TSEI register bit.
When 1, error insertion is initiated by the transmit manual error insertion signal (TMEI). Note: If TMEI or TSEI is
one, changing the state of this bit may cause a bit error to be inserted.
BERT.SR
BERT Status Register
06Ch
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
15
--
14
--
13
--
12
--
11
--
10
--
9
--
8
--
Bit #
Name
7
--
6
--
5
--
4
--
3
PMS
2
--
1
BEC
0
OOS
Bit 3: Performance Monitoring Update Status (PMS) – This bit indicates the status of the receive performance
monitoring register (counters) update. This bit will transition from low to high when the update is completed. PMS
will be forced low when the LPMU bit (PMUM = 0) or the global or port PMU bit (PMUM=1) goes low.
Bit 1: Bit Error Count (BEC) – When 0, the bit error count is zero. When 1, the bit error count is one or more.
This bit is cleared when the user updates the BERT counters via the PMU bit (BERT.CR).
Bit 0: Out Of Synchronization (OOS) – When 0, the receive pattern generator is synchronized to the incoming
pattern. When 1, the receive pattern generator is not synchronized to the incoming pattern.
147 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
BERT.SRL
BERT Status Register Latched
06Eh
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
15
--
14
--
13
--
12
--
11
--
10
--
9
--
8
--
Bit #
Name
7
--
6
--
5
--
4
--
3
PMSL
2
BEL
1
BECL
0
OOSL
Bit 3: Performance Monitoring Update Status Latched (PMSL) – This bit is set when the PMS bit transitions
from 0 to 1.
Bit 2: Bit Error Latched (BEL) – This bit is set when a bit error is detected.
Bit 1: Bit Error Count Latched (BECL) – This bit is set when the BEC bit transitions from 0 to 1.
Bit 0: Out Of Synchronization Latched (OOSL) – This bit is set when the OOS bit changes state.
BERT.SRIE
BERT Status Register Interrupt Enable
070h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
-0
14
-0
13
-0
12
-0
11
-0
10
-0
9
-0
8
-0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
-0
6
-0
5
-0
4
-0
3
PMSIE
0
2
BEIE
0
1
BECIE
0
0
OOSIE
0
Bit 3: Performance Monitoring Update Status Interrupt Enable (PMSIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the
PMSL bit is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 2: Bit Error Interrupt Enable (BEIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the BEL bit is set and the
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE bit is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 1: Bit Error Count Interrupt Enable (BECIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the BECL bit is set and the
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE bit is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 0: Out Of Synchronization Interrupt Enable (OOSIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the OOSL bit is set and
the GL.ISRIE.PSRIE bit is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
148 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
BERT.RBECR1
BERT Receive Bit Error Count Register #1
074h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
BEC15
0
14
BEC14
0
13
BEC13
0
12
BEC12
0
11
BEC11
0
10
BEC10
0
9
BEC9
0
8
BEC8
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
BEC7
0
6
BEC6
0
5
BEC5
0
4
BEC4
0
3
BEC3
0
2
BEC2
0
1
BEC1
0
0
BEC0
0
Bits 15 to 0: Bit Error Count (BEC[15:0]) – Lower sixteen bits of 24 bits. Register description follows next
register.
BERT.RBECR2
BERT Receive Bit Error Count Register #2
076h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
-0
14
-0
13
-0
12
-0
11
-0
10
-0
9
-0
8
-0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
BEC23
0
6
BEC22
0
5
BEC21
0
4
BEC20
0
3
BEC19
0
2
BEC18
0
1
BEC17
0
0
BEC16
0
Bits 7 to 0: Bit Error Count (BEC[23:16]) - Upper 8-bits of Register.
Bit Error Count (BEC[23:0]) – These twenty-four bits indicate the number of bit errors detected in the incoming
data stream. This count stops incrementing when it reaches a count of FF FFFFh. This bit error counter will not
increment when an OOS condition exists. This register is updated via the PMU signal (see section 10.4.5)
149 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
BERT.RBCR1
Receive Bit Count Register #1
078h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
BC15
0
14
BC14
0
13
BC13
0
12
BC12
0
11
BC11
0
10
BC10
0
9
BC9
0
8
BC8
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
BC7
0
6
BC6
0
5
BC5
0
4
BC4
0
3
BC3
0
2
BC2
0
1
BC1
0
0
BC0
0
Bits 15 to 0: Bit Count (BC[15:0]) – Lower sixteen bits of 32 bits. Register description follows next register.
BERT.RBCR2
Receive Bit Count Register #2
07Ah
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
BC31
0
14
BC30
0
13
BC29
0
12
BC28
0
11
BC27
0
10
BC26
0
9
BC25
0
8
BC24
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
BC23
0
6
BC22
0
5
BC21
0
4
BC20
0
3
BC19
0
2
BC18
0
1
BC17
0
0
BC16
0
Bits 15 to 0: Bit Count (BC[31:16]) - Upper 16 bits of 32 bits.
Bit Count (BC[31:0]) – These thirty-two bits indicate the number of bits in the incoming data stream. This count
stops incrementing when it reaches a count of FFFF FFFFh. This bit counter will not increment when an OOS
condition exists. This register is updated via the PMU signal (see section 10.4.5)
150 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
12.5 B3ZS/HDB3 Line Encoder/Decoder
12.5.1 Transmit Side Line Encoder/Decoder Register Map
The transmit side utilizes one register.
Table 12-14. Transmit Side B3ZS/HDB3 Line Encoder/Decoder Register Map
Address
08Ch
08Eh
Register
LINE.TCR
--
Register Description
Line Transmit Control Register
Unused
12.5.1.1 Register Bit Descriptions
LINE.TCR
Register Name:
Line Transmit Control Register
Register Description:
08Ch
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
-0
14
-0
13
-0
12
-0
11
-0
10
-0
9
-0
8
-0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
-0
6
-0
5
-0
4
TZSD
0
3
EXZI
0
2
BPVI
0
1
TSEI
0
0
MEIMS
0
Bit 4: Transmit Zero Suppression Encoding Disable (TZSD) – When 0, the B3ZS/HDB3 Encoder performs zero
suppression (B3ZS or HDB3) and AMI encoding. When 1, zero suppression (B3ZS or HDB3) encoding is disabled,
and only AMI encoding is performed.
Bit 3: Excessive Zero Insert Enable (EXZI) – When 0, excessive zero (EXZ) event insertion is disabled. When 1,
EXZ event insertion is enabled.
Bit 2: Bipolar Violation Insert Enable (BPVI) – When 0, bipolar violation (BPV) insertion is disabled. When 1,
BPV insertion is enabled.
Bit 1: Transmit Single Error Insert (TSEI) – This bit causes an error of the enabled type(s) to be inserted in the
transmit data stream if manual error insertion is disabled (MEIMS = 0). A 0 to 1 transition causes a single error to
be inserted. For a second error to be inserted, this bit must be set to 0, and back to 1. Note: If MEIMS is low, and
this bit transitions more than once between error insertion opportunities, only one error will be inserted.
Bit 0: Manual Error Insert Mode Select (MEIMS) – When 0, error insertion is initiated by the TSEI register bit.
When 1, error insertion is initiated by the transmit manual error insertion signal (TMEI). Note: If TMEI or TSEI is
one, changing the state of this bit may cause an error to be inserted.
151 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
12.5.2 Receive Side Line Encoder/Decoder Register Map
The receive side utilizes six registers.
Table 12-15. Receive Side B3ZS/HDB3 Line Encoder/Decoder Register Map
Address
090h
092h
094h
096h
098h
09Ah
09Ch
09Eh
Register
LINE.RCR
-LINE.RSR
LINE.RSRL
LINE.RSRIE
-LINE.RBPVCR
LINE.REXZCR
Register Description
Line Receive Control Register
Unused
Line Receive Status Register
Line Receive Status Register Latched
Line Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable
Unused
Line Receive Bipolar Violation Count Register
Line Receive Excessive Zero Count Register
12.5.2.1 Register Bit Descriptions
LINE.RCR
Line Receive Control Register
(0.2.4.6)90h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
-0
14
-0
13
-0
12
-0
11
-0
10
-0
9
-0
8
-0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
-0
6
-0
5
-0
4
-0
3
E3CVE
0
2
REZSF
0
1
RDZSF
0
0
RZSD
0
Bit 2: E3 Code Violation Enable (E3CVE) – When 0, the bipolar violation count will be a count of bipolar
violations. When 1, the bipolar violation count will be a count of E3 line coding violations. Note: E3 line coding
violations are defined as consecutive bipolar violations of the same polarity in ITU O.161. This bit is ignored in
B3ZS mode.
Bit 2: Receive BPV Error Detection Zero Suppression Code Format (REZSF) – When 0, BPV error detection
detects a B3ZS signature if a zero is followed by a bipolar violation (BPV), and an HDB3 signature if two zeros are
followed by a BPV. When 1, BPV error detection detects a B3ZS signature if a zero is followed by a BPV that has
the opposite polarity of the BPV in the previous B3ZS signature, and an HDB3 signature if two zeros are followed
by a BPV that has the opposite polarity of the BPV in the previous HDB3 signature. Note: Immediately after a reset,
this bit is ignored. The first B3ZS signature is defined as a zero followed by a BPV, and the first HDB3 signature is
defined as two zeros followed by a BPV. All subsequent B3ZS/HDB3 signatures will be determined by the setting of
this bit.
Note: The default setting (REZSF = 0) conforms to ITU O.162. The default setting may falsely decode actual BPVs
that are not codewords. It is recommended that REZSF be set to one for most applications. This setting is more
robust to accurately detect codewords.
Bit 1: Receive Zero Suppression Decoding Zero Suppression Code Format (RDZSF) – When 0, zero
suppression decoding detects a B3ZS signature if a zero is followed by a bipolar violation (BPV), and an HDB3
signature if two zeros are followed by a BPV. When 1, zero suppression decoding detects a B3ZS signature if a
zero is followed by a BPV that has the opposite polarity of the BPV in the previous B3ZS signature, and an HDB3
signature if two zeros are followed by a BPV that has the opposite polarity of the BPV in the previous HDB3
signature. Note: Immediately after a reset (DRST or RST low), this bit is ignored. The first B3ZS signature is defined
as a zero followed by a BPV, and the first HDB3 signature is defined as two zeros followed by a BPV. All
subsequent B3ZS/HDB3 signatures will be determined by the setting of this bit.
152 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Bit 0: Receive Zero Suppression Decoding Disable (RZSD) – When 0, the B3ZS/HDB3 Decoder performs zero
suppression (B3ZS or HDB3) and AMI decoding. When 1, zero suppression (B3ZS or HDB3) decoding is disabled,
and only AMI decoding is performed.
LINE.RSR
Line Receive Status Register
(0.2.4.6)94h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
15
--
14
--
13
--
12
--
11
--
10
--
9
--
8
--
Bit #
Name
7
--
6
--
5
--
4
--
3
EXZC
2
--
1
BPVC
0
LOS
Bit 3: Excessive Zero Count (EXZC) – When 0, the excessive zero count is zero. When 1, the excessive zero
count is one or more.
Bit 1: Bipolar Violation Count (BPVC) – When 0, the bipolar violation count is zero. When 1, the bipolar violation
count is one or more.
Bit 0: Loss Of Signal (LOS) – When 0, the receive line is not in a loss of signal (LOS) condition. When 1, the
receive line is in an LOS condition. See Section 10.10.4
LINE.RSRL
Line Receive Status Register Latched
(0.2.4.6)96h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
15
--
14
--
13
--
12
--
11
--
10
--
9
--
8
--
Bit #
Name
7
--
6
--
5
ZSCDL
4
EXZL
3
EXZCL
2
BPVL
1
BPVCL
0
LOSL
Bit 5: Zero Suppression Code Detect Latched (ZSCDL) – This bit is set when a B3ZS or HDB3 signature is
detected.
Bit 4: Excessive Zero Latched (EXZL) – This bit is set when an excessive zero event is detected on the incoming
bipolar data stream.
Bit 3: Excessive Zero Count Latched (EXZCL) – This bit is set when the LINE.RSR.EXZC bit transitions from
zero to one.
Bit 2: Bipolar Violation Latched (BPVL) – This bit is set when a bipolar violation (or E3 LCV if enabled) is
detected on the incoming bipolar data stream.
Bit 1: Bipolar Violation Count Latched (BPVCL) – This bit is set when the LINE.RSR.BPVC bit transitions from
zero to one.
Bit 0: Loss of Signal Change Latched (LOSL) – This bit is set when the LINE.RSR.LOS bit changes state.
Note: When zero suppression (B3ZS or HDB3) decoding is disabled, the LOS condition is cleared, and cannot be
detected.
153 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
LINE.RSRIE
Line Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable
(0.2.4.6)98h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
-0
14
-0
13
-0
12
-0
11
-0
10
-0
9
-0
8
-0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
-0
6
-0
5
ZSCDIE
0
4
EXZIE
0
3
EXZCIE
0
2
BPVIE
0
1
BPVCIE
0
0
LOSIE
0
Bit 5: Zero Suppression Code Detect Interrupt Enable (ZSCDIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the
LINE.RSRL.ZSCDL bit is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 4: Excessive Zero Interrupt Enable (EXZIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the LINE.RSRL.EXZL bit is set
and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 3: Excessive Zero Count Interrupt Enable (EXZCIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the LINE.RSRL.EXZCL
bit is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 2: Bipolar Violation Interrupt Enable (BPVIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the LINE.RSRL.BPVL bit is set
and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 1: Bipolar Violation Count Interrupt Enable (BPVCIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the
LINE.RSRL.BPVCL bit and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set. is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 0: Loss Of Signal Interrupt Enable (LOSIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the LINE.RSRL.LOSL bit is set
and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
LINE.RBPVCR
Line Receive Bipolar Violation Count Register
(0.2.4.6)9Ch
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
BPV15
0
14
BPV14
0
13
BPV13
0
12
BPV12
0
11
BPV11
0
10
BPV10
0
9
BPV9
0
8
BPV8
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
BPV7
0
6
BPV6
0
5
BPV5
0
4
BPV4
0
3
BPV3
0
2
BPV2
0
1
BPV1
0
0
BPV0
0
Bits 15 to 0: Bipolar Violation Count (BPV[15:0]) – These sixteen bits indicate the number of bipolar violations
detected on the incoming bipolar data stream. This register is updated via the PMU signal (see section 10.4.5)
154 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
LINE.REXZCR
Line Receive Excessive Zero Count Register
(0.2.4.6)9Eh
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
EXZ15
0
14
EXZ14
0
13
EXZ13
0
12
EXZ12
0
11
EXZ11
0
10
EXZ10
0
9
EXZ9
0
8
EXZ8
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
EXZ7
0
6
EXZ6
0
5
EXZ5
0
4
EXZ4
0
3
EXZ3
0
2
EXZ2
0
1
EXZ1
0
0
EXZ0
0
Bits 15 to 0: Excessive Zero Count (EXZ[15:0]) – These sixteen bits indicate the number of excessive zero
conditions detected on the incoming bipolar data stream. This register is updated via the PMU signal (see section
10.4.5)
155 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
12.6 HDLC
12.6.1 HDLC Transmit Side Register Map
The transmit side utilizes five registers.
Table 12-16. Transmit Side HDLC Register Map
Address
0A0h
0A2h
0A4h
Register
HDLC.TCR
HDLC.TFDR
HDLC.TSR
0A6h
0A8h
0AAh
0ACh
0AEh
HDLC.TSRL
HDLC.TSRIE
----
Register Description
HDLC Transmit Control Register
HDLC Transmit FIFO Data Register
HDLC Transmit Status Register
HDLC Transmit Status Register Latched
HDLC Transmit Status Register Interrupt Enable
Unused
Unused
Unused
12.6.1.1 Register Bit Descriptions
HDLC.TCR
Register Name:
HDLC Transmit Control Register
Register Description:
0A0h
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
-0
14
-0
13
-0
12
TDAL4
0
11
TDAL3
1
10
TDAL2
0
9
TDAL1
0
8
TDAL0
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
-0
6
TPSD
0
5
TFEI
0
4
TIFV
0
3
TBRE
0
2
TDIE
0
1
TFPD
0
0
TFRST
0
Bits 12 to 8: Transmit HDLC Data Storage Available Level (TDAL[4:0]) – These five bits indicate the minimum
number of bytes ([TDAL*8}+1) that must be available for storage (do not contain data) in the Transmit FIFO for
HDLC data storage to be available. For example, a value of 21 (15h) results in HDLC data storage being available
(THDA=1) when the Transmit FIFO has 169 (A9h) bytes or more available for storage, and HDLC data storage not
being available (THDA=0) when the Transmit FIFO has 168 (A8h) bytes or less available for storage.
Bit 6: Transmit Packet Start Disable (TPSD) – When 0, the Transmit Packet Processor will continue sending
packets after the current packet end. When 1, the Transmit Packet Processor will stop sending packets after the
current packet end.
Bit 5: Transmit FCS Error Insertion (TFEI) – When 0, the calculated FCS (inverted CRC-16) is appended to the
packet. When 1, the inverse of the calculated FCS (noninverted CRC-16) is appended to the packet causing an
FCS error. This bit is ignored if transmit FCS processing is disabled (TFPD = 1).
Bit 4: Transmit Inter-frame Fill Value (TIFV) – When 0, inter-frame fill is done with the flag sequence (7Eh).
When 1, inter-frame fill is done with all ‘1’s.
Bit 3: Transmit Bit Reordering Enable (TBRE) – When 0, bit reordering is disabled (The first bit transmitted is the
LSB of the Transmit FIFO Data byte TFD[0]). When 1, bit reordering is enabled (The first bit transmitted is the MSB
of the Transmit FIFO Data byte TFD[7]).
Bit 2: Transmit Data Inversion Enable (TDIE) – When 0, the outgoing data is directly output from packet
processing. When 1, the outgoing data is inverted before being output from packet processing.
156 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Bit 1: Transmit FCS Processing Disable (TFPD) – This bit controls whether or not an FCS is calculated and
appended to the end of each packet. When 0, the calculated FCS bytes are appended to the end of the packet.
When 1, the packet is transmitted without an FCS.
Bit 0: Transmit FIFO Reset (TFRST) – When 0, the Transmit FIFO will resume normal operations, however, data
is discarded until a start of packet is received after RAM power-up is completed. When 1, the Transmit FIFO is
emptied, any transfer in progress is halted, the FIFO RAM is powered down, and all incoming data is discarded (all
TFDR register writes are ignored).
HDLC.TFDR
HDLC Transmit FIFO Data Register
0A2h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
TFD7
0
14
TFD6
0
13
TFD5
0
12
TFD4
0
11
TFD3
0
10
TFD2
0
9
TFD1
0
8
TFD0
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
-0
6
-0
5
-0
4
-0
3
-0
2
-0
1
-0
0
TDPE
0
Note: The FIFO data and status are loaded into the Transmit FIFO when the Transmit FIFO Data (TFD[7:0]) is
written (upper byte write). When read, the value of these bits is always zero.
Bits 15 to 8: Transmit FIFO Data (TFD[7:0]) – These eight bits are the packet data to be stored in the Transmit
FIFO. TFD[7] is the MSB, and TFD[0] is the LSB. If bit reordering is disabled, TFD[0] is the first bit transmitted, and
TFD[7] is the last bit transmitted. If bit reordering is enabled, TFD[7] is the first bit transmitted, and TFD[0] is the
last bit transmitted.
Bit 0: Transmit FIFO Data Packet End (TDPE) – When 0, the Transmit FIFO data is not a packet end. When 1,
the Transmit FIFO data is a packet end.
HDLC.TSR
HDLC Transmit Status Register
0A4h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
15
--
14
--
13
TFFL5
12
TFFL4
11
TFFL3
10
TFFL2
9
TFFL1
Bit #
Name
7
--
6
--
5
--
4
--
3
--
2
TFF
1
TFE
8
TFFL0
0
THDA
Bits 13 to 8: Transmit FIFO Fill Level (TFFL[5:0]) – These six bits indicate the number of eight byte groups
available for storage (do not contain data) in the Transmit FIFO. E.g., a value of 21 (15h) indicates the FIFO has
168 (A8h) to 175 (AFh) bytes are available for storage.
Bit 2: Transmit FIFO Full (TFF) – When 0, the Transmit FIFO contains 255 or less bytes of data. When 1, the
Transmit FIFO is full.
Bit 1: Transmit FIFO Empty (TFE) – When 0, the Transmit FIFO contains at least one byte of data. When 1, the
Transmit FIFO is empty.
Bit 0: Transmit HDLC Data Storage Available (THDA) – When 0, the Transmit FIFO has less storage space
available in the Transmit FIFO than the Transmit HDLC data storage available level (TDAL[4:0]). When 1, the
Transmit FIFO has the same or more storage space available than the Transmit FIFO HDLC data storage available
level.
157 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
HDLC.TSRL
HDLC Transmit Status Register Latched
0A6h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
15
--
14
--
13
--
12
--
11
--
10
--
9
--
8
--
Bit #
Name
7
--
6
--
5
TFOL
4
TFUL
3
TPEL
2
--
1
TFEL
0
THDAL
Bit 5: Transmit FIFO Overflow Latched (TFOL) – This bit is set when a Transmit FIFO overflow condition occurs.
Bit 4: Transmit FIFO Underflow Latched (TFUL) – This bit is set when a Transmit FIFO underflow condition
occurs. An underflow condition results in a loss of data.
Bit 3: Transmit Packet End Latched (TPEL) – This bit is set when an end of packet is read from the Transmit
FIFO.
Bit 1: Transmit FIFO Empty Latched (TFEL) – This bit is set when the TFE bit transitions from 0 to 1.
Note: This bit is also set when HDLC.TCR.TFRST is deasserted.
Bit 0: Transmit HDLC Data Available Latched (THDAL) – This bit is set when the THDA bit transitions from 0 to
1.
Note: This bit is also set when HDLC.TCR.TFRST is deasserted.
HDLC.TSRIE
HDLC Transmit Status Register Interrupt Enable
0A8h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
-0
14
-0
13
-0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
-0
6
-0
5
TFOIE
0
12
-0
11
-0
10
-0
9
-0
8
-0
4
TFUIE
0
3
TPEIE
0
2
-0
1
TFEIE
0
0
THDAIE
0
Bit 5: Transmit FIFO Overflow Interrupt Enable (TFOIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the TFOL bit is set and
the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 4: Transmit FIFO Underflow Interrupt Enable (TFUIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the TFUL bit is set
and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 3: Transmit Packet End Interrupt Enable (TPEIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the TPEL bit is set and the
bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
158 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Bit 2: Transmit FIFO Full Interrupt Enable (TFFIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the TFFL bit is set and the bit
in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 1: Transmit FIFO Empty Interrupt Enable (TFEIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the TFEL bit is set and the
bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 0: Transmit HDLC Data Available Interrupt Enable (THDAIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the THDAL bit
is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
12.6.2 HDLC Receive Side Register Map
The receive side utilizes five registers.
Table 12-17. Receive Side HDLC Register Map
Address
0B0h
0B2h
0B4h
0B6h
0B8h
0BAh
0BCh
0BEh
Register
HDLC.RCR
-HDLC.RSR
HDLC.RSRL
HDLC.RSRIE
-HDLC.RFDR
--
Register Description
HDLC Receive Control Register
Unused
HDLC Receive Status Register
HDLC Receive Status Register Latched
HDLC Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable
Unused
HDLC Receive FIFO Data Register
Unused
12.6.2.1 Register Bit Descriptions
HDLC.RCR
Register Name:
HDLC Receive Control Register
Register Description:
0B0h
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
-0
14
-0
13
-0
12
RDAL4
0
11
RDAL3
1
10
RDAL2
0
9
RDAL1
0
8
RDAL0
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
-0
6
-0
5
-0
4
-0
3
RBRE
0
2
RDIE
0
1
RFPD
0
0
RFRST
0
Bits 12 to 8: Receive HDLC Data Available Level (RDAL[4:0]) – These five bits indicate the minimum number of
eight byte groups that must be stored (contain data) in the Receive FIFO before HDLC data is considered to be
available (RHDA=1). For example, a value of 21 (15h) results in HDLC data being available when the Receive
FIFO contains 168 (A8h) bytes or more.
Bit 3: Receive Bit Reordering Enable (RBRE) – When 0, bit reordering is disabled (The first bit received is in the
LSB of the Receive FIFO Data byte RFD[0]). When 1, bit reordering is enabled (The first bit received is in the MSB
of the Receive FIFO Data byte RFD[7]).
Bit 2: Receive Data Inversion Enable (RDIE) – When 0, the incoming data is directly passed on for packet
processing. When 1, the incoming data is inverted before being passed on for packet processing.
Bit 1: Receive FCS Processing Disable (RFPD) – When 0, FCS processing is performed (the packets have an
FCS appended). When 1, FCS processing is disabled (the packets do not have an FCS appended).
159 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Bit 0: Receive FIFO Reset (RFRST) – When 0, the Receive FIFO will resume normal operations, however, data is
discarded until a start of packet is received after RAM power-up is completed. When 1, the Receive FIFO is
emptied, any transfer in progress is halted, the FIFO RAM is powered down, the RHDA bit is forced low, and all
incoming data is discarded.
HDLC.RSR
HDLC Receive Status Register
0B4h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
15
--
14
--
13
--
12
--
11
--
10
--
9
--
8
--
Bit #
Name
7
--
6
--
5
--
4
--
3
--
2
RFF
1
RFE
0
RHDA
Bit 2: Receive FIFO Full (RFF) – When 0, the Receive FIFO contains 255 or less bytes of data. When 1, the
Receive FIFO is full.
Bit 1: Receive FIFO Empty (RFE) – When 0, the Receive FIFO contains at least one byte of data. When 1, the
Receive FIFO is empty.
Bit 0: Receive HDLC Data Available (RHDA) – When 0, the Receive FIFO contains less data than the Receive
HDLC data available level (RDAL[4:0]). When 1, the Receive FIFO contains the same or more data than the
Receive HDLC data available level.
HDLC.RSRL
HDLC Receive Status Register Latched
0B6h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
15
--
14
--
13
--
12
--
11
--
10
--
9
--
8
--
Bit #
Name
7
RFOL
6
--
5
--
4
RPEL
3
RPSL
2
RFFL
1
--
0
RHDAL
Bit 7: Receive FIFO Overflow Latched (RFOL) – This bit is set when a Receive FIFO overflow condition occurs.
An overflow condition results in a loss of data.
Bit 4: Receive Packet End Latched (RPEL) – This bit is set when an end of packet is stored in the Receive FIFO.
Bit 3: Receive Packet Start Latched (RPSL) – This bit is set when a start of packet is stored in the Receive FIFO.
Bit 2: Receive FIFO Full Latched (RFFL) – This bit is set when the RFF bit transitions from 0 to 1.
Bit 0: Receive HDLC Data Available Latched (RHDAL) – This bit is set when the RHDA bit transitions from 0 to
1.
160 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
HDLC.RSRIE
HDLC Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable
0B8h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
-0
14
-0
13
-0
12
-0
11
-0
10
-0
9
-0
8
-0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RFOIE
0
6
-0
5
-0
4
RPEIE
0
3
RPSIE
0
2
RFFIE
0
1
-0
0
RHDAIE
0
Bit 7: Receive FIFO Overflow Interrupt Enable (RFOIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RFOL bit is set and
the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 4: Receive Packet End Interrupt Enable (RPEIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RPEL bit is set and the
bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 3: Receive Packet Start Interrupt Enable (RPSIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RPSL bit is set and the
bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 2: Receive FIFO Full Interrupt Enable (RFFIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RFFL bit is set and the bit
in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 0: Receive HDLC Data Available Interrupt Enable (RHDAIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RHDAL bit
is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
HDLC.RFDR
HDLC Receive FIFO Data Register
0BCh
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
RFD7
X
14
RFD6
X
13
RFD5
X
12
RFD4
X
11
RFD3
X
10
RFD2
X
9
RFD1
X
8
RFD0
X
Bit #
Name
Default
7
-0
6
-0
5
-0
4
-0
3
RPS2
X
2
RPS1
X
1
RPS0
X
0
RFDV
0
Note: The FIFO data and status are updated when the Receive FIFO Data (RFD[7:0]) is read (upper byte read).
When this register is read eight bits at a time, a read of the lower byte will reflect the status of the next read of the
upper byte, and reading the upper byte when RFDV=0 may result in a loss of data.
Bits 15 to 8: Receive FIFO Data (RFD[7:0]) – These eight bits are the packet data stored in the Receive FIFO.
RFD[7] is the MSB, and RFD[0] is the LSB. If bit reordering is disabled, RFD[0] is the first bit received, and RFD[7]
is the last bit received. If bit reordering is enabled, RFD[7] is the first bit received, and RFD[0] is the last bit
received.
161 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Bits 3 to 1: Receive Packet Status (RPS[2:0]) – These three bits indicate the status of the received packet and
packet data.
000 = packet middle
001 = packet start.
010 = reserved
011 = reserved
100 = packet end: good packet
101 = packet end: FCS errored packet.
110 = packet end: invalid packet (a noninteger number of bytes).
111 = packet end: aborted packet.
Bit 0: Receive FIFO Data Valid (RFDV) – When 0, the Receive FIFO data (RFD[7:0]) is invalid (the Receive FIFO
is empty). When 1, the Receive FIFO data (RFD[7:0]) is valid.
162 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
12.7 FEAC Controller
12.7.1 FEAC Transmit Side Register Map
The transmit side utilizes five registers.
Table 12-18. FEAC Transmit Side Register Map
Address
0C0h
0C2h
0C4h
0C6h
0C8h
0CAh
0CCh
0CEh
Register
FEAC.TCR
FEAC.TFDR
FEAC.TSR
FEAC.TSRL
FEAC.TSRIE
----
Register Description
FEAC Transmit Control Register
FEAC Transmit Data Register
FEAC Transmit Status Register
FEAC Transmit Status Register Latched
FEAC Transmit Status Register Interrupt Enable
Unused
Unused
Unused
12.7.1.1 Register Bit Descriptions
FEAC.TCR
Register Name:
FEAC Transmit Control Register
Register Description:
0C0h
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
-0
14
-0
13
-0
12
-0
11
-1
10
-0
9
-0
8
-0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
-0
6
-0
5
-0
4
-0
3
-0
2
TFCL
0
1
TFS1
0
0
TFS0
0
Bit 2: Transmit FEAC Codeword Load (TFCL) – A 0 to 1 transition on this bit loads the transmit FEAC processor
mode select bits (TFS[1:0]), and transmit FEAC codes (TFCA[5:0] and TFCB[5:0]). Note: Whenever a FEAC
codeword is loaded, any current FEAC codeword transmission in progress will be immediately halted, and the new
FEAC codeword transmission will be started based on the new values for TFS[1:0], TFCA[5:0], and TFCB[5:0]..
Bits 1 to 0: Transmit FEAC Codeword Select (TFS[1:0]) – These two bits control the transmit FEAC processor
mode. The TFCL bit loads the mode set by this bit.
00 = Idle (all ones)
01 = single code (send code TFCA ten times and send all ones)
10 = dual code (send code TFCA ten times, send code TFCB ten times, and send all ones)
11 = continuous code (send code TFCA continuously)
163 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
FEAC.TFDR
Transmit FEAC Data Register
0C2h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
-0
14
-0
13
TFCB5
0
12
TFCB4
0
11
TFCB3
0
10
TFCB2
0
9
TFCB1
0
8
TFCB0
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
-0
6
-0
5
TFCA5
0
4
TFCA4
0
3
TFCA3
0
2
TFCA2
0
1
TFCA1
0
0
TFCA0
0
Bits 13 to 8: Transmit FEAC Code B (TFCB[5:0]) – These six bits are the transmit FEAC code B data to be
stored inserted into codeword B. TFCB[5] is the LSB (last bit transmitted) of the FEAC code (C[6]), and TFCB[0] is
the MSB (first bit transmitted) of the FEAC code (C[1]).
Bits 5 to 0: Transmit FEAC Code A (TFCA[5:0]) – These six bits are the transmit FEAC code A data to be stored
inserted into codeword A. TFCA[5] is the LSB (last bit transmitted) of the FEAC code (C[6]), and TFCA[0] is the
MSB (first bit transmitted) of the FEAC code (C[1]).
FEAC.TSR
FEAC Transmit Status Register
0C4h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
15
--
14
--
13
--
12
--
11
--
10
--
9
--
8
--
Bit #
Name
7
--
6
--
5
--
4
--
3
--
2
--
1
--
0
TFI
Bit 0: Transmit FEAC Idle (TFI) – When 0, the Transmit FEAC processor is sending a FEAC codeword. When 1,
the Transmit FEAC processor is sending an Idle signal (all ones).
FEAC.TSRL
FEAC Transmit Status Register Latched
0C6h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
15
--
14
--
13
--
12
--
11
--
10
--
9
--
8
--
Bit #
Name
7
--
6
--
5
--
4
--
3
--
2
--
1
--
0
TFIL
Bit 0: Transmit FEAC Idle Latched (TFIL) – This bit is set when the TFI bit transitions from 0 to 1. Note:
Immediately after a reset, this bit will be set to one.
164 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
FEAC.TSRIE
FEAC Transmit Status Register Interrupt Enable
0C8h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
-0
14
-0
13
-0
12
-0
11
-0
10
-0
9
-0
8
-0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
-0
6
-0
5
-0
4
-0
3
-0
2
-0
1
-0
0
TFIIE
0
Bit 0: Transmit FEAC Idle Interrupt Enable (TFIIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the TFIL bit is set and the bit
in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
12.7.2 FEAC Receive Side Register Map
The receive side utilizes five registers.
Table 12-19. FEAC Receive Side Register Map
Address
0D0h
0D2h
0D4h
0D6h
0D8h
0DAh
0DCh
0DEh
Register
FEAC.RCR
-FEAC.RSR
FEAC.RSRL
FEAC.RSRIE
-FEAC.RFDR
--
Register Description
FEAC Receive Control Register
Unused
FEAC Receive Status Register
FEAC Receive Status Register Latched
FEAC Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable
Unused
FEAC Receive FIFO Data Register
Unused
12.7.2.1 Register Bit Descriptions
FEAC.RCR
Register Name:
FEAC Receive Control Register
Register Description:
0D0h
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
-0
14
-0
13
-0
12
-0
11
-1
10
-0
9
-0
8
-0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
-0
6
-0
5
-0
4
-0
3
-0
2
-0
1
-0
0
RFR
0
Bit 0: Receive FEAC Reset (RFR) –When 0, the Receive FEAC Processor and Receive FEAC FIFO will resume
normal operations. When 1, the Receive FEAC controller is reset. The FEAC FIFO is emptied, any transfer in
progress is halted, and all incoming data is discarded.
165 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
FEAC.RSR
FEAC Receive Status Register
0D4h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
15
--
14
--
13
--
12
--
11
--
10
--
9
--
8
--
Bit #
Name
7
--
6
--
5
--
4
--
3
RFFE
2
--
1
RFCD
0
RFI
Bit 3: Receive FEAC FIFO Empty (RFFE) – When 0, the Receive FIFO contains at least one code. When 1, the
Receive FIFO is empty.
Bit 1: Receive FEAC Codeword Detect (RFCD) – When 0, the Receive FEAC Processor is not currently receiving
a FEAC codeword. When 1, the Receive FEAC Processor is currently receiving a FEAC codeword.
Bit 0: Receive FEAC Idle (RFI) – When 0, the Receive FEAC processor is not receiving a FEAC Idle signal (all
ones). When 1, the Receive FEAC processor is receiving a FEAC Idle signal.
FEAC.RSRL
FEAC Receive Status Register Latched
0D6h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
15
--
14
--
13
--
12
--
11
--
10
--
9
--
8
--
Bit #
Name
7
--
6
--
5
--
4
--
3
--
2
RFFOL
1
RFCDL
0
RFIL
Bit 2: Receive FEAC FIFO Overflow Latched (RFFOL) – This bit is set when a Receive FIFO overflow condition
occurs. An overflow condition results in a loss of data.
Bit 1: Receive FEAC Codeword Detect Latched (RFCDL) – This bit is set when the RFCD bit transitions from 0
to 1.
Bit 0: Receive FEAC Idle Latched (RFIL) – This bit is set when the RFI bit transitions from 0 to 1. Note:
Immediately after a reset, this bit will be set to one.
FEAC.RSRIE
FEAC Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable
0D8h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
-0
14
-0
13
-0
12
-0
11
-0
10
-0
9
-0
8
-0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
-0
6
-0
5
-0
4
-0
3
-0
2
RFFOIE
0
1
RFCDIE
0
0
RFIIE
0
Bit 2: Receive FEAC FIFO Overflow Interrupt Enable (RFFOIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RFFOL bit
is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
166 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Bit 1: Receive FEAC Codeword Detect Interrupt Enable (RFCDIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RFCDL
bit is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 0: Receive FEAC Idle Interrupt Enable (RFIIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RFIL bit is set and the bit
in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
FEAC.RFDR
FEAC Receive FIFO Data Register
0DCh
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
-0
14
-0
13
-0
12
-0
11
-0
10
-0
9
-0
8
-0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RFFI
0
6
-0
5
RFF5
0
4
RFF4
0
3
RFF3
0
2
RFF2
0
1
RFF1
0
0
RFF0
0
Bit 7: Receive FEAC FIFO Data Invalid (RFFI) – When 0, the Receive FIFO data (RFF[5:0]) is valid. When 1, the
Receive FIFO data is invalid (Receive FIFO is empty).
Bits 5 to 0: Receive FEAC FIFO Data (RFF[5:0]) – These six bits are the FEAC code data stored in the Receive
FIFO. RFF[5] is the LSB (last bit received) of the FEAC code (C[6]), and RFF[0] is the MSB (first bit received) of the
FEAC code (C[1]). The Receive FEAC FIFO data (RFF[5:0]) is updated when it is read (lower byte read).
167 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
12.8 Trail Trace
12.8.1 Trail Trace Transmit Side
The transmit side utilizes three registers.
Table 12-20. Transmit Side Trail Trace Register Map
Address
0E8h
0EAh
0ECh
0EEh
Register
TT.TCR
TT.TTIAR
TT.TIR
--
Register Description
Trail Trace Transmit Control Register
Trail Trace Transmit Identifier Address Register
Trail Trace Transmit Identifier Register
Unused
12.8.1.1 Register Bit Descriptions
TT.TCR
Trail Trace Transmit Control Register
0E8h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
-0
14
-0
13
-0
12
-0
11
-0
10
-0
9
-0
8
-0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
-0
6
-0
5
-0
4
Reserved
0
3
TMAD
0
2
TIDLE
0
1
TDIE
0
0
TBRE
0
Bit 3: Transmit Multiframe Alignment Insertion Disable (TMAD) – When 0, multiframe alignment signal (MAS)
insertion is enabled, and the first bit transmitted of each trail trace byte is overwritten with an MAS bit. When 1,
MAS insertion is disabled, and the trail trace bytes from the Transmit Data Storage are output without being
modified.
Bit 2: Transmit Trail Trace Identifier Idle (TIDLE) – When 0, the programmed transmit trail trace identifier will be
transmitted. When 1, all zeros will be transmitted.
Bit 1: Transmit Data Inversion Enable (TDIE) – When 0, the outgoing data from trail trace processing is output
directly. When 1, the outgoing data from trail trace processing is inverted before being output.
Bit 0: Transmit Bit Reordering Enable (TBRE) – When 0, bit reordering is disabled (The first bit transmitted is the
MSB TT.TIR.TTD[7] of the byte). When 1, bit reordering is enabled (The first bit transmitted is the LSB
TT.TIR.TTD[0] of the byte).
168 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
TT.TTIAR
Trail Trace Transmit Identifier Address Register
0EAh
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
-0
14
-0
13
-0
12
-0
11
-0
10
-0
9
-0
8
-0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
-0
6
-0
5
Reserved
0
4
Reserved
0
3
TTIA3
0
2
TTIA2
0
1
TTIA1
0
0
TTIA0
0
Bits 3 to 0: Transmit Trail Trace Identifier Address (TTIA[3:0]) – These four bits indicate the transmit trail trace
identifier byte to be read/written by the next memory access. Address 0h indicates the first byte of the transmit trail
trace identifier. Note: The value of these bits increments with each transmit trail trace identifier memory access
(when these bits are Fh, a memory access will return them to 0h).
TT.TIR
Trail Trace Transmit Identifier Register
0ECh
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
-0
14
-0
13
-0
12
-0
11
-0
10
-0
9
-0
8
-0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
TTD7
0
6
TTD6
0
5
TTD5
0
4
TTD4
0
3
TTD3
0
2
TTD2
0
1
TTD1
0
0
TTD0
0
Bits 7 to 0: Transmit Trail Trace Identifier Data (TTD[7:0]) – These eight bits are the transmit trail trace identifier
data. The transmit trail trace identifier address will be incremented whenever these bits are read or written (when
address location Fh is read or written, the address will return to 0h).
12.8.2 Trail Trace Receive Side Register Map
The receive side utilizes seven registers.
Table 12-21. Trail Trace Receive Side Register Map
Address
0F0h
0F2h
0F4h
0F6h
0F8h
0FAh
0FCh
0FEh
Register
TT.RCR
TT.RTIAR
TT.RSR
TT.RSRL
TT.RSRIE
-TT.RIR
TT.EIR
Register Description
Trail Trace Receive Control Register
Trail Trace Receive Identifier Address Register
Trail Trace Receive Status Register
Trail Trace Receive Status Register Latched
Trail Trace Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable
Unused
Trail Trace Receive Identifier Register
Trail Trace Expected Identifier Register
169 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
12.8.2.1 Register Bit Descriptions
TT.RCR
Trail Trace Receive Control Register
0F0h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
-0
14
-0
13
-0
12
-0
11
-0
10
-0
9
-0
8
-0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
-0
6
-0
5
Reserved
0
4
Reserved
0
3
RMAD
0
2
RETCE
0
1
RDIE
0
0
RBRE
0
Bit 3: Receive Multiframe Alignment Disable (RMAD) – When 0, multiframe alignment is performed. When 1,
multiframe alignment is disabled and the trail trace bytes are stored starting with a random byte.
Bit 2: Receive Expected Trail Trace Comparison Enable (RETCE) – When 0, expected trail trace comparison is
disabled. When 1, expected trail trace comparison is performed. Note: When the RMAD bit is one, expected trail
trace comparison is disabled regardless of the setting of this bit.
Bit 1: Receive Data Inversion Enable (RDIE) – When 0, the incoming data is directly passed on for trail trace
processing. When 1, the incoming data is inverted before being passed on for trail trace processing.
Bit 0: Receive Bit Reordering Enable (RBRE) – When 0, bit reordering is disabled (The first bit received is the
MSB TT.RIR.RTD[7] of the byte). When 1, bit reordering is enabled (The first bit received is the LSB
TT.RIR.RTD[0] of the byte).
TT.RTIAR
Trail Trace Receive Identifier Address Register
0F2h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
-0
14
-0
13
Reserved
0
12
Reserved
0
11
ETIA3
0
10
ETIA2
0
9
ETIA1
0
8
ETIA0
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
-0
6
-0
5
Reserved
0
4
Reserved
0
3
RTIA3
0
2
RTIA2
0
1
RTIA1
0
0
RTIA0
0
Bits 11 to 8: Expected Trail Trace Identifier Address (ETIA[3:0]) – These four bits indicate the expected trail
trace identifier byte to be read/written by the next memory access. Address 0h indicates the first byte of the
expected trail trace identifier. Note: The value of these bits increments with each expected trail trace identifier
memory access (when these bits are Fh, a memory access will return them to 0h).
Bits 3 to 0: Receive Trail Trace Identifier Address (RTIA[3:0]) – These four bits indicate the receive trail trace
identifier byte to be read by the next memory access. Address 0h indicates the first byte of the receive trail trace
identifier. Note: The value of these bits increments with each received trail trace identifier memory access (when
these bits are Fh, a memory access will return them to 0h).
170 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
TT.RSR
Trail Trace Receive Status Register
0F4h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
15
--
14
--
13
--
12
--
11
--
10
--
9
--
8
--
Bit #
Name
7
--
6
--
5
--
4
--
3
--
2
RTIM
1
RTIU
0
RIDL
Bit 2: Receive Trail Trace Identifier Mismatch (RTIM)
0 = Received and expected trail trace identifiers match.
1 = Received and expected trail trace identifiers do not match; trail trace identifier
mismatch (TIM) declared.
Bit 1: Receive Trail Trace Identifier Unstable (RTIU)
0 = Received trail trace identifier is not unstable
1 = Received trail trace identifier is in an unstable condition (TIU); TIU is declared when eight
consecutive trail trace identifiers are received that do not match either the receive trail trace
identifier or the previously stored current trail trace identifier.
Bit 0: Receive Trail Trace Identifier Idle (RIDL)
0 = Received trail trace identifier is not in idle condition.
1 = Received trail trace identifier is in idle condition. Idle condition is declared upon the reception
of an all zeros trail trace identifier five consecutive times.
TT.RSRL
Trail Trace Receive Status Register Latched
0F6h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
15
--
14
--
13
--
12
--
11
--
10
--
9
--
8
--
Bit #
Name
7
--
6
--
5
--
4
--
3
RTICL
2
RTIML
1
RTIUL
0
RIDLL
Bit 3: Receive Trail Trace Identifier Change Latched (RTICL) – This bit is set when the receive trail trace
identifier is updated.
Bit 2: Receive Trail Trace Identifier Mismatch Latched (RTIML) – This bit is set when the TT.RSR.RTIM bit
transitions from 0 to 1.
Bit 1: Receive Trail Trace Identifier Unstable Latched (RTIUL) – This bit is set when the TT.RSR.RTIU bit
transitions from 0 to 1.
Bit 0: Receive Trail Trace Identifier Idle Latched (RIDLL) – This bit is set when the TT.RSR.RIDL bit transitions
from 0 to 1.
171 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
TT.RSRIE
Trail Trace Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable
0F8h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
-0
14
-0
13
-0
12
-0
11
-0
10
-0
9
-0
8
-0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
-0
6
-0
5
-0
4
-0
3
RTICIE
0
2
RTIMIE
0
1
RTIUIE
0
0
RIDLIE
0
Bit 3: Receive Trail Trace Identifier Change Interrupt Enable (RTICIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the
TT.RSRL.RTICL bit is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 2: Receive Trail Trace Identifier Mismatch Interrupt Enable (RTIMIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the
TT.RSRL.RTIML bit is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 1: Receive Trail Trace Identifier Unstable Interrupt Enable (RTIUIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the
TT.RSRL.RTIUL bit is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 0: Receive Trail Trace Identifier Idle Interrupt Enable (RIDLIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the
TT.RSRL.RIDLL bit is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
TT.RIR
Trail Trace Receive Identifier Register
0FCh
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
-0
14
-0
13
-0
12
-0
11
-0
10
-0
9
-0
8
-0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RTD7
0
6
RTD6
0
5
RTD5
0
4
RTD4
0
3
RTD3
0
2
RTD2
0
1
RTD1
0
0
RTD0
0
Bits 7 to 0: Receive Trail Trace Identifier Data (RTD[7:0]) – These eight bits are the receive trail trace identifier
data. The receive trail trace identifier address will be incremented whenever these bits are read (when byte Fh is
read, the address will return to 0h).
172 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
TT.EIR
Trail Trace Expected Identifier Register
0FEh
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
-0
14
-0
13
-0
12
-0
11
-0
10
-0
9
-0
8
-0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
ETD7
0
6
ETD6
0
5
ETD5
0
4
ETD4
0
3
ETD3
0
2
ETD2
0
1
ETD1
0
0
ETD0
0
Bits 7 to 0: Expected Trail Trace Identifier Data (ETD[7:0]) – These eight bits are the expected trail trace
identifier data. The expected trail trace identifier address will be incremented whenever these bits are read or
written (when byte Fh is read or written, the address will return to 0h).
173 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
12.9 DS3/E3 framer
12.9.1 Transmit DS3
The transmit DS3 utilizes two registers.
Table 12-22. Transmit DS3 Framer Register Map
Address
118h
11Ah
11Ch
11Eh
Register
T3.TCR
T3.TEIR
---
Register Description
T3 Transmit Control Register
T3 Transmit Error Insertion Register
Reserved
Reserved
12.9.1.1 Register Bit Descriptions
T3.TCR
T3 Transmit Control Register
118h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
-0
14
-0
13
-0
12
PBGE
0
11
TIDLE
0
10
CBGD
0
9
-0
8
-0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
-0
6
-0
5
TFEBE
0
4
AFEBED
0
3
TRDI
0
2
ARDID
0
1
TFGD
0
0
TAIS
0
Bit 12: P-bit Generation Enable (PBGE) – When 0, if transmit frame generation is disabled, Transmit Frame
Processor P-bit generation is disabled. The P-bit overhead periods in the incoming T3 signal will be passed
through to error insertion. When 1, Transmit Frame Processor P-bit generation is enabled. The P-bit overhead
periods in the incoming T3 signal will be overwritten even if transmit frame generation is disabled.
Bit 11: Transmit DS3 Idle Signal (TIDLE) –
0 = Transmit DS3 Idle signal is not inserted
1 = Transmit DS3 Idle signal is inserted into the DS3 frame.
Bit 10: C-bit Generation Disable (CBGD) (M23 mode only) – When 0, Transmit Frame Processor C-bit
generation is enabled. The C-bit overhead periods in the incoming M23 DS3 signal will be overwritten with zeros.
When 1, Transmit Frame Processor C-bit generation is disabled. The C-bit overhead periods in the incoming M23
DS3 signal will be treated as payload, and passed through to overhead insertion. This bit is ignored in C-bit DS3
mode.
Bit 5: Transmit FEBE Error (TFEBE) – When automatic far-end block error generation is defeated (AFEBED = 1),
the inverse of this bit is inserted into the bits C41, C42, and C43. Note: a far-end block error value of zero (TFEBE=1)
indicates a far-end block error. This bit is ignored in M23 DS3 mode.
Bit 4: Automatic FEBE Defeat (AFEBED) – When 0, a far-end block error is automatically generated based upon
the receive C-bit parity errors or framing errors. When 1, a far-end block error is inserted from the register bit
TFEBE. This bit is ignored in M23 DS3 mode.
Bit 3: Transmit RDI Alarm (TRDI) – When automatic RDI generation is defeated (ARDID = 1), the inverse of this
bit is inserted into the X-bits (X1 and X2). Note: an RDI value of zero (TRDI=1) indicates an alarm.
Bit 2: Automatic RDI Defeat (ARDID) – When 0, the RDI is automatically generated based received DS3 alarms.
When 1, the RDI is inserted from the register bit TRDI.
174 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Bit 1: Transmit Frame Generation Disabled (TFGD) –
0 = Transmit Frame Generation is enabled
1 = Transmit Frame Generation is disabled; DS3 overhead positions in the incoming DS3 payload
will be passed through to error insertion. Note: Frame generation will still overwrite the P-bits if
PBGE = 1. Also, the DS3 overhead periods can still be overwritten by error insertion, overhead
insertion, or AIS/Idle generation.
Bit 0: Transmit Alarm Indication Signal (TAIS) –
0 = Transmit Alarm Indication Signal is not inserted
1 = Transmit Alarm Indication Signal is inserted into data stream payload
T3.TEIR
T3 Transmit Error Insertion Register
11Ah
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
-0
14
-0
13
-0
12
-0
11
CCPEIE
0
10
CPEI
0
9
CFBEIE
0
8
FBEI
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
Reserved
0
6
CPEIE
0
5
PEI
0
4
FEIC1
0
3
FEIC0
0
2
FEI
0
1
TSEI
0
0
MEIMS
0
Bit 11: Continuous C-bit Parity Error Insertion Enable (CCPEIE) – When 0, single C-bit parity error insertion is
enabled. When 1, continuous C-bit parity error insertion is enabled, and C-bit parity errors will be transmitted
continuously if CPEI is high.
Bit 10: C-bit Parity Error Insertion Enable (CPEI) – When 0, C-bit parity error insertion is disabled. When 1, C-bit
parity error insertion is enabled.
Bit 9: Continuous Far-End Block Error Insertion Enable (CFBEIE) – When 0, single far-end block error
insertion is enabled. When 1, continuous far-end block error insertion is enabled, and far-end block errors will be
transmitted continuously if FBEI is high.
Bit 8: Far-End Block Error Insertion Enable (FBEI) – When 0, far-end block error insertion is disabled. When 1,
far-end block error insertion is enabled.
Bit 6: Continuous P-bit Parity Error Insertion Enable (CPEIE) – When 0, single P-bit parity error insertion is
enabled. When 1, continuous P-bit parity error insertion is enabled, and P-bit parity errors will be transmitted
continuously if PEI is high.
Bit 5: P-bit Parity Error Insertion Enable (PEI) – When 0, P-bit parity error insertion is disabled. When 1, P-bit
parity error insertion is enabled.
Bits 4 to 3: Framing Error Insertion Control (FEIC[1:0]) – These two bits control the framing error event to be
inserted.
00 = F-bit error.
01 = M-bit error.
10 = SEF error.
11 = OOMF error.
Bit 2: Framing Error Insertion Enable (FEI) – When 0, framing error insertion is disabled. When 1, framing error
insertion is enabled.
Bit 1: Transmit Single Error Insert (TSEI) – This bit causes an error of the enabled type(s) to be inserted in the
transmit data stream if manual error insertion is disabled (MEIMS = 0). A 0 to 1 transition causes a single error to
be inserted. For a second error to be inserted, this bit must be set to 0, and back to 1. Note: If MEIMS is low, and
this bit transitions more than once between error insertion opportunities, only one error will be inserted.
175 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Bit 0: Manual Error Insert Mode Select (MEIMS) – When 0, error insertion is initiated by the TSEI register bit.
When 1, error insertion is initiated by the transmit manual error insertion signal (TMEI). Note: If TMEI or TSEI is
one, changing the state of this bit may cause an error to be inserted.
12.9.2 Receive DS3 Register Map
The receive DS3 utilizes eleven registers. Two registers are shared for C-Bit and M23 DS3 modes. The M23 DS3
mode does not use the RFEBER or RCPECR count registers.
Table 12-23. Receive DS3 Framer Register Map
Address
120h
122h
124h
126h
128h
12Ah
12Ch
12Eh
130h
132h
134h
136h
138h
13Ah
13Ch
13Eh
Register
T3.RCR
-T3.RSR1
T3.RSR2
T3.RSRL1
T3.RSRL2
T3.RSRIE1
T3.RSRIE2
--T3.RFECR
T3.RPECR
T3.RFBECR
T3.RCPECR
---
Register Description
T3 Receive Control Register
Reserved
T3 Receive Status Register #1
T3 Receive Status Register #2
T3 Receive Status Register Latched #1
T3 Receive Status Register Latched #2
T3 Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable #1
T3 Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable #2
Reserved
Reserved
T3 Receive Framing Error Count Register
T3 Receive P-bit Parity Error Count Register
T3 Receive Far-End Block Error Count Register
T3 Receive C-bit Parity Error Count Register
Unused
Unused
12.9.2.1 Register Bit Descriptions
T3.RCR
Register Name:
T3 Receive Control Register
Register Description:
120h
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
Reserved
0
14
COVHD
0
13
MAOD
0
12
MDAISI
0
11
AAISD
0
10
ECC
0
9
FECC1
0
8
FECC0
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RAILE
0
6
RAILD
0
5
RAIOD
0
4
RAIAD
0
3
ROMD
0
2
LIP1
0
1
LIP0
0
0
FRSYNC
0
Bit 14: C-bit Overhead Masking Disable (COVHD) – When 0, the C-bit positions will be marked as overhead
(RDEN=0). When 1, the C-bit positions will be marked as data (RDEN=1). This bit is ignored in C-bit DS3 mode or
when the ROMD bit is set to one.
Bit 13: Multiframe Alignment OOF Disable (MAOD) – When 0, an OOF condition is declared whenever an
OOMF or SEF condition is declared. When 1, an OOF condition is declared only when an SEF condition is
declared.
Bit 12: Manual Downstream AIS Insertion (MDAISI) – When 0, manual downstream AIS insertion is disabled.
When 1, manual downstream AIS insertion is enabled.
176 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Bit 11: Automatic Downstream AIS Disable (AAISD) – When 0, the presence of an LOS, OOF, or AIS condition
will cause downstream AIS to be inserted. When 1, the presence of an LOS, OOF, or AIS condition will not cause
downstream AIS to be inserted.
Bit 10: Error Count Control (ECC) – When 0, framing errors, P-bit parity errors, C-bit parity errors, and far-end
block errors will not be counted if an OOF or AIS condition is present. P-bit parity errors, C-bit parity errors, and
far-end block errors will also not be counted during the DS3 frame in which an OOF condition is terminated, and
the next DS3 frame. When 1, framing errors, P-bit parity errors, C-bit parity errors, and far-end block errors will be
counted regardless of the presence of an OOF or AIS condition.
Bits 9 to 8: Framing Error Count Control (FECC[1:0]) – These two bits control the type of framing error events
that are counted.
00 = count OOF occurrences (counted regardless of the setting of the ECC bit).
01 = count M bit and F bit errors.
10 = count only F bit errors.
11 = count only M bit errors.
Bit 7: Receive Alarm Indication on LOF Enable (RAILE) – When 0, an LOF condition does not affect the receive
alarm indication signal (RAI). When 1, an LOF condition will cause the transmit DS3 X-bits to be set to zero if
transmit automatic RDI is enabled.
Bit 6: Receive Alarm Indication on LOS Disable (RAILD) – When 0, an LOS condition will cause the transmit
DS3 X-bits to be set to zero if transmit automatic RDI is enabled. When 1, an LOS condition does not affect the RAI
signal.
Bit 5: Receive Alarm Indication on SEF Disable (RAIOD) – When 0, an SEF condition will cause the transmit
DS3 X-bits to be set to zero if transmit automatic RDI is enabled. When 1, an SEF condition does not affect the RAI
signal.
Bit 4: Receive Alarm Indication on AIS Disable (RAIAD) – When 0, an AIS condition will cause the transmit DS3
X-bits to be set to zero if transmit automatic RDI is enabled. When 1, an AIS condition does not affect the RAI
signal.
Bit 3: Receive Overhead Masking Disable (ROMD) – When 0, the DS3 overhead positions in the outgoing DS3
payload will be marked as overhead by RDEN. When 1, the DS3 overhead positions in the outgoing DS3 payload
will be marked as data by RDEN. When this bit is set to one, the COVHD bit is ignored.
Bits 2 to 1: LOF Integration Period (LIP[1:0]) – These two bits determine the OOF integration period for
declaring LOF.
00 = OOF is integrated for 3 ms before declaring LOF
01 = OOF is integrated for 2 ms before declaring LOF
10 = OOF is integrated for 1 ms before declaring LOF.
11 = LOF is declared at the same time as OOF.
Bit 0: Force Framer Resynchronization (FRSYNC) – A 0 to 1 transition forces an OOF, SEF, and OOMF
condition. The bit must be cleared and set to one again to force another resynchronization Note: The OOMF
condition is created by failing the most recent four data path M-bit checks.
T3.RSR1
T3 Receive Status Register #1
124h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
15
Reserved
14
Reserved
13
--
12
Reserved
11
T3FM
10
AIC
9
IDLE
8
RUA1
Bit #
Name
7
OOMF
6
SEF
5
--
4
LOF
3
RDI
2
AIS
1
OOF
0
LOS
Bit 11: T3 Framing Format Mismatch (T3FM) – This bit indicates the DS3 framer is programmed for a framing
format (C-bit or M23) that is different than the format indicated by the AIC bit in the incoming DS3 signal.
177 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Bit 10: Application Identification Channel (AIC) – This bit indicates the current state of the Application
Identification Channel (AIC) from the C11 bit. A one indicates C-bit format and a zero indicates M23 format.
Bit 9: DS3 Idle Signal (IDLE) – When 0, the receive frame processor is not in a DS3 idle signal (Idle) condition.
When 1, the receive frame processor is in an Idle condition.
Bit 8: Receive Unframed All 1’s (RUA1) – When 0, the receive frame processor is not in a receive unframed all
1’s (RUA1) condition. When 1, the receive frame processor is in an RUA1 condition.
Bit 7: Out Of MultiFrame (OOMF) – When 0, the receive frame processor is not in an out of multiframe (OOMF)
condition. When 1, the receive frame processor is in an OOMF condition.
Bit 6: Severely Errored Frame (SEF) – When 0, the receive frame processor is not in a severely errored frame
(SEF) condition. When 1, the receive frame processor is in an SEF condition.
Bit 4: Loss Of Frame (LOF) – When 0, the receive framer is not in a loss of frame (LOF) condition. When 1, the
receive frame processor is in an LOF condition.
Bit 3: Remote Defect Indication (RDI) – This bit indicates the current state of the remote defect indication (RDI)
Bit 2: Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) – When 0, the receive frame processor is not in an alarm indication signal
(AIS) condition. When 1, the receive frame processor is in an AIS condition.
Bit 1: Out Of Frame (OOF) – When 0, the receive framer is not in an out of frame (OOF) condition. When 1, the
receive frame processor is in an OOF condition.
Bit 0: Loss Of Signal (LOS) – When 0, the receive framer is not in a loss of signal (LOS) condition. When 1, the
receive framer is in an LOS condition.
T3.RSR2
T3 Receive Status Register #2
126h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
15
--
14
--
13
--
12
--
11
--
10
--
9
--
8
--
Bit #
Name
7
--
6
--
5
--
4
--
3
CPEC
2
FBEC
1
PEC
0
FEC
Bit 3: C-bit Parity Error Count (CPEC) – When 0, the C-bit parity error count is zero. When 1, the C-bit parity
error count is one or more. This bit is set to zero in M23 DS3 mode.
Bit 2: Remote Error Indication Count (FBEC) – When 0, the remote error indication count is zero. When 1, the
remote error indication count is one or more. This bit is set to zero in M23 DS3 mode.
Bit 1: P-bit Parity Error Count (PEC) – When 0, the P-bit parity error count is zero. When 1, the P-bit parity error
count is one or more.
Bit 0: Framing Error Count (FEC) – When 0, the framing error count is zero. When 1, the framing error count is
one or more. The type of framing error event counted is determined by T3.RCR.FECC[1:0]
178 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
T3.RSRL1
T3 Receive Status Register Latched #1
128h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
15
Reserved
14
Reserved
13
Reserved
12
Reserved
11
T3FML
10
AICL
9
IDLEL
8
RUA1L
Bit #
Name
7
OOMFL
6
SEFL
5
COFAL
4
LOFL
3
RAIL
2
AISL
1
OOFL
0
LOSL
Bit 11: T3 Framing Format Mismatch Latched (T3FML) – This bit is set when the T3FM bit transitions from zero
to one.
Bit 10: Application Identification Channel Change Latched (AICL) – This bit is set when the AIC bit changes
state.
Bit 9: DS3 Idle Signal Change Latched (IDLEL) – This bit is set when the IDLE bit changes state.
Bit 8: Receive Unframed All 1’s Change Latched (RUA1L) – This bit is set when the RUA1 bit changes state.
Bit 7: Out Of MultiFrame Change Latched (OOMFL) – This bit is set when the OOMF bit changes state.
Bit 6: Severely Errored Frame Change Latched (SEFL) – This bit is set when the SEF bit changes state.
Bit 5: Change Of Frame Alignment Latched (COFAL) – This bit is set when the data path frame counters are
updated with a new DS3 frame alignment that is different from the previous DS3 frame alignment.
Bit 4: Loss Of Frame Change Latched (LOFL) – This bit is set when the LOF bit changes state.
Bit 3: Remote Defect Indication Change Latched (RDIL) – This bit is set when the RDI bit changes state.
Bit 2: Alarm Indication Signal Change Latched (AISL) – This bit is set when the AIS bit changes state.
Bit 1: Out Of Frame Change Latched (OOFL) – This bit is set when the OOF bit changes state.
Bit 0: Loss Of Signal Change Latched (LOSL) – This bit is set when the LOS bit changes state.
T3.RSRL2
T3 Receive Status Register Latched #2
12Ah
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
15
--
14
--
13
--
12
--
11
CPEL
10
FBEL
9
PEL
8
FEL
Bit #
Name
7
--
6
--
5
--
4
--
3
CPECL
2
FBECL
1
PECL
0
FECL
Bit 11: C-bit Parity Error Latched (CPEL) – This bit is set when a C-bit parity error is detected. This bit is set to
zero in M23 DS3 mode.
Bit 10: Remote Error Indication Latched (FBEL) – This bit is set when a far-end block error is detected. This bit
is set to zero in M23 DS3 mode.
Bit 9: P-bit Parity Error Latched (PEL) – This bit is set when a P-bit parity error is detected.
Bit 8: Framing Error Latched (FEL) – This bit is set when a framing error is detected. The type of framing error
event that causes this bit to be set is determined by T3.RCR.FECC[1:0]
Bit 3: C-bit Parity Error Count Latched (CPECL) – This bit is set when the CPEC bit transitions from zero to one.
This bit is set to zero in M23 DS3 mode.
179 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Bit 2: Remote Error Indication Count Latched (FBECL) – This bit is set when the FBEC bit transitions from zero
to one. This bit is set to zero in M23 DS3 mode.
Bit 1: P-bit Parity Error Count Latched (PECL) – This bit is set when the PEC bit transitions from zero to one.
Bit 0: Framing Error Count Latched (FECL) – This bit is set when the FEC bit transitions from zero to one.
T3.RSRIE1
T3 Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable #1
12Ch
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
Reserved
0
14
Reserved
0
13
Reserved
0
12
Reserved
0
11
T3FMIE
0
10
AICIE
0
9
IDLEIE
0
8
RUA1IE
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
OOMFIE
0
6
SEFIE
0
5
COFAIE
0
4
LOFIE
0
3
RAIIE
0
2
AISIE
0
1
OOFIE
0
0
LOSIE
0
Bit 11: T3 Framing Format Mismatch Interrupt Enable (T3FMIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the T3FML bit
is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 10: Application Identification Channel Interrupt Enable (AICIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the AICL bit
is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 9: DS3 Idle Signal Change Interrupt Enable (IDLEIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the IDLEL bit is set and
the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 8: Receive Unframed All 1’s Interrupt Enable (RUA1IE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RUA1L bit is set
and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 7: Out Of Multiframe Interrupt Enable (OOMFIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the OOMFL bit is set and
the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 6: Severely Errored Frame Interrupt Enable (SEFIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the SEFL bit is set and
the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 5: Change Of Frame Alignment Interrupt Enable (COFAIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the COFAL bit is
set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 4: Loss Of Frame Interrupt Enable (LOFIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the LOFL bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
180 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Bit 3: Remote Defect Indication Interrupt Enable (RDIIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RDIL bit is set and
the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 2: Alarm Indication Signal Interrupt Enable (AISIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the AISL bit is set and
the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 1: Out Of Frame Interrupt Enable (OOFIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the OOFL bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 0: Loss Of Signal Interrupt Enable (LOSIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the LOSL bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
T3.RSRIE2
T3 Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable #2
12Eh
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
-0
14
-0
13
-0
12
-0
11
CPEIE
0
10
FBEIE
0
9
PEIE
0
8
FEIE
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
-0
6
-0
5
-0
4
-0
3
CPECIE
0
2
FBECIE
0
1
PECIE
0
0
FECIE
0
Bit 11: C-bit Parity Error Interrupt Enable (CPEIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the CPEL bit is set and the bit
in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 10: Remote Error Interrupt Enable (FBEIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the FBEL bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 9: P-bit Parity Error Interrupt Enable (PEIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the PEL bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 8: Framing Error Interrupt Enable (FEIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the FEL bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 3: C-bit Parity Error Count Interrupt Enable (CPECIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the CPECL bit is set
and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
181 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Bit 2: Far-End Block Error Count Interrupt Enable (FBECIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the FBECL bit is
set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 1: P-bit Parity Error Count Interrupt Enable (PECIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the PECL bit is set and
the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 0: Framing Error Count Interrupt Enable (FECIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the FECL bit is set and the
bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
T3.RFECR
T3 Receive Framing Error Count Register
134h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
FE15
0
14
FE14
0
13
FE13
0
12
FE12
0
11
FE11
0
10
FE10
0
9
FE9
0
8
FE8
0
Bit #
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name
FE7
FE6
FE5
FE4
FE3
FE2
FE1
FE0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bits 15 to 0: Framing Error Count (FE[15:0]) – These sixteen bits indicate the number of framing error events on
the incoming DS3 data stream. This register is updated via the PMU signal (see section 10.4.5)
T3.RPECR
T3 Receive P-bit Parity Error Count Register
136h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
PE15
0
14
PE14
0
13
PE13
0
12
PE12
0
11
PE11
0
10
PE10
0
9
PE9
0
8
PE8
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
PE7
0
6
PE6
0
5
PE5
0
4
PE4
0
3
PE3
0
2
PE2
0
1
PE1
0
0
PE0
0
Bits 15 to 0: P-bit Parity Error Count (PE[15:0]) – These sixteen bits indicate the number of P-bit parity errors
detected on the incoming DS3 data stream. This register is updated via the PMU signal (see section 10.4.5)
182 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
T3.RFBECR
T3 Receive Far-End Block Error Count Register
138h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
FBE15
0
14
FBE14
0
13
FBE13
0
12
FBE12
0
11
FBE11
0
10
FBE10
0
9
FBE9
0
8
FBE8
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
FBE7
0
6
FBE6
0
5
FBE5
0
4
FBE4
0
3
FBE3
0
2
FBE2
0
1
FBE1
0
0
FBE0
0
Bits 15 to 0: Far-End Block Error Count (FBE[15:0]) – These sixteen bits indicate the number of far-end block
errors detected on the incoming DS3 data stream. The associated counter will not increment in M23 DS3 mode.
This register is updated via the PMU signal (see section 10.4.5)
T3.RCPECR
T3 Receive C-bit Parity Error Count Register
13Ah
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
CPE15
0
14
CPE14
0
13
CPE13
0
12
CPE12
0
11
CPE11
0
10
CPE10
0
9
CPE9
0
8
CPE8
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
CPE7
0
6
CPE6
0
5
CPE5
0
4
CPE4
0
3
CPE3
0
2
CPE2
0
1
CPE1
0
0
CPE0
0
Bits 15 to 0: C-bit Parity Error Count (CPE[15:0]) – These sixteen bits indicate the number of C-bit parity errors
detected on the incoming DS3 data stream. The associated counter will not increment in M23 DS3 mode. This
register is updated via the PMU signal (see section 10.4.5)
12.9.3 Transmit G.751 E3
The transmit G.751 E3 utilizes two registers.
12.9.3.1 Register Map
Table 12-24. Transmit G.751 E3 Framer Register Map
Address
118h
11Ah
11Ch
11Eh
Register
E3G751.TCR
E3G751.TEIR
---
Register Description
E3 G.751 Transmit Control Register
E3 G.751 Transmit Error Insertion Register
Reserved
Reserved
183 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
12.9.3.2 Register Bit Descriptions
E3G751.TCR
Register Name:
E3 G.751 Transmit Control Register
Register Description:
118h
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
Reserved
0
14
-0
13
-0
12
Reserved
0
11
Reserved
0
10
Reserved
0
9
TNBC1
0
8
TNBC0
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
-0
6
-0
5
Reserved
0
4
Reserved
0
3
TABC1
0
2
TABC0
0
1
TFGD
0
0
TAIS
0
Bits 9 to 8: Transmit N Bit Control (TNBC[1:0]) – These two bits control the source of the N bit.
00 = 1
01 = transmit data from HDLC controller.
10 = transmit data from FEAC controller.
11 = 0
Note: If TNBC[1:0] is 10 and TABC[1:0] is 01, both the N bit and A bit will carry the same transmit FEAC controller
(one bit per frame period), however, the N bit and A bit in the same frame may or may not be equal.
Bits 3 to 2: Transmit A Bit Control (TABC[1:0]) – These two bits control the source of the A bit.
00 = automatically generated based upon received E3 alarms.
01 = transmit from the FEAC controller.
10 = 0
11 = 1
Note: If TABC[1:0] is 01 and TNBC[1:0] is 10, both the A bit and N bit will carry the same transmit FEAC controller
(one bit per frame period), however, the A bit and N bit in the same frame may or may not be equal.
Bit 1: Transmit Frame Generation Disable (TFGD) –
0 = Transmit Frame Generation is enabled
1 = Transmit Frame Generation is disabled; E3 overhead positions in the incoming E3 payload will
be passed through to error insertion. Note: The E3 overhead periods can still be overwritten by by
error insertion, overhead insertion, or AIS generation.
Bit 0: Transmit Alarm Indication Signal (TAIS) – When 0, the normal signal is transmitted. When 1, the output
E3 data stream is forced to all ones (AIS).
184 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
E3G751.TEIR
E3 G.751 Transmit Error Insertion Register
11Ah
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
-0
14
-0
13
-0
12
-0
11
Reserved
0
10
Reserved
0
9
Reserved
0
8
Reserved
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
Reserved
0
6
Reserved
0
5
Reserved
0
4
FEIC1
0
3
FEIC0
0
2
FEI
0
1
TSEI
0
0
MEIMS
0
Bits 4 to 3: Framing Error Insert Control (FEIC[1:0]) – These two bits control the framing error event to be
inserted.
00 = single bit error in one frame.
01 = word error in one frame.
10 = single bit error in four consecutive frames.
11 = word error in four consecutive frames.
Bit 2: Framing Error Insertion Enable (FEI) – When 0, framing error insertion is disabled. When 1, framing error
insertion is enabled.
Bit 1: Transmit Single Error Insert (TSEI) – This bit causes an error of the enabled type(s) to be inserted in the
transmit data stream if manual error insertion is disabled (MEIMS = 0). A 0 to 1 transition causes a single error to
be inserted. For a second error to be inserted, this bit must be set to 0, and back to 1. Note: If MEIMS is low, and
this bit transitions more than once between error insertion opportunities, only one error will be inserted.
Bit 0: Manual Error Insert Mode Select (MEIMS) – When 0, error insertion is initiated by the TSEI register bit.
When 1, error insertion is initiated by the transmit manual error insertion signal (TMEI). Note: If TMEI or TSEI is
one, changing the state of this bit may cause an error to be inserted.
185 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
12.9.4 Receive G.751 E3 Register Map
The receive G.751 E3 utilizes eight registers.
Table 12-25. Receive G.751 E3 Framer Register Map
Address
120h
122h
124h
126h
128h
12Ah
12Ch
12Eh
130h
132h
134h
136h
138h
13Ah
13Ch
13Eh
Register
E3G751.RCR
-E3G751.RSR1
E3G751.RSR2
E3G751.RSRL1
E3G751.RSRL2
E3G751.RSRIE1
E3G751.RSRIE2
--E3G751.RFECR
------
Register Description
E3 G.751 Receive Control Register
Reserved
E3 G.751 Receive Status Register #1
E3 G.751 Receive Status Register #2
E3 G.751 Receive Status Register Latched #1
E3 G.751 Receive Status Register Latched #2
E3 G.751 Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable #1
E3 G.751 Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable #2
Reserved
Reserved
E3 G.751 Receive Framing Error Count Register
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Unused
Unused
12.9.4.1 Register Bit Descriptions
E3G751.RCR
Register Name:
E3 G.751 Receive Control Register
Register Description:
120h
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
Reserved
0
14
Reserved
0
13
DLS
0
12
MDAISI
0
11
AAISD
0
10
ECC
0
9
FECC1
0
8
FECC0
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RAILE
0
6
RAILD
0
5
RAIOD
0
4
RAIAD
0
3
ROMD
0
2
LIP1
0
1
LIP0
0
0
FRSYNC
0
Bit 13: Receive FEAC Data Link Source (DLS) – When 0, the receive FEAC controller will be sourced from the N
bit. When 1, the receive FEAC controller will be sourced from the A bit.
Bit 12: Manual Downstream AIS Insertion (MDAISI) – When 0, manual downstream AIS insertion is disabled.
When 1, manual downstream AIS insertion is enabled.
Bit 11: Automatic Downstream AIS Disable (AAISD) – When 0, the presence of an LOS, OOF, or AIS condition
will cause downstream AIS to be inserted. When 1, the presence of an LOS, OOF, or AIS condition will not cause
downstream AIS to be inserted.
Bit 10: Error Count Control (ECC) – When 0, framing errors will not be counted if an OOF or AIS condition is
present. When 1, framing errors will be counted regardless of the presence of an OOF or AIS condition.
186 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Bits 9 to 8: Framing Error Count Control (FECC[1:0]) – These two bits control the type of framing error events
that are counted.
00 = count OOF occurrences (counted regardless of the setting of the ECC bit)..
01 = count each bit error in the FAS (up to 10 per frame).
10 = count frame alignment signal (FAS) errors (up to one per frame).
11 = reserved
Bit 7: Receive Alarm Indication on LOF Enable (RAILE) – When 0, an LOF condition does not affect the receive
alarm indication signal (RAI). When 1, an LOF condition will cause the transmit E3 A bit to be set to one if transmit
automatic RAI is enabled.
Bit 6: Receive Alarm Indication on LOS Disable (RAILD) – When 0, an LOS condition will cause the transmit E3
A bit to be set to one if transmit automatic RAI is enabled. When 1, an LOS condition does not affect the RAI
signal.
Bit 5: Receive Alarm Indication on OOF Disable (RAIOD) – When 0, an OOF condition will cause the transmit
E3 A bit to be set to one if transmit automatic RAI is enabled. When 1, an OOF condition does not affect the RAI
signal.
Bit 4: Receive Alarm Indication on AIS Disable (RAIAD) – When 0, an AIS condition will cause the transmit E3
A bit to be set to one if transmit automatic RAI is enabled. When 1, an AIS condition does not affect the RAI signal.
Bit 3: Receive Overhead Masking Disable (ROMD) – When 0, the E3 overhead positions in the outgoing E3
payload will be marked as overhead by RDEN. When 1, the E3 overhead positions in the outgoing E3 payload will
be marked as data by RDEN.
Bits 2 to 1: LOF Integration Period (LIP[1:0]) – These two bits determine the OOF integration period for
declaring LOF.
00 = OOF is integrated for 3 ms before declaring LOF
01 = OOF is integrated for 2 ms before declaring LOF.
10 = OOF is integrated for 1 ms before declaring LOF
11 = LOF is declared at the same time as OOF
Bit 0: Force Framer Resynchronization (FRSYNC) – A 0 to 1 transition forces an OOF condition at the FAS
check. This bit must be cleared and set to one again to force another resynchronization. Note: The OOF condition
is created by failing the most recent four data path FAS checks.
E3G751.RSR1
E3 G.751 Receive Status Register #1
124h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
15
Reserved
14
Reserved
13
--
12
Reserved
11
Reserved
10
Reserved
9
Reserved
8
RUA1
Bit #
Name
7
RAB
6
RNB
5
--
4
LOF
3
RDI
2
AIS
1
OOF
0
LOS
Bit 8: Receive Unframed All 1’s (RUA1) – When 0, the receive frame processor is not in a receive unframed all
1’s (RUA1) condition. When 1, the receive frame processor is in an RUA1 condition.
Bit 7: Receive A Bit (RAB) – This bit is the integrated A bit extracted from the E3 frame.
Bit 6: Receive N Bit (RNB) – This bit is the integrated N bit extracted from the E3 frame.
Bit 4: Loss Of Frame (LOF) – When 0, the receive frame processor is not in a loss of frame (LOF) condition.
When 1, the receive frame processor is in an LOF condition.
Bit 3: Remote Alarm Indication (RDI) – This bit indicates the current state of the remote alarm indication (RDI).
Bit 2: Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) – When 0, the receive frame processor is not in an alarm indication signal
(AIS) condition. When 1, the receive frame processor is in an AIS condition.
187 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Bit 1: Out Of Frame (OOF) – When 0, the receive frame processor is not in an out of frame (OOF) condition.
When 1, the receive frame processor is in an OOF condition.
Bit 0: Loss Of Signal (LOS) – When 0, the receive loss of signal (LOS) input (RLOS) is low. When 1, RLOS is
high.
E3G751.RSR2
E3 G.751 Receive Status Register #2
126h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
15
--
14
--
13
--
12
--
11
--
10
--
9
--
8
--
Bit #
Name
7
--
6
--
5
--
4
--
3
Reserved
2
Reserved
1
Reserved
0
FEC
Bit 0: Framing Error Count (FEC) – When 0, the framing error count is zero. When 1, the framing error count is
one or more.
E3G751.RSRL1
E3 G.751 Receive Status Register Latched #1
128h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
15
Reserved
14
Reserved
13
Reserved
12
Reserved
11
Reserved
10
Reserved
9
Reserved
8
RUA1L
Bit #
Name
7
ACL
6
NCL
5
COFAL
4
LOFL
3
RDIL
2
AISL
1
OOFL
0
LOSL
Bit 8: Receive Unframed All 1’s Change Latched (RUA1L) – This bit is set when the RUA1 bit changes state.
Bit 7: A Bit Change Latched (ACL) – This bit is set when the RAB bit changes state.
Bit 6: N Bit Change Latched (NCL) – This bit is set when the RNB bit changes state.
Bit 5: Change Of Frame Alignment Latched (COFAL) – This bit is set when the data path frame counters are
updated with a new frame alignment that is different from the previous frame alignment.
Bit 4: Loss Of Frame Change Latched (LOFL) – This bit is set when the LOF bit changes state.
Bit 3: Remote Alarm Indication Change Latched (RDIL) – This bit is set when the RDI bit changes state.
Bit 2: Alarm Indication Signal Change Latched (AISL) – This bit is set when the AIS bit changes state.
Bit 1: Out Of Frame Change Latched (OOFL) – This bit is set when the OOF bit changes state.
Bit 0: Loss Of Signal Change Latched (LOSL) – This bit is set when the LOS bit changes state.
188 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
E3G751.RSRL2
E3 G.751 Receive Status Register Latched #2
12Ah
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
15
--
14
--
13
--
12
--
11
Reserved
10
Reserved
9
Reserved
8
FEL
Bit #
Name
7
--
6
--
5
--
4
--
3
Reserved
2
Reserved
1
Reserved
0
FECL
Bit 8: Framing Error Latched (FEL) – This bit is set when a framing error is detected.
Bit 0: Framing Error Count Latched (FECL) – This bit is set when the FEC bit transitions from zero to one.
E3G751.RSRIE1
E3 G.751 Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable #1
12Ch
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
Reserved
0
14
Reserved
0
13
Reserved
0
12
Reserved
0
11
Reserved
0
10
Reserved
0
9
Reserved
0
8
RUA1IE
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
ACIE
0
6
NCIE
0
5
COFAIE
0
4
LOFIE
0
3
RDIIE
0
2
AISIE
0
1
OOFIE
0
0
LOSIE
0
Bit 8: Receive Unframed All 1’s Interrupt Enable (RUA1IE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RUA1L bit is set
and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 7: A Bit Change Interrupt Enable (ACIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the ACL bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 6: N Bit Change Interrupt Enable (NCIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the NCL bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 5: Change Of Frame Alignment Interrupt Enable (COFAIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the COFAL bit
and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set. set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 4: Loss Of Frame Interrupt Enable (LOFIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the LOFL bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 3: Remote Alarm Indication Interrupt Enable (RDIIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RDIL bit is set and
the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
189 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Bit 2: Alarm Indication Signal Interrupt Enable (AISIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the AISL bit is set and
the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 1: Out Of Frame Interrupt Enable (OOFIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the OOFL bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 0: Loss Of Signal Interrupt Enable (LOSIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the LOSL bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
E3G751.RSRIE2
E3 G.751 Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable #2
12Eh
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
-0
14
-0
13
-0
12
-0
11
Reserved
0
10
Reserved
0
9
Reserved
0
8
FEIE
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
-0
6
-0
5
-0
4
-0
3
Reserved
0
2
Reserved
0
1
Reserved
0
0
FECIE
0
Bit 8: Framing Error Interrupt Enable (FEIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the FEL bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 0: Framing Error Count Interrupt Enable (FECIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the FECL bit is set and the
bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
E3G751.RFECR
E3 G.751 Receive Framing Error Count Register
134h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
FE15
0
14
FE14
0
13
FE13
0
12
FE12
0
11
FE11
0
10
FE10
0
9
FE9
0
8
FE8
0
Bit #
7
FE7
0
6
FE6
0
5
FE5
0
4
FE4
0
3
FE3
0
2
FE2
0
1
FE1
0
0
FE0
0
Name
Default
Bits 15 to 0: Framing Error Count (FE[15:0]) – These sixteen bits indicate the number of framing error events on
the incoming E3 data stream. This register is updated via the PMU signal (see section 10.4.5)
190 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
12.9.5 Transmit G.832 E3 Register Map
The transmit G.832 E3 utilizes four registers.
Table 12-26. Transmit G.832 E3 Framer Register Map
Address
118h
11Ah
11Ch
11Eh
Register
Register Description
E3G832.TCR
E3G832.TEIR
E3G832.TMABR
E3 G.832 Transmit Control Register
E3 G.832 Transmit Error Insertion Register
E3 G.832 Transmit MA Byte Register
E3G832.TNGBR E3 G.832 Transmit NR and GC Byte Register
12.9.5.1 Register Bit Descriptions
E3G832.TCR
E3 G.832 Transmit Control Register
118h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
Reserved
0
14
-0
13
-0
12
Reserved
0
11
Reserved
0
10
TGCC
0
9
TNRC1
0
8
TNRC0
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
-0
6
-0
5
TFEBE
0
4
AFEBED
0
3
TRDI
0
2
ARDID
0
1
TFGD
0
0
TAIS
0
Bit 10: Transmit GC Byte Control (TGCC) – When 0, the GC byte is inserted from the transmit HDLC controller .
When 1, the GC byte is inserted from the GC byte register.
Note: If bit TGCC is 0 and TNRC[1:0] is 01, both the GC byte and NR byte will carry the same transmit HDLC
controller (eight bits per frame period), however, the GC byte and NR byte in the same frame may or may not be
equal.
Bits 9 to 8: Transmit NR Byte Control (TNRC[1:0]) – These two bits control the source of the NR byte.
00 = all ones.
01 = transmit from the HDLC controller.
10 = transmit from the FEAC controller.
11 = NR byte register.
Note: If TNRC[1:0] is 01 and TGCC is 0, both the NR byte and GC byte will carry the same transmit HDLC
controller (eight bits per frame period), however, the NR byte and GC byte in the same frame may or may not be
equal.
Bit 5: Transmit REI Error (TFEBE) – When automatic REI generation is defeated (AFEBED = 1), this bit is
inserted into the second bit of the MA byte.
Bit 4: Automatic REI Defeat (AFEBED) – When 0, the REI is automatically generated based upon the transmit
remote error indication (TREI) signal. When 1, the REI is inserted from the register bit TFEBE.
Bit 3: Transmit RDI Alarm (TRDI) – When automatic RDI generation is defeated (ARDID = 1), this bit is inserted
into the first bit of the MA byte.
Bit 2: Automatic RDI Defeat (ARDID) – When 0, the RDI is automatically generated based upon the received E3
alarms. When 1, the RDI is inserted from the register bit TRDI.
Bit 1: Transmit Frame Generation Disabled (TFGD) –
0 = Transmit Frame Generation is enabled
191 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
1 = Transmit Frame Generation is disabled; E3 overhead positions in the incoming E3 payload will
be passed through to error insertion. Note: The E3 overhead periods can still be overwritten by by
error insertion, overhead insertion, or AIS generation.
Bit 0: Transmit Alarm Indication Signal (TAIS) – When 0, the normal signal is transmitted. When 1, the E3
output data stream is forced to all ones (AIS).
E3G832.TEIR
E3 G.832 Transmit Error Insertion Register
11Ah
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
-0
14
-0
13
-0
12
-0
11
Reserved
0
10
Reserved
0
9
CFBEIE
0
8
FBEI
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
PBEE
0
6
CPEIE
0
5
PEI
0
4
FEIC1
0
3
FEIC0
0
2
FEI
0
1
TSEI
0
0
MEIMS
0
Bit 9: Continuous Remote Error Indication Error Insertion Enable (CFBEIE) – When 0, single remote error
indication (REI) error insertion is enabled. When 1, continuous REI error insertion is enabled, and REI errors will be
transmitted continuously if FBEI is high.
Bit 8: Remote Error Indication Error Insertion Enable (FBEI) – When 0, REI error insertion is disabled. When 1,
REI error insertion is enabled.
Bit 7: Parity Block Error Enable (PBEE) – When 0, a parity error is generated by inverting a single bit in the EM
byte. When 1, a parity error is generated by inverting all eight bits in the EM byte.
Bit 6: Continuous Parity Error Insertion Enable (CPEIE) – When 0, single parity (BIP-8) error insertion is
enabled. When 1, continuous parity error insertion is enabled, and parity errors will be transmitted continuously if
PEI is high.
Bit 5: Parity Error Insertion Enable (PEI) – When 0, parity error insertion is disabled. When 1, parity error
insertion is enabled.
Bits 4 to 3: Framing Error Control (FEIC[1:0]) – These two bits control the framing error event to be inserted.
00 = single bit error in one frame.
01 = word error in one frame.
10 = single bit error in four consecutive frames.
11 = word error in four consecutive frames.
Bit 2: Framing Error Insertion Enable (FEI) – When 0, framing error insertion is disabled. When 1, framing error
insertion is enabled.
Bit 1: Transmit Single Error Insert (TSEI) – This bit causes an error of the enabled type(s) to be inserted in the
transmit data stream if manual error insertion is disabled (MEIMS = 0). A 0 to 1 transition causes a single error to
be inserted. For a second error to be inserted, this bit must be set to 0, and back to 1. Note: If MEIMS is low, and
this bit transitions more than once between error insertion opportunities, only one error will be inserted.
Bit 0: Manual Error Insert Mode Select (MEIMS) – When 0, error insertion is initiated by the TSEI register bit.
When 1, error insertion is initiated by the transmit manual error insertion signal (TMEI). Note: If TMEI or TSEI is
one, changing the state of this bit may cause an error to be inserted.
192 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
E3G832.TMABR
E3 G.832 Transmit MA Byte Register
11Ch
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
-0
14
-0
13
-0
12
-0
11
-0
10
-0
9
-0
8
-0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
TPT2
0
6
TPT1
0
5
TPT0
0
4
TTIGD
0
3
TTI3
0
2
TTI2
0
1
TTI1
0
0
TTI0
0
Bits 7 to 5: Transmit Payload Type (TPT[2:0]) – These bits determines the value transmitted in the payload type
(third, fourth, and fifth bits in the MA byte).
Bit 4: Transmit Timing Source Indicator Bit Generation Disable (TTIGD) – When 0, the last three bits of the MA
byte (MA[6:8]) are generated from the four timing source indicator bits TTI[3:0]. When 1, TTI[3] is ignored and
TTI[2:0] are directly inserted into the last three bits of the MA byte.
Bits 3 to 0: Transmit Timing Source Indication (TTI[3:0]) – These four bits make up the timing source indicator
bits.
E3G832.TNGBR
E3 G.832 Transmit NR and GC Byte Register
11Eh
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
TGC7
0
14
TGC6
0
13
TGC5
0
12
TGC4
0
11
TGC3
0
10
TGC2
0
9
TGC1
0
8
TGC0
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
TNR7
0
6
TNR6
0
5
TNR5
0
4
TNR4
0
3
TNR3
0
2
TNR2
0
1
TNR1
0
0
TNR0
0
Bits 15 to 8: Transmit GC Byte (TGC[7:0]) – These eight bits are the GC byte to be inserted into the E3 frame.
Bits 7 to 0: Transmit NR Byte (TNR[7:0]) – These eight bits are the NR byte to be inserted into the E3 frame.
193 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
12.9.6 Receive G.832 E3 Register Map
The receive G.832 E3 utilizes thirteen registers.
Table 12-27. Receive G.832 E3 Framer Register Map
Address
120h
122h
124h
126h
128h
12Ah
12Ch
12Eh
130h
132h
134h
136h
138h
13Ah
13Ch
13Eh
Register
Register Description
E3G832.RCR
E3G832.RMACR
E3G832.RSR1
E3G832.RSR2
E3G832.RSRL1
E3G832.RSRL2
E3G832.RSRIE1
E3G832.RSRIE2
E3G832.RMABR
E3G832.RNGBR
E3G832.RFECR
E3G832.RPECR
E3G832.RFBER
----
E3 G.832 Receive Control Register
E3 G.832 Receive MA Byte Control Register
E3 G.832 Receive Status Register #1
E3 G.832 Receive Status Register #2
E3 G.832 Receive Status Register Latched #1
E3 G.832 Receive Status Register Latched #2
E3 G.832 Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable #1
E3 G.832 Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable #2
E3 G.832 Receive MA Byte Register
E3 G.832 Receive NR and GC Byte Register
E3 G.832 Receive Framing Error Count Register
E3 G.832 Receive Parity Error Count Register
E3 G.832 Receive Remote Error Indication Count Register
Reserved
Unused
Unused
12.9.6.1 Register Bit Descriptions
E3G832.RCR
Register Name:
E3 G.832 Receive Control Register
Register Description:
120h
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
Reserved
0
14
PEC
0
13
DLS
0
12
MDAISI
0
11
AAISD
0
10
ECC
0
9
FECC1
0
8
FECC0
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RAILE
0
6
RAILD
0
5
RAIOD
0
4
RAIAD
0
3
ROMD
0
2
LIP1
0
1
LIP0
0
0
FRSYNC
0
Bit 14: Parity Error Count (PEC) – When 0, BIP-8 block errors (EM byte) are detected (no more than one per
frame). When 1, BIP-8-bit errors are detected (up to 8 per frame).
Bit 13: Receive HDLC Data Link Source (DLS) – When 0, the receive HDLC data link will be sourced from the
GC byte. When 1, the receive HDLC data link will be sourced from the NR byte.
Bit 12: Manual Downstream AIS Insertion (MDAISI) – When 0, manual downstream AIS insertion is disabled.
When 1, manual downstream AIS insertion is enabled.
Bit 11: Automatic Downstream AIS Disable (AAISD) – When 0, the presence of an LOS, OOF, or AIS condition
will cause downstream AIS to be inserted. When 1, the presence of an LOS, OOF, or AIS condition will not cause
downstream AIS to be inserted.
Bit 10: Error Count Control (ECC) – When 0, framing errors, parity errors, and REI errors will not be counted if an
OOF or AIS condition is present. Parity errors and REI errors will also not be counted during the E3 frame in which
an OOF or AIS condition is terminated, and the next E3 frame. When 1, framing errors, parity errors, and REI
errors will be counted regardless of the presence of an OOF or AIS condition.
194 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Bits 9 to 8: Framing Error Count Control (FECC[1:0]) – These two bits control the type of framing error events
that are counted.
00 = count OOF occurrences (counted regardless of the setting of the ECC bit)..
01 = count each bit error in FA1 and FA2 (up to 16 per frame).
10 = count frame alignment word (FA1 and FA2) errors (up to one per frame).
11 = count FA1 byte errors and FA2 byte errors (up to 2 per frame).
Bit 7: Receive Alarm Indication on LOF Enable (RAILE) – When 0, an LOF condition does not affect the receive
alarm indication signal (RAI). When 1, an LOF condition will cause the transmit E3 RDI bit to be set to one if
transmit automatic RDI is enabled.
Bit 6: Receive Alarm Indication on LOS Disable (RAILD) – When 0, an LOS condition will cause the transmit E3
RDI bit to be set to one if transmit automatic RDI is enabled. When 1, an LOS condition does not affect the RAI
signal.
Bit 5: Receive Alarm Indication on OOF Disable (RAIOD) – When 0, an OOF condition will cause the transmit
E3 RDI bit to be set to one if transmit automatic RDI is enabled. When 1, an OOF condition does not affect the RAI
signal.
Bit 4: Receive Alarm Indication on AIS Disable (RAIAD) – When 0, an AIS condition will cause the transmit E3
RDI bit to be set to one if transmit automatic RDI is enabled. When 1, an AIS condition does not affect the RAI
signal.
Bit 3: Receive Overhead Masking Disable (ROMD) – When 0, the E3 overhead positions in the outgoing E3
payload will be marked as overhead by RDEN. When 1, the E3 overhead positions in the outgoing E3 payload will
be marked as data by RDEN.
Bits 2 to 1: LOF Integration Period (LIP[1:0]) – These two bits determine the OOF integration period for
declaring LOF.
00 = OOF is integrated for 3 ms before declaring LOF.
01 = OOF is integrated for 2 ms before declaring LOF.
10 = OOF is integrated for 1 ms before declaring LOF.
11 = LOF is declared at the same time as OOF.
Bit 0: Force Framer Resynchronization (FRSYNC) – A 0 to 1 transition forces. an OOF condition at the next
framing word check. This bit must be cleared and set to one again to force another resynchronization. Note: The
OOF condition is created by failing the most recent four data path frame alignment word checks.
E3G832.RMACR
E3 G.832 Receive MA Byte Control Register
122h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
-0
14
-0
13
-0
12
-0
11
-0
10
-0
9
-0
8
-0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
-0
6
-0
5
-0
4
-0
3
EPT2
0
2
EPT1
0
1
EPT0
0
0
TIED
0
Bits 3 to 1: Expected Payload Type (EPT[2:0]) – These three bits contain the expected value of the payload
type.
Bit 0: Timing Source Indicator Bit Extraction Disable (TIED) – When 0, the four timing source indications bits
are extracted from the last three bits of the MA byte (MA[6:8]), and stored in a register. When 1, timing source
indicator bit extraction is disabled, and the last three bits of the MA byte are integrated and stored in a register.
195 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
E3G832.RSR1
E3 G.832 Receive Status Register #1
124h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
15
Reserved
14
--
13
--
12
RPTU
11
RPTM
10
Reserved
9
Reserved
8
RUA1
Bit #
Name
7
Reserved
6
Reserved
5
--
4
LOF
3
RAI
2
AIS
1
OOF
0
LOS
Bit 12: Receive Payload Type Unstable (RPTU) – When 0, the receive payload type is stable. When 1, the
receive payload type is unstable.
Bit 11: Receive Payload Type Mismatch (RPTM) – When 0, the receive payload type and expected payload type
match. When 1, the receive payload type and expected payload type do not match.
Bit 8: Receive Unframed All 1’s (RUA1) – When 0, the receive frame processor is not in a receive unframed all
1’s (RUA1) condition. When 1, the receive frame processor is in an RUA1 condition.
Bit 4: Loss Of Frame (LOF) – When 0, the receive frame processor is not in a loss of frame (LOF) condition.
When 1, the receive frame processor is in an LOF condition.
Bit 3: Remote Defect Indication (RDI) – This bit indicates the current state of the remote defect indication (RDI).
Bit 2: Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) – When 0, the receive frame processor is not in an alarm indication signal
(AIS) condition. When 1, the receive frame processor is in an AIS condition.
Bit 1: Out Of Frame (OOF) – When 0, the receive frame processor is not in an out of frame (OOF) condition.
When 1, the receive frame processor is in an OOF condition.
Bit 0: Loss Of Signal (LOS) – When 0, the receive loss of signal (LOS) input (RLOS) is low. When 1, RLOS is
high.
E3G832.RSR2
E3 G.832 Receive Status Register #2
126h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
15
--
14
--
13
--
12
--
11
--
10
--
9
--
8
--
Bit #
Name
7
--
6
--
5
--
4
--
3
Reserved
2
FBEC
1
PEC
0
FEC
Bit 2: Remote Error Indication Count (FBEC) – When 0, the remote error indication count is zero. When 1, the
remote error indication count is one or more.
Bit 1: Parity Error Count (PEC) – When 0, the parity error count is zero. When 1, the parity error count is one or
more.
Bit 0: Framing Error Count (FEC) – When 0, the framing error count is zero. When 1, the framing error count is
one or more.
196 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
E3G832.RSRL1
E3 G.832 Receive Status Register Latched #1
128h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
15
Reserved
14
--
13
TIL
12
RPTUL
11
RPTML
10
RPTL
9
Reserved
8
RUA1L
Bit #
Name
7
GCL
6
NRL
5
COFAL
4
LOFL
3
RDIL
2
AISL
1
OOFL
0
LOSL
Bit 13: Timing Source Indication Change Latched (TIL) – This bit is set when the TI[3:0] bits change state.
Bit 12: Receive Payload Type Unstable Latched (RPTUL) – This bit is set when the RPTU bit transitions from
zero to one.
Bit 11: Receive Payload Type Mismatch Latched (RPTML) – This bit is set when the RPTM bit transitions from
zero to one.
Bit 10: Receive Payload Type Change Latched (RPTL) – This bit is set when the RPT[2:0] bits change state.
Bit 8: Receive Unframed All 1’s Change Latched (RUA1L) – This bit is set when the RUA1 bit changes state.
Bit 7: GC Byte Change Latched (GCL) – This bit is set when the RGC byte changes state.
Bit 6: NR Byte Change Latched (NRL) – This bit is set when the RNR byte changes state.
Bit 5: Change Of Frame Alignment Latched (COFAL) – This bit is set when the data path frame counters are
updated with a new frame alignment that is different from the previous frame alignment.
Bit 4: Loss Of Frame Change Latched (LOFL) – This bit is set when the LOF bit changes state.
Bit 3: Remote Defect Indication Change Latched (RDIL) – This bit is set when the RDI bit changes state.
Bit 2: Alarm Indication Signal Change Latched (AISL) – This bit is set when the AIS bit changes state.
Bit 1: Out Of Frame Change Latched (OOFL) – This bit is set when the OOF bit changes state.
Bit 0: Loss Of Signal Change Latched (LOSL) – This bit is set when the LOS bit changes state.
E3G832.RSRL2
E3 G.832 Receive Status Register Latched #2
12Ah
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
15
--
14
--
13
--
12
--
11
Reserved
10
FBEL
9
PEL
8
FEL
Bit #
Name
7
--
6
--
5
--
4
--
3
Reserved
2
FBECL
1
PECL
0
FECL
Bit 10: Remote Error Indication Latched (FBEL) – This bit is set when a remote error indication is detected.
Bit 9: Parity Error Latched (PEL) – This bit is set when a BIP-8 parity error is detected.
Bit 8: Framing Error Latched (FEL) – This bit is set when a framing error is detected.
Bit 2: Remote Error Indication Count Latched (FBECL) – This bit is set when the FBEC bit transitions from zero
to one.
Bit 1: Parity Error Count Latched (PECL) – This bit is set when the PEC bit transitions from zero to one.
Bit 0: Framing Error Count Latched (FECL) – This bit is set when the FEC bit transitions from zero to one.
197 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
E3G832.RSRIE1
E3 G.832 Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable #1
12Ch
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
Reserved
0
14
-0
13
TIIE
0
12
RPTUIE
0
11
RPTMIE
0
10
RPTIE
0
9
Reserved
0
8
RUA1IE
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
GCIE
0
6
NRIE
0
5
COFAIE
0
4
LOFIE
0
3
RAIIE
0
2
AISIE
0
1
OOFIE
0
0
LOSIE
0
Bit 13: Timing Indication Interrupt Enable (TIIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the TIL bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 12: Receive Payload Type Unstable Interrupt Enable (RPTUIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RPTUL
bit is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 11: Receive Payload Type Mismatch Interrupt Enable (RPTMIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RPTML
bit is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 10: Receive Payload Type Interrupt Enable (RPTIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RPTL bit is set and
the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 8: Receive Unframed All 1’s Interrupt Enable (RUA1IE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RUA1L bit is set
and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 7: GC Byte Interrupt Enable (GCIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the GCL bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 6: NR Byte Interrupt Enable (NRIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the NRL bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 5: Change Of Frame Alignment Interrupt Enable (COFAIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the COFAL bit is
set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 4: Loss Of Frame Interrupt Enable (LOFIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the LOFL bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
198 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Bit 3: Remote Defect Indication Interrupt Enable (RDIIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the RDIL bit is set and
the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 2: Alarm Indication Signal Interrupt Enable (AISIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the AISL bit is set and
the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 1: Out Of Frame Interrupt Enable (OOFIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the OOFL bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 0: Loss Of Signal Interrupt Enable (LOSIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the LOSL bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
E3G832.RSRIE2
E3 G.832 Receive Status Register Interrupt Enable #2
12Eh
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
-0
14
-0
13
-0
12
-0
11
Reserved
0
10
FBEIE
0
9
PEIE
0
8
FEIE
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
-0
6
-0
5
-0
4
-0
3
Reserved
0
2
FBECIE
0
1
PECIE
0
0
FECIE
0
Bit 10: Remote Error Indication Interrupt Enable (FBEIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the FBEL bit is set
and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 9: Parity Error Interrupt Enable (PEIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the PEL bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 8: Framing Error Interrupt Enable (FEIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the FEL bit is set and the bit in
GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 2: Remote Error Indication Count Interrupt Enable (FBECIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the FBECL bit
is set and the bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
Bit 1: Parity Error Count Interrupt Enable (PECIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the PECL bit is set and the
bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
199 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Bit 0: Framing Error Count Interrupt Enable (FECIE) – This bit enables an interrupt if the FECL bit is set and the
bit in GL.ISRIE.PSRIE[4:1] that corresponds to this port is set.
0 = interrupt disabled
1 = interrupt enabled
E3G832.RMABR
E3 G.832 Receive MA Byte Register
130h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
-0
14
-0
13
-0
12
-0
11
-0
10
-0
9
-0
8
-0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
-0
6
RPT2
0
5
RPT1
0
4
RPT0
0
3
TI3
0
2
TI2
0
1
TI1
0
0
TI0
0
Bits 6 to 4: Receive Payload Type (RPT[2:0]) – These three bits are the integrated version of the payload type
(MA[3:5]) from the MA byte.
Bits 3 to 0: Receive Timing Source Indication (TI[3:0]) – When timing source indicator extraction is enabled,
these four bits are the integrated version of the four timing source indicator bits extracted from the last three bits of
the MA byte (MA[6:8]). When timing source indicator bit extraction is disabled, TI[3] is zero, and TI[2:0] contain the
integrated version of the last three bits of the MA byte.
E3G832.RNGBR
E3 G.832 Receive NR and GC Byte Register
132h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
RGC7
0
14
RGC6
0
13
RGC5
0
12
RGC4
0
11
RGC3
0
10
RGC2
0
9
RGC1
0
8
RGC0
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
RNR7
0
6
RNR6
0
5
RNR5
0
4
RNR4
0
3
RNR3
0
2
RNR2
0
1
RNR1
0
0
RNR0
0
Bits 15 to 8: Receive GC Byte (RGC[7:0]) – These eight bits are the integrated version of the GC byte as
extracted from the E3 frame.
Bits 7 to 0: Receive NR Byte (RNR[7:0]) – These eight bits are the integrated version of the NR byte as extracted
from the E3 frame.
200 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
E3G832.RFECR
E3 G.832 Receive Framing Error Count Register
134h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
FE15
0
14
FE14
0
13
FE13
0
12
FE12
0
11
FE11
0
10
FE10
0
9
FE9
0
8
FE8
0
Bit #
7
FE7
0
6
FE6
0
5
FE5
0
4
FE4
0
3
FE3
0
2
FE2
0
1
FE1
0
0
FE0
0
Name
Default
Bits 15 to 0: Framing Error Count (FE[15:0]) – These sixteen bits indicate the number of framing error events on
the incoming E3 data stream. This register is updated via the PMU signal (see section 10.4.5)
E3G832.RPECR
E3 G.832 Receive Parity Error Count Register
136h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
PE15
0
14
PE14
0
13
PE13
0
12
PE12
0
11
PE11
0
10
PE10
0
9
PE9
0
8
PE8
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
PE7
0
6
PE6
0
5
PE5
0
4
PE4
0
3
PE3
0
2
PE2
0
1
PE1
0
0
PE0
0
Bits 15 to 0: Parity Error Count (PE[15:0]) – These sixteen bits indicate the number of parity (BIP-8) errors
detected on the incoming E3 data stream. This register is updated via the PMU signal (see section 10.4.5)
E3G832.RFBER
E3 G.832 Receive Remote Error Indication Count Register
138h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit #
Name
Default
15
FBE15
0
14
FBE14
0
13
FBE13
0
12
FBE12
0
11
FBE11
0
10
FBE10
0
9
FBE9
0
8
FBE8
0
Bit #
Name
Default
7
FBE7
0
6
FBE6
0
5
FBE5
0
4
FBE4
0
3
FBE3
0
2
FBE2
0
1
FBE1
0
0
FBE0
0
Bits 15 to 0: Remote Error Indication Count (FBE[15:0]) – These sixteen bits indicate the number of remote
error indications detected on the incoming E3 data stream. This register is updated via the PMU signal (see section
10.4.5)
201 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
13 JTAG INFORMATION
13.1 JTAG Description
This device supports the standard instruction codes SAMPLE/PRELOAD, BYPASS, and EXTEST. Optional public
instructions included are HIGHZ, CLAMP, and IDCODE. The device contains the following items, which meet the
requirements set by the IEEE 1149.1 Standard Test Access Port (TAP) and Boundary Scan Architecture:
Test Access Port (TAP)
TAP Controller
Instruction Register
Bypass Register
Boundary Scan Register
Device Identification Register
The Test Access Port has the necessary interface pins, namely JTCLK, JTDI, JTDO, and JTMS, and the optional
JTRST input. Details on these pins can be found in Section 8. Refer to IEEE 1149.1-1990, IEEE 1149.1a-1993, and
IEEE 1149.1b-1994 for details about the Boundary Scan Architecture and the Test Access Port.
Figure 13-1. JTAG Block Diagram
Boundary Scan
Register
Identification
Register
Mux
Bypass
Register
Instruction
Register
Select
Test Access Port
Controller
10K
JTDI
10K
JTMS
Tri-State
10K
JTCLK
JTRST
202 of 230
JTDO
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
13.2 JTAG TAP Controller State Machine Description
This section covers the details on the operation of the Test Access Port (TAP) Controller State Machine. See
Figure 13-2 for details on each of the states described below. The TAP controller is a finite state machine that
responds to the logic level at JTMS on the rising edge of JTCLK.
Figure 13-2. JTAG TAP Controller State Machine
Test-Logic-Reset
1
0
Run-Test/Idle
1
Select
DR-Scan
1
0
1
Select
IR-Scan
0
0
1
1
Capture-DR
Capture-IR
0
0
Shift-DR
Shift-IR
0
0
1
1
1
Exit1- DR
1
Exit1-IR
0
0
Pause-DR
Pause-IR
0
0
1
0
1
0
Exit2-DR
Exit2-IR
1
1
Update-DR
1
0
Update-IR
1
0
Test-Logic-Reset. When JTRST is changed from low to high, the TAP controller starts in the Test-Logic-Reset
state, and the Instruction Register is loaded with the IDCODE instruction. All system logic and I/O pads on the
device operate normally. This state can also be reached from any other state by holding JTMS high and clocking
JTCLK five times.
Run-Test-Idle. Run-Test-Idle is used between scan operations or during specific tests. The Instruction Register
and Test Register remain idle.
Select-DR-Scan. All test registers retain their previous state. With JTMS low, a rising edge of JTCLK moves the
controller into the Capture-DR state and initiates a scan sequence. JTMS high moves the controller to the SelectIR-Scan state.
203 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Capture-DR. Data may be parallel loaded into the Test Data register selected by the current instruction. If the
instruction does not call for a parallel load or the selected register does not allow parallel loads, the Test Register
remains at its current value. On the rising edge of JTCLK, the controller goes to the Shift-DR state if JTMS is low
or to the Exit1-DR state if JTMS is high.
Shift-DR. The Test Data Register selected by the current instruction is connected between JTDI and JTDO and
shifts data one stage towards its serial output on each rising edge of JTCLK. If a Test Register selected by the
current instruction is not placed in the serial path, it maintains its previous state.
Exit1-DR. While in this state, a rising edge on JTCLK with JTMS high puts the controller in the Update-DR state
that terminates the scanning process. A rising edge on JTCLK with JTMS low puts the controller in the Pause-DR
state.
Pause-DR. Shifting of the Test registers is halted while in this state. All Test registers selected by the current
instruction retain their previous state. The controller remains in this state while JTMS is low. A rising edge on
JTCLK with JTMS high puts the controller in the Exit2-DR state.
Exit2-DR. While in this state, a rising edge on JTCLK with JTMS high puts the controller in the Update-DR state
and terminate the scanning process. A rising edge on JTCLK with JTMS low puts the controller in the Shift-DR
state.
Update-DR. A falling edge on JTCLK while in the Update-DR state latches the data from the shift register path of
the Test registers into the data output latches. This prevents changes at the parallel output due to changes in the
shift register. A rising edge on JTCLK with JTMS low, puts the controller in the Run-Test-Idle state. With JTMS
high, the controller enters the Select-DR-Scan state.
Select-IR-Scan. All Test registers retain their previous state. The Instruction register remains unchanged during
this state. With JTMS low, a rising edge on JTCLK moves the controller into the Capture-IR state and initiates a
scan sequence for the Instruction register. JTMS high during a rising edge on JTCLK puts the controller back into
the Test-Logic-Reset state.
Capture-IR. The Capture-IR state is used to load the shift register in the Instruction register with a fixed value of
001. This value is loaded on the rising edge of JTCLK. If JTMS is high on the rising edge of JTCLK, the controller
enters the Exit1-IR state. If JTMS is low on the rising edge of JTCLK, the controller enters the Shift-IR state.
Shift-IR. In this state, the shift register in the Instruction register is connected between JTDI and JTDO and shifts
data one stage for every rising edge of JTCLK towards the serial output. The parallel registers, as well as all Test
registers, remain at their previous states. A rising edge on JTCLK with JTMS high moves the controller to the
Exit1-IR state. A rising edge on JTCLK with JTMS low keeps the controller in the Shift-IR state while moving data
one stage through the Instruction shift register.
Exit1-IR. A rising edge on JTCLK with JTMS low puts the controller in the Pause-IR state. If JTMS is high on the
rising edge of JTCLK, the controller enters the Update-IR state and terminate the scanning process.
Pause-IR. Shifting of the Instruction register is halted temporarily. With JTMS high, a rising edge on JTCLK puts
the controller in the Exit2-IR state. The controller remains in the Pause-IR state if JTMS is low during a rising edge
on JTCLK.
Exit2-IR. A rising edge on JTCLK with JTMS high put the controller in the Update-IR state. The controller loops
back to the Shift-IR state if JTMS is low during a rising edge of JTCLK in this state.
Update-IR. The instruction shifted into the Instruction shift register is latched into the parallel output on the falling
edge of JTCLK as the controller enters this state. Once latched, this instruction becomes the current instruction. A
rising edge on JTCLK with JTMS low, puts the controller in the Run-Test-Idle state. With JTMS high, the controller
enters the Select-DR-Scan state.
204 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
13.3 JTAG Instruction Register and Instructions
The instruction register contains a shift register as well as a latched parallel output and is 3 bits in length. When the
TAP controller enters the Shift-IR state, the instruction shift register is connected between JTDI and JTDO. While in
the Shift-IR state, a rising edge on JTCLK with JTMS low shifts data one stage toward the serial output at JTDO. A
rising edge on JTCLK in the Exit1-IR state or the Exit2-IR state with JTMS high moves the controller to the UpdateIR state. The falling edge of that same JTCLK latches the data in the instruction shift register to the instruction
parallel output. Instructions supported by the device and their respective operational binary codes are shown in
Table 13-1.
Table 13-1. JTAG Instruction Codes
INSTRUCTIONS
SELECTED REGISTER
INSTRUCTION CODES
EXTEST
IDCODE
SAMPLE/PRELOAD
CLAMP
HIGHZ
------BYPASS
Boundary Scan
Device Identification
Boundary Scan
Bypass
Bypass
Bypass
Bypass
Bypass
000
001
010
011
100
101
110
111
SAMPLE/PRELOAD. This is a mandatory instruction for the IEEE 1149.1 specification. This instruction supports
two functions. The digital I/Os of the device can be sampled at the boundary scan register without interfering with
the normal operation of the device and the boundary scan register can be pre-loaded for the EXTEST instruction.
The positive edge of JTCLK in the Capture-DR state samples all digital input pins into the boundary scan register.
The boundary scan register is connected between JTDI and JTDO. The data on JTDI pin is clocked into the
boundary scan register and the data captured in the Capture-DR state is shifted out the TDO pin in the Shift-DR
state.
EXTEST. This is a mandatory instruction for the IEEE 1149.1 specification. This instruction allows testing of all
interconnections to the device. When the EXTEST instruction is latched in the instruction register, the following
actions occur. Once enabled by the Update-IR state, the parallel outputs of all digital output pins are driven
according to the values in the boundary scan registers on the positive edge of JTCLK. The boundary scan register
is connected between JTDI and JTDO. The positive edge of JTCLK in the Capture-DR state samples all digital
input pins into the boundary scan register. The negative edge of JTCLK in the Update-DR state causes all of the
digital output pins to be driven according to the values in the boundary scan registers that have been shifted in
during the Shift-DR state. The outputs are returned to their normal mode or HIZ mode at the positive edge of
JTCLK during the Update-IR state when an instruction other than EXTEST or CLAMP is activated.
BYPASS. This is a mandatory instruction for the IEEE 1149.1 specification. When the BYPASS instruction is
latched into the parallel instruction register, JTDI connects to JTDO through the 1-bit bypass test register. This
allows data to pass from JTDI to JTDO not affecting the device’s normal operation. This mode can be used to
bypass one or more chips in a system with multiple chips that have their JTAG scan chain connected in series. The
chips not in bypass can then be tested with the normal JTAG modes.
IDCODE. This is a mandatory instruction for the IEEE 1149.1 specification. When the IDCODE instruction is
latched into the parallel instruction register, the identification test register is selected. The device identification code
is loaded into the identification register on the rising edge of JTCLK following entry into the Capture-DR state. ShiftDR can be used to shift the identification code out serially through JTDO. During Test-Logic-Reset, the
identification code is forced into the instruction register’s parallel output.
HIGHZ. All digital outputs are placed into a high-impedance state. The bypass register is connected between JTDI
and JTDO. The outputs are put into the HIZ mode when the HIZ instruction is loaded in the Update-IR state and on
the positive edge of JTCLK. The outputs are returned to their normal mode or driven from the boundary scan
register at the positive edge of JTCLK during the Update-IR state when an instruction other than HIZ is activated.
205 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
CLAMP. All digital output pins output data from the boundary scan parallel output while connecting the bypass
register between JTDI and JTDO. The outputs do not change during the CLAMP instruction. If the previous
instruction was not EXTEST, the outputs will be driven according to the values in the boundary scan register at the
positive edge of JTCLK in the Update-IR state. The typical use of this instruction is in a system that has the JTAG
scan chain of multiple chips connected in series, and all of the chips have their outputs initialized using the
EXTEST mode. Then some of the chips are left initialized using the CLAMP mode and others have their IO
controlled using the EXTEST mode. This reduces the size of the scan chain during the partial testing of the system.
13.4 JTAG ID Codes
Table 13-2. JTAG ID Codes
DEVICE
DS3170
REVISION
ID[31:28]
DEVICE CODE
ID[27:12]
MANUFACTURER’S CODE
ID[11:1]
REQUIRED
ID[0]
Consult factory
0000000001001111
00010100001
1
206 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
13.5 JTAG Functional Timing
This functional timing for the JTAG circuits shows:
•
The JTAG controller starting from reset state
•
Shifting out the first 4 LSB bits of the IDCODE
•
Shifting in the BYPASS instruction (111) while shifting out the mandatory X01 pattern
•
Shifting the TDI pin to the TDO pin through the bypass shift register
•
An asynchronous reset occurs while shifting
Figure 13-3. JTAG Functional Timing
(INST)
(STATE)
IDCODE
Run Test
Idle
Reset
Select DR
Scan
Capture
DR
Exit1
DR
Shift
DR
IDCODE
BYPASS
Update
DR
Select DR
Scan
Select IR
Scan
Capture
IR
Shift IR
Exit1
IR
Update
IR
Select DR
Scan
Capture
DR
Shift
DR
Test
Logic Idle
JTCLK
JTRST
JTMS
X
X
JTDI
X
X
JTDO
Output
Pin
X
Output pin level change if in "EXTEST" instruction mode
13.6 IO Pins
All input, output, and inout pins are inout pins in JTAG mode.
207 of 230
X
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
14 PIN CONFIGURATIONS
Table 14-1. DS3170 Pin Assignments for 100-Ball CSBGA (Sorted by Signal Name)
SIGNAL
BALL
SIGNAL
BALL
SIGNAL
BALL
SIGNAL
BALL
A[0]
K5
D[7]
K8
ROH
B6
TXP
E1
A[1]
J2
D[8]
J8
ROHCLK
C9
TXP
E2
A[2]
K2
D[9]
G6
ROHSOF
F8
WIDTH
H2
A[3]
H3
GPIO[1]
E8
RPOS
F10
WR
C2
A[4]
J3
GPIO[2]
E7
RSER
C6
UNUSED1
D6
A[5]
K3
GPIO[3]
F7
RSOFO
B8
VDD
B1
A[6]
H4
GPIO[4]
G7
RST
E6
VDD
D1
A[7]
J4
GPIO[5]
F6
RXN
A3
VDD
K4
A[8]
H5
GPIO[6]
G5
RXP
A4
VDD
K10
ALE
G4
GPIO[7]
D3
SPI
C3
VDD
D10
UNUSED2
G2
GPIO[8]
D4
TCLKI
C10
VDD
A7
CS
A1
HIZ
B4
TCLKO
B9
VDD_CLAD
G3
D[0]
J5
INT
D8
TEST
F5
VDD_JA
E3
D[1]
K9
JTCLK
A5
TLCLK
B7
VDD_RX
C5
D[10]
J9
JTDI
C4
TNEG
D9
VDD_TX
F4
D[11]
J10
JTDO
D5
TOH
C7
VSS
C1
D[12]
H8
JTMS
B3
TOHCLK
D7
VSS
K1
D[13]
H9
JTRST
E5
TOHEN
E10
VSS
K6
D[14]
H10
MODE
F3
TOHSOF
G9
VSS
G10
D[15]
G8
RCLKO
A6
TPOS
E9
VSS
A10
D[2]
J6
RD
B2
TSER
B10
VSS
A2
D[3]
H6
RDY
J1
TSOFI
A9
VSS_CLAD
G1
D[4]
K7
REFCLK
H1
TSOFO
C8
VSS_JA
D2
D[5]
J7
RLCLK
A8
TXN
F1
VSS_RX
B5
D[6]
H7
RNEG
F9
TXN
F2
VSS_TX
E4
208 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Table 14-2. DS3170 Pin Assignments for 100-Ball CSBGA (Sorted by Ball #)
BALL
SIGNAL
BALL
SIGNAL
BALL
SIGNAL
BALL
SIGNAL
A1
CS
C6
RSER
F1
TXN
H6
D[3]
A2
VSS
C7
TOH
F2
TXN
H7
D[6]
A3
RXN
C8
TSOFO
F3
MODE
H8
D[12]
A4
RXP
C9
ROHCLK
F4
VDD_TX
H9
D[13]
A5
JTCLK
C10
TCLKI
F5
TEST
H10
D[14]
A6
RCLKO
D1
VDD
F6
GPIO[5]
J1
RDY
A7
VDD
D2
VSS_JA
F7
GPIO[3]
J2
A[1]
A8
RLCLK
D3
GPIO[7]
F8
ROHSOF
J3
A[4]
A9
TSOFI
D4
GPIO[8]
F9
RNEG
J4
A[7]
A10
VSS
D5
JTDO
F10
RPOS
J5
D[0]
B1
VDD
D6
UNUSED1
G1
VSS_CLAD
J6
D[2]
B2
RD
D7
TOHCLK
G2
UNUSED2
J7
D[5]
B3
JTMS
D8
INT
G3
VDD_CLAD
J8
D[8]
B4
HIZ
D9
TNEG
G4
ALE
J9
D[10]
B5
VSS_RX
D10
VDD
G5
GPIO[6]
J10
D[11]
B6
ROH
E1
TXP
G6
D[9]
K1
VSS
B7
TLCLK
E2
TXP
G7
GPIO[4]
K2
A[2]
B8
RSOFO
E3
VDD_JA
G8
D[15]
K3
A[5]
B9
TCLKO
E4
VSS_TX
G9
TOHSOF
K4
VDD
B10
TSER
E5
JTRST
G10
VSS
K5
A[0]
C1
VSS
E6
RST
H1
REFCLK
K6
VSS
C2
WR
E7
GPIO[2]
H2
WIDTH
K7
D[4]
C3
SPI
E8
GPIO[1]
H3
A[3]
K8
D[7]
C4
JTDI
E9
TPOS
H4
A[6]
K9
D[1]
C5
VDD_RX
E10
TOHEN
H5
A[8]
K10
VDD
209 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Figure 14-1. DS3170 Pin Assignments—100-Ball CSBGA (Top View)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
A
CS_N
VSS
RXN
RXP
JTCLK
RCLKO
VDD
RLCLK
TSOFI
VSS
B
VDD
RD_N
JTMS
HIZ_N
VSS_RX
ROH
TLCLK
RSOFO
TCLKO
TSER
C
VSS
WR_N
SPI
JTDI
VDD_RX
RSER
TOH
TSOFO
ROHCLK
TCLKI
D
VDD
VSS_JA
GPIO[7]
GPIO[8]
JTDO
UNUSED1
TOHCLK
INT_N
TNEG
VDD
E
TXP
TXP
VDD_JA
VSS_TX
JTRST_N
RST_N
GPIO[2]
GPIO[1]
TPOS
TOHEN
F
TXN
TXN
MODE
VDD_TX
TEST_N
GPIO[5]
GPIO[3]
ROHSOF
RNEG
RPOS
G
VSS_CLAD
ALE
GPIO[6]
D[9]
GPIO[4]
D[15]
TOHSOF
VSS
H
REFCLK
WIDTH
A[3]
A[6]
A[8]
D[3]
D[6]
D[12]
D[13]
D[14]
J
RDY_N
A[1]
A[4]
A[7]
D[0]
D[2]
D[5]
D[8]
D[10]
D[11]
K
VSS
A[2]
A[5]
VDD
A[0]
VSS
D[4]
D[7]
D[1]
VDD
UNUSED2 VDD_CLAD
210 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
15 DC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
Voltage Range on Any Input, Bidirectional or Open Drain
Output Lead with Respect to VSS……………………………………………………………………………..-0.3V to +5.5V
Supply Voltage Range (VDD) with Respect to VSS..…………………………………………………………-0.3V to +3.63V
Ambient Operating Temperature Range……………………………………………………………………..-40°C to +85°C
Junction Operating Temperature Range……………………………………………………………………-40°C to +125°C
Storage Temperature Range………………………………………………………………………………...-55°C to +125°C
Soldering Temperature (reflow)
Lead(Pb)-free ........................................................................................................................................ +260°C
Containing lead(Pb) ............................................................................................................................... +240°C
These are stress ratings only and functional operation of the device at these or any other conditions beyond those indicated in the operation
sections of this specification is not implied. Exposure to absolute maximum rating conditions for extended periods of time can affect reliability.
Ambient Operating Temperature Range is assuming the device is mounted on a JEDEC standard test board in a convection cooled JEDEC test
enclosure.
Note: The typical values listed below are not production tested.
Table 15-1. Recommended DC Operating Conditions
(VDD = 3.3V ±5%, Tj = -40°C to +85°C.)
PARAMETER
SYMBOL
CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNITS
Logic 1
VIH
2.4
5.5
V
Logic 0
VIL
-0.3
+0.8
V
Supply (VDD) ±5%
VDD
3.135
3.300
3.465
V
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNITS
Table 15-2. DC Electrical Characteristics
(Tj = -40°C to +85°C.)
PARAMETER
SYMBOL
CONDITIONS
Supply Current
(VDD = 3.465V)
IDD
(Notes 1, 2)
120
145
mA
Power-Down Current
(All DISABLE Bits Set)
IDDD
(Note 2)
18
25
mA
Lead Capacitance
CIO
Input Leakage
7
pF
IIL
-10
+10
µA
IILP
-350
+10
µA
ILO
-10
+10
µA
Input Leakage (Input Pins
with Internal Pullup Resistors)
Output Leakage (when High
Impedance)
Output Voltage (IOH = -4.0mA)
VOH
4mA outputs, VDD = 3.135
Output Voltage (IOL = 4.0mA)
VOL
4mA outputs, VDD = 3.135
Output Voltage (IOH = -6.0mA)
VOH
6mA outputs, VDD = 3.135
Output Voltage (IOL = 6.0mA)
VOL
6mA outputs, VDD = 3.135
2.4
V
0.4
2.4
V
0.4
Note 1:
Mode DS3 line rate, all outputs enabled.
Note 2:
All outputs loaded with rated capacitance; all inputs between VDD and VSS; inputs with pullups connected to VDD.
211 of 230
V
V
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Table 15-3. Output Pin Drive
PIN NAME
TLCLK
TPOS /TDAT
TNEG
TXP
TXN
TOHCLK
TOHSOF
ROH
ROHCLK
ROHSOF
TCLKO/TGCLK
TSOFO/TDEN
RSER
RCLKOn/RGCLK
RSOFO/RDEN
D[15:0]
RDY
INT
GPIO[7:0]
JTDO
TYPE
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
IO
Oz
Oz
IO
Oz
DRIVE
STRENGTH
(mA)
6
6
6
N/A (analog)
N/A (analog)
4
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
6
4
6
4
4
4
212 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
16 AC TIMING CHARACTERISTICS
There are several common AC characteristic definitions. These generic definitions are shown in Figure 16-1,
Figure 16-2, Figure 16-3, and Figure 16-4. Definitions that are specific to a given interface are shown in that
interface’s subsection.
Figure 16-1. Clock Period and Duty Cycle Definitions
t1
Clock
t2
t2
Figure 16-2. Rise Time, Fall Time, and Jitter Definitions
t4/2
t1
Clock
t4
t3
t3
Figure 16-3. Hold, Setup, and Delay Definitions (Rising Clock Edge)
Clock
t5
t6
Signal
t7
Signal
213 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Figure 16-4. Hold, Setup, and Delay Definitions (Falling Clock Edge)
Clock
t5
t6
Signal
t7
Signal
Figure 16-5. To/From Hi Z Delay Definitions (Rising Clock Edge)
Clock
t8
t9
Signal
Figure 16-6. To/From Hi Z Delay Definitions (Falling Clock Edge)
Clock
t8
t9
Signal
214 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
16.1 Framer Data Path AC Characteristics
All AC timing characteristics are specified with a 25 pF capacitive load on all output pins, VIH = 2.4V and VIL = 0.8V.
The voltage threshold for all timing measurements is VDD/2. The generic timing definitions shown in in Figure 16-1,
Figure 16-2, Figure 16-3, and Figure 16-4 apply to this interface.
Table 16-1. Framer Interface Timing
(VDD = 3.3V ±5%, Tj = -40°C to +125°C.)
PARAMETER
CLK Frequency
SYMBOL
CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNITS
52
MHz
60
%
4
ns
f1(1/t1)
(Note 1)
t2/t1
(Note 2)
CLK Rise or Fall Times (20% to 80%)
t3
(Note 2)
DIN to CLK Setup Time
t5
(Note 3)
4
ns
CLK to DIN Hold Time
t6
(Note 3)
0
ns
CLK to DOUT Delay
t7
(Note 4)
2
10
ns
(Note 5)
2
8
ns
MAX
UNITS
52
MHz
60
%
4
ns
CLK Clock Duty Cycle (t2/t1)
Note 1:
Any mode, TCLKI, RLCLK input clocks.
Note 2:
Any mode, TCLKI, RLCLK input clocks.
Note 3:
RLCLK clock input to RPOS/RDAT, RNEG/RLCV inputs.
Note 4:
TCLKI, RLCLK clock inputs to TPOS/TDAT, TNEG outputs.
Note 5:
TLCLKn, TCLKO, RCLKO clock outputs to TPOS/TDAT, TNEG outputs.
40
50
Table 16-2. System Port Interface Timing
(VDD = 3.3V ±5%, Tj = -40°C to +125°C.)
PARAMETER
CLK Frequency
SYMBOL
CONDITIONS
f1(1/t1)
(Note 1)
t2/t1
(Note 2)
CLK Rise or Fall times (20% to 80%)
t3
(Note 2)
DIN to CLK Setup Time
t5
CLK to DIN Hold Time
t6
CLK to DOUT Delay
t7
CLK Clock Duty Cycle (t2/t1)
Note 1:
Any mode, TCLKI, RLCLK input clocks.
Note 2:
Any mode, TCLKI, RLCLK input clocks.
Note 3:
TCLKI, RLCLK clock inputs to TSOFI, TSER inputs.
MIN
40
TYP
50
(Note 3)
3
ns
(Note 4)
7
ns
(Note 3)
1
ns
(Note 4)
1
ns
(Note 5)
2
10
ns
(Note 6)
2
8
ns
Note 4:
TCLKO, RCLKO clock outputs to TSOFI, TSER inputs.
Note 5:
TCLKI, RLCLK clock input to TSOFO/TDEN, RSER, RSOFO/RDEN outputs.
Note 6:
TCLKO, RCLKO clock output to TSOFO/TDEN, RSER, RSOFO/RDEN outputs.
215 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Table 16-3. Misc Timing
(VDD = 3.3V ±5%, Tj = -40°C to +125°C.)
PARAMETER
SYMBOL
CONDITIONS
Asynchronous Input High, Low Time
t1-t2, t2
(Note 1)
Asynchronous Input Rise, Fall Time
t3
(Note 1)
Note 1:
MIN
TYP
MAX
500
UNITS
ns
10
ns
TMEI (GPIO), PMU (GPIO), 8KREFI (GPIO) and RST inputs.
16.2 Overhead Port AC Characteristics
All AC timing characteristics are specified with a 25 pF capacitive load on all output pins, VIH = 2.4V and VIL = 0.8.
The voltage threshold for all timing measurements is VDD/2. The generic timing definitions shown in Figure 16-1,
Figure 16-2, Figure 16-3, and Figure 16-4 apply to this interface.
Table 16-4. Overhead Port Timing
(VDD = 3.3V ±5%, Tj = -40°C to +125°C.)
PARAMETER
SYMBOL
CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNITS
t1
(Note 1)
500
ns
t1-t2, t2
(Note 1)
200
ns
DIN to CLK Setup Time
t5
(Note 2)
20
ns
CLK to DIN Hold Time
t6
(Note 2)
20
ns
CLK to DOUT Delay
t7
(Note 3)
-20
CLK Period
CLK Clock High and Low Time
Note 1:
TOHCLK, ROHCLK output clocks.
Note 2:
TOHCLK clock falling edge outputs to TOH, TOHEN inputs.
Note 3:
TOHCLK, ROHCLK clock falling edge outputs to TOHSOF, ROH, ROHSOF outputs.
216 of 230
20
ns
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
16.3 Micro Interface AC Characteristics
16.3.1 SPI Bus Mode
Table 16-5. SPI Bus Mode Timing
SYMBOL (1)
CHARACTERISTIC (2)
Operating Frequency
Slave
SYMBOL
MIN
fBUS(S)
MAX
UNITS
10
MHz
t1
Cycle Time: Slave
tcyc(s)
100
—
ns
t2
Enable Lead Time
tLEAD(S)
15
—
ns
t3
Enable Lag Time
tLAG(S)
15
—
ns
tCLKH(S)
50
—
ns
tCLKL(S)
50
—
ns
tSU(S)
5
—
ns
tH(S)
15
—
ns
tDIS(S)
—
25
ns
tV(S)
—
40
ns
tHD(S)
5
—
ns
t4
t5
t6
t7
t8
t9
t10
Clock (CLK) High Time
Slave
Clock (CLK) Low Time
Slave
Data Setup Time (Inputs)
Slave
Data Hold Time (Inputs)
Slave
Disable Time, Slave (3)
Data Valid Time, After Enable Edge
Slave (4)
Data Hold Time, Outputs, After Enable Edge
Slave
Note 1:
Symbols refer to dimensions in the following figure.
Note 2:
100 pF load on all SPI pins.
Note 3:
Hold time to high-impedance state.
Note 4:
With 100 pF on all SPI pins.
217 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Figure 16-7. SPI Interface Timing Diagram
CS
INPUT
t3
t2
t1
t4
SPI_SCLK
t5
SPI_SCLK1
t8
MOSI
INPUT
SLAVE
MSB
t6
t7
t9
MISO
OUTPUT
SLAVE
LSB
BITS 6-1
MSB
BIT 14
BITS
13 - 0
NOTE:
1. Clock edge reference to data controlled by CPHA and CPOL settings.
Refer to functional timing diagrams.
2. Not defined, but usually MSB of character just received.
218 of 230
t10
NOTE2
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
16.3.2 Parallel Bus Mode
The AC characteristics for the external bus interface in parallel mode. This table references Figure 16-8 and
Figure 16-9.
Table 16-6. Micro Interface Timing
(VDD = 3.3V ±5%, Tj = -40°C to 125°C.)
SIGNAL
NAME(S)
SYMBOL
DESCRIPTION
MIN
TYP
MAX UNITS NOTES
A[N:0]
t1a
Setup Time to RD, WR, DS Active
10
ns
1
ALE
t1b
Setup Time to RD, WR, DS Active
10
ns
1, 2
A[N:0]
t2
Setup Time to ALE Inactive
2
ns
1, 2
A[N:0]
t3
Hold Time from ALE Inactive
2
ns
1, 2
ALE
t4
Pulse Width
5
ns
1, 2
A[N:0], ALE
t5
Hold Time from RD, WR, DS Inactive
0
ns
1
CS, R/W
t6
Setup Time to RD, WR Active
0
ns
1
D[15:0]
t8
Output Delay Time from RD, DS Active
ns
1
RD, WR, DS
t9a
Pulse Width if Not Using RDY Handshake
35
ns
1, 4
RD, WR, DS
t9b
Delay from RDY
15
ns
1
D[15:0]
t10
Output Deassert Delay Time from RD, DS
Inactive
2
ns
1, 3
CS, R/W
t12
Hold Time from RD, WR, DS Inactive
0
ns
1
D[15:0]
t13
Input Setup Time to WR, DS Inactive
10
ns
1
D[15:0]
t14
Input Hold Time from WR, DS Inactive
5
ns
1
RDY
t15
Delay Time from RD, WR, DS Active
5
ns
1
RDY
t16
Delay Time from RD, WR, DS Inactive
0
ns
1
RDY
t17
Enable Delay Time from CS Active
18
ns
1
RDY
t18
Disable Delay Time from CS Inactive
12
ns
1
RDY
t19
Ending High Pulse Width
1
ns
1
R/W
t20
Setup Time to DS Active
2
ns
1
R/W
t21
Hold Time to DS Inactive
2
ns
1
30
10
Note 1:
The input/output timing reference level for all signals is VDD/2. Transition time (80%/20%) on RD, WR, and CS inputs is 5ns (max).
Note 2:
Multiplexed mode timing only.
Note 3:
D[15:0] output valid until not driven.
Note 4:
Timing required if not using RDY handshake.
219 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Figure 16-8. Micro Interface Nonmultiplexed Read/Write Cycle
t1a
t5
A[10:0]
t6
t12
CS
t8
t10
D[15:0]
t13
t14
D[15:0]
R/W
RD,
WR,
DS
t20
t21
t9a
t17
t18
t9b
RDY
t16
t15
220 of 230
t19
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Figure 16-9. Micro Interface Multiplexed Read Cycle
t1a
A[10:0]
t2
ALE
t3
t5
t4
t1b
t12
t6
CS
t10
t8
D[15:0]
t13
t14
D[15:0]
R/W
RD,
WR,
DS
t20
t21
t9a
t17
t18
t9b
RDY
t16
t15
221 of 230
t19
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
16.4 CLAD Jitter Characteristics
PARAMETER
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNITS
Intrinsic Jitter (UIP-P)
0.04
UIP-P
Intrinsic Jitter (UIRMS)
0.01
UIRMS
Peak Jitter Transfer
1.75
dB
16.5 LIU Interface AC Characteristics
16.5.1 Waveform Templates
Table 16-7. DS3 Waveform Template
TIME (IN UNIT INTERVALS)
NORMALIZED AMPLITUDE EQUATION
UPPER CURVE
-0.85 ≤ T ≤ -0.68
-0.68 ≤ T ≤ +0.36
0.36 ≤ T ≤ 1.4
-0.85 ≤ T ≤ -0.36
-0.36 ≤ T ≤ +0.36
0.36 ≤ T ≤ 1.4
0.03
0.5 {1 + sin[(π / 2)(1 + T / 0.34)]} + 0.03
0.08 + 0.407e-1.84(T - 0.36)
LOWER CURVE
-0.03
0.5 {1 + sin[(π / 2)(1 + T / 0.18)]} - 0.03
-0.03
Governing Specifications: ANSI T1.102 and Bellcore GR-499.
Table 16-8. DS3 Waveform Test Parameters and Limits
PARAMETER
Rate
Line Code
Transmission Medium
Test Measurement Point
Test Termination
Pulse Amplitude
Pulse Shape
Unframed All-Ones Power Level
at 22.368MHz
Unframed All-Ones Power Level
at 44.736MHz
Pulse Imbalance of Isolated Pulses
SPECIFICATION
44.736Mbps (±20ppm)
B3ZS
Coaxial cable (AT&T 734A or equivalent)
At the end of 0 to 450ft of coaxial cable
75Ω (±1%) resistive
Between 0.36V and 0.85V
An isolated pulse (preceded by two zeros and
followed by one or more zeros) falls within the
curves listed in Figure 16-11.
Between -1.8dBm and +5.7dBm
At least 20dB less than the power measured at
22.368MHz
Ratio of positive and negative pulses must be
between 0.90 and 1.10.
222 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Figure 16-10. DS3 Pulse Mask Template
Table 16-9. E3 Waveform Test Parameters and Limits
PARAMETER
Rate
Line Code
Transmission Medium
Test Measurement Point
Test Termination
Pulse Amplitude
Pulse Shape
Ratio of the Amplitudes of Positive and Negative
Pulses at the Center of the Pulse Interval
Ratio of the Widths of Positive and Negative
Pulses at the Nominal Half Amplitude
SPECIFICATION
34.368Mbps (20ppm)
HDB3
Coaxial cable (AT&T 734A or equivalent)
At the transmitter
75 (1%) resistive
1.0V (nominal)
An isolated pulse (preceded by two zeros and
followed by one or more zeros) falls within the
template shown in Figure 16-11.
0.95 to 1.05
0.95 to 1.05
223 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
Figure 16-11. E3 Waveform Template
1.2
1.1
17
1.0
0.9
0.8
8.65
OUTPUT LEVEL (V)
0.7
G.703
E3
TEMPLATE
0.6
0.5
0.4
12.1
0.3
0.2
0.1
24.5
0
-0.1
29.1
-0.2
TIME (ns)
224 of 230
DS3170 DS3/E3 Single-Chip Transceiver
16.5.2 LIU Input/Output Characteristics
Table 16-10. Receiver Input Characteristics—DS3 Mode
(VDD = 3.3V ±5%, TA = -40°C to +85°C.)
PARAMETER
MIN
TYP
Receive Sensitivity (Length of Cable)
900
1200
Signal-to-Noise Ratio, Interfering Signal Test (Notes 1, 2)
MAX
UNITS
ft
10
Input Pulse Amplitude, RMON = 0 (Notes 2, 3)
1000
mVpk
Input Pulse Amplitude, RMON = 1 (Note 2, 3)
200
mVpk
Analog LOS Declare, RMON = 0 (Note 4)
-24
dB
Analog LOS Clear, RMON = 0 (Note 4)
-17
dB
Analog LOS Declare, RMON = 1 (Note 4)
-38
Analog LOS Clear, RMON = 1 (Note 4)
-29
Intrinsic Jitter Generation (Note 4)
dB
dB
0.03
UIP-P
Table 16-11. Receiver Input Characteristics—E3 Mode
(VDD = 3.3V ±5%, TA = -40°C to +85°C.)
PARAMETER
Receive Sensitivity (Length of Cable)
MIN
TYP
900
1200
Signal-to-Noise Ratio, Interfering Signal Test (Notes 1, 2)
MAX
UNITS
ft
12
Input Pulse Amplitude, RMON = 0 (Notes 2, 3)
1300
mVpk
Input Pulse Amplitude, RMON = 1 (Notes 2, 3)
260
mVpk
Analog LOS Declare, RMON = 0 (Note 4)
-24
dB
Analog LOS Clear, RMON = 0 (Note 4)
-17
dB
Analog LOS Declare, RMON = 1 (Note 4)
-38
Analog LOS Clear, RMON = 1 (Note 4)
-29
Intrinsic Jitter Generation (Note 4)
15
dB
dB
0.03
UIP-P
23
Note 1:
An interfering signal (2 – 1 PRBS for DS3, 2 – 1 PRBS for E3, B3ZS/HDB3 encoded, compliant waveshape, nominal bit rate) is
added to the wanted signal. The combined signal is passed through 0 to 900ft of coaxial cable and presented to the DS3154 receiver.
-9
This spec indicates the lowest signal-to-noise ratio that results in a bit error ratio
工商网监
湘ICP备2023018690号
